The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About400 S Baldwin Ave - 2025 - L'Occitane En ProvenceAPPLICABLE CODES: ALL WORK DONE UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS & CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA OF THE LANDLORD, AND SHALL SATISFY ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS OF ALL GOVERNING BODIES INVOLVED. ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT WORK REQUIRED BY SUCH AUTHORITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR. ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR(S). APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: L'OCCITANE en Provence 111 W33RD STREET, 20TH FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 10120 STORE LOCATION: OWNER/ TENANT: CODE REVIEW INFORMATION: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIN AVENUE SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 THE WORK DELINEATED IN THESE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL CODES AND STANDARDS THAT HAVE JURISDICTION IN THE CITY OF ROSEVILLE AND STATE OF CALIFORNIA. 1.ALL REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO THE HANDICAPPED AND OSHA MUST BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK EVEN THOUGH THEY MAY NOT BE LISTED INDIVIDUALLY AND SEPARATELY IN EITHER THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 2.THESE GENERAL NOTES SHALL APPLY TO ALL DRAWINGS AND GOVERN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SPECIFIED. 3.VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BIDS. COMPARE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECTS. NO INFORMATION OR DETAILS ON THE DRAWINGS OF THIS PROJECT MAY BE USED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECTS. 4.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS! 5.UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED, ALL TYPICAL DETAILS SHALL BE USED WHERE APPLICABLE. 6.ALL DETAILS SHALL BE CONSIDERED TYPICAL AT SIMILAR CONDITIONS. 7.SAFETY MEASURES: AT ALL TIMES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONDITIONS OF THE JOB SITE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF THE PERSONS & PROPERTY AND FOR ALL INDEPENDENT ENGINEERING REVIEWS OF THESE CONDITIONS. THE ARCHITECT'S OR ENGINEER'S JOB SITE REVIEW IS NOT INTENDED TO INCLUDE REVIEW OF THE ADEQUACY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY MEASURES. 8.CONSTRUCTION WORK WILL NOT BLOCK HALLWAYS OF MEANS OF EGRESS. 9.CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO GENERAL NOTES AS DESCRIBED ON EACH DRAWING SHEET AND INCORPORATE AS A PART OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. 10.ABSOLUTELY NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. 11.G.C. SHALL FURNISH ONE EMPTY DUMPSTER AT STORE TURNOVER TO OWNER FOR STORE'S DISPOSAL OF CARDBOARDS, TRASH, ETC. 12.HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES: IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT AND THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR(S), WHEN PREPARING FOR AND PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION IN THE PREMESIS TO COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE LAWS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. THE TENANT SHALL NOT PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OR USE OF ANY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES IN ANY COMPONENT OF THE PREMISES DURING ITS TENANCY. L'OCCITANE en Provence 111 W33RD STREET, 2OTH FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 10120 TEL: (646) 284-9256 FAX:(212) 213-0803 OWNER/TENANT CONSTRUCTION PM/ OWNER's REP. ARCHITECT TENANT COORDINATION M.E.P. L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIN AVENUE SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK FOR L'OCCITANE en Provence DIRECTOR OF DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION CARLOS SANTOS 111 WEST 33RD STREET, 20TH FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 10120 TEL: (646) 284-9286 FAX:(917) 536-7418 EMAIL: carlos.santos@loccitane.com THE MOST CURRENT OF THE FOLLOWING: THORSON BAKER & ASSOCIATES PROJECT MANAGER TIFFANY STULTS 3030 W. STREETSBORO RICHFIELD, OH 44286 PHONE: (234) 400-0014 EMAIL: tstults@thorsonbaker.com SARGENTI ARCHITECTS SENIOR PROJECT MANAGER CHRISANTHA SIMOLARIS 461 FROM ROAD, PARAMUS, NJ 07652 TEL: (973) 253-9393 E-MAIL: csimolaris@sargarch.com BUILDING: PLUMBING: MECHANICAL: ELECTRICAL: FIRE PROTECTION: ENERGY: ACCESSIBILITY: 1. BUILDING DATA: A.CONST. CLASSIFICATION: B.OCCUPANCY CLASS: C.SPRINKLER SYSTEM D.STORIES: E.TOTAL (LEASE) AREA: F.TOTAL (OCCUPIABLE) AREA: SALES (GROSS) AREA: STOCKROOM (GROSS) AREA: RESTROOM (GROSS) AREA: G.# OF EXITS REQUIRED: H.TOTAL OCCUPANCY LOAD PER CBC 1004.5 SALES (GROSS) AREA: STOCKROOM (GROSS) AREA: RESTROOM (GROSS) AREA: I.ACCESSIBLE TOILET: 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) W/ CITY AMENDMENTS II-B MERCANTILE FULLY SPRINKLERED TWO 1,109 SQ. FT. 1,010 SQ. FT. 794 SQ. FT. 245 SQ. FT. 70 SQ. FT. (1) REQ'd / (1) PROVIDED 794 SF @1 PERSON/60 SF 245 SF @ 1 PERSON/300 SF 70 SF (1) REQUIRED/ (1) PROVIDED STAFF USE ONLY 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) W/ CITY AMENDMENTS THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 400 S BALDWIN AVE. SUITE 231 ARCADIA, CA91007 PROPERTY MANAGER : SHANNON YSAAC OFFICE: (626) 462-8511 MOBILE: (626) 272-1211 E-MAIL: shannon@shopsatsantaanita.com 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (CEC PART 6) 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) W/ CITY AMENDMENTS (RFC) 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) DEFERRED SUBMITTAL SCALE: N.T.S.1 LOCATION MAP SCALE: N.T.S.2 VICINITY MAP BUILDING DEPARTMENT DATA PROJECT DIRECTORY GENERAL NOTES COVER SHEET A-000 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TOM MORRIS, PE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TOM MORRIS, PE 1215 W RIO SALADO PKWY - SUITE 200 TEMPE, AZ 85281 TEL(D) : 480-774-1772 TEL(O) : 480-774-1700 EMAIL: tmorris@ctsaz.com ARCHITECTURAL ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS RESPONSIBILITY SCHED. & GEN. NOTES ADA COMPLIANCE & STANDARDS A-000 COVER SHEET A-S01 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONSA-S02 A-001 A-002 DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULESA-003 PARTITION TYPES & FRAMING DETAILSA-004 NEW WORK PLANA-101 POWER PLANA-103 FIXTURE PLANA-104 FINISH PLAN & DETAILSA-105 SALES AREA INTERIOR ELEVATIONSA-200 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONSA-301 FIXTURE DETAILSA-400 FIXTURE DETAILSA-401 EGRESS PLAN AND EGRESS NOTESA-100 DWG SHEET NAME A-201 DRAWING INDEX MECHANICAL M-300 SEISMIC DETAILS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL E-100 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E-200 LIGHTING PLAN E-300 ELECTRICAL DETAILS PLUMBING SALES AREA INTERIOR ELEVATIONS M-100 MECHANICAL PLAN SHEETS ISSUED SHEETS REVISED & ISSUED M-200 E-400 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL DETAILS P-100 PLUMPING PLANS P-200 SANITARY & VENT PLANS MATERIALS SAMPLE BOARDA-500 MP-400 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONSMP-401 SIGNAGE 1.SIGNAGE IS SHOWN FOR INFORMATION ONLY. SIGNAGE IS NOT INCLUDED IN BUILDING DEPARTMENT REVIEW. SIGNAGE PERMITS AND APPROVALS SHALL BE OBTAINED SEPARATELY BY LANDLORD'S SIGNAGE VENDOR. INTERIOR 1. NO CHANGE IN OCUPANCY OR EXTENT OF EXISTING DEMISING WALLS 2.INTERIOR RENOVATION OF EXISTING DEMISED RETAIL TENANT SPACE: *NEW GWB PARTITIONS *NEW FINISHES/FIXTURES/FURNISHINGS. *NEW PARTITION WALLS. *NEW SALES AREA SINK. *RELOCATE BOH DOOR. *EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS TO REMAIN. *NEW HAVAC UNIT, DIFFUSERS AND DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. *EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE TO REMAIN. *NEW LIGHT BOX. *EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN AND RE-FINISHED SCOPE OF WORK ENERGY CODE STATEMENT: TO THE BEST OF THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S KNOWLEDGE, BELIEF AND PROFESSIONAL JUDGEMENT, THESE PLANS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 2022 ENERGY CODE.UNIFORM CODE STATEMENT: TO THE BEST OF THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S KNOWLEDGE, BELIEF AND PROFESSIONAL JUDGEMENT, THESE PLANS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 2022 UNIFORM CODE. TRUE NORTH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONSMP-402 FIRE ALARM SPRINKLER SIGNAGE TRUE NORTH N E-500 TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CGBSC) OTHER:2022 CALIFORNIA HEALTH CODE ADA L'OCCITANE SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIN AVENUE SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CA 91007 L'OCCITANE SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIN AVENUE SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CA 91007 TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS E-502 TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS PER CPC 422.2 SEPARATE FACILITIES, EXCEPTION 3: (3)IN BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES WITH A TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR LESS INCLUDING CUSTOMERS AND EMPLOYEES, ONE TOILET FACILITY , DESIGNED FOR USE BY NO MORE THAN ONE PERSON AT A TIME, SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR USE BY BOTH SEXES. PER CPC 422.4.1 ACCESS TO TOILET FACILITIES: IN MULTI-STORY BUILDINGS, ACCESSIBILITY TO THE REQUIRED TOILET FACILITIES SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE VERTICAL STORY. ACCESS TO THE REQUIRED TOILET FACILITIES FOR CUSTOMERS SHALL NOT PASS THROUGH AREA DESIGNATED AS FOR EMPLOYEE USE ONLY SUCH AS KITCHENS, FOOD PREPARATION AREA, STORAGE ROOMS, CLOSETS, OR SIMILAR SPACES. TOILET FACILITIES ACCESSIBLE ONLY TO PRIVATE OFFICES SHALL NOT BE COUNTED TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION. PER CPC 422.4. TOILET FACILITIES SERVING EMPLOYEES AND CUSTOMERS: REQUIRED TOILET FACILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CUSTOMERS LOCATED IN SHOPPING MALLS OR CENTERS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE MET BY PROVIDING A CENTRALLY LOCATED TOILET FACILITY ACCESSIBLE TO SEVERAL STORES. THE MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM ENTRY TO ANY STORE TO THE TOILET FACILITY SHALL NOT EXCEED 300 FEET (91 440 MM). 02 / 1 2 / 2 5 - I S S U E D T O L L / B I D ADA PARKING ACCESS PLANA-002A CALGREENA-S03 CALGREENA-S04 CALGREENA-S05 CALGREENA-S06 DEMOLITION PLAND-100 LANDLORD COMMENTS · MECHANICAL TITLE 24M-500 N STOREFRONT ELEVATIONSA-300 03 / 1 7 / 2 5 - C L I E N T / L L S E T I S S U E REFLECTED CEILING PLANA-102 04 / 2 5 / 2 5 - B U I L D I N G C O M M E N T S A-202 RESTROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E-501 TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS Date:04.29.2025 STRUCTURAL S101 PLAN. G.S.N AND DETAIL 03732 - CONCRETE REPAIR 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 3 - PRODUCTS 05100 - STRUCTURAL STEEL DEFINITION: MISCELLANEOUS METALS INCLUDE ITEMS MADE FROM IRON AND STEEL SHAPES, PLATES AND BARS, WHICH ARE NOT A PART OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR OTHER METAL SYSTEMS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. METALS: PROVIDE STEEL PLATES, SHAPES AND BARS COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 36. FASTENERS: PROVIDE TYPE, SIZES, MATERIALS AND FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR THE APPLICATION INDICATED. PRIMER: FABRICATOR'S STANDARD, FAST-CURING, LEAD-FREE, UNIVERSAL PRIMER. STEEL SHAPES, PLATES, AND BARS: COMPLY WITH ASTM A 36, EXCEPT WHERE OTHER TYPE OF STEEL IS INDICATED. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 500, GRADE B. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, TYPE E OR S, GRADE B. ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM A 307, NON-HEADED TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. THREADED FASTENERS: ASTM A 307, GRADE A, REGULAR LOW CARBON STEEL BOLTS AND NUTS. PROVIDE HEXAGONAL HEADS AND NUTS ON ALL CONNECTIONS. WELDING ELECTRODES: PROVIDE ELECTRODES, WELDING RODS AND FILLER METALS EQUAL IN STRENGTH AND COMPATIBLE IN APPEARANCE WITH PARENT METAL JOINED. PRIMER: FABRICATOR'S STANDARD, FAST-CURING, LEAD-FREE, UNIVERSAL PRIMER. FABRICATION: FABRICATE AND ASSEMBLE STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIES IN SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. FABRICATE ITEMS OF STRUCTURAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC SPECIFICATIONS AS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS. PROPERLY MARK AND MATCH-MARK MATERIALS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY. CONNECTIONS: WELD OR BOLT SHOP CONNECTIONS AS INDICATED. BOLT FIELD CONNECTIONS, EXCEPT WHERE WELDED CONNECTIONS OR OTHER CONNECTIONS OR INDICTED. HOLES FOR OTHER WORK: PROVIDE HOLES REQUIRED FOR SECURING OTHER WORK TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS, AND FOR PASSAGE OF OTHER WORK THROUGH STEEL MEMBERS. CUT, DRILL, OR PUNCH HOLES PERPENDICULAR TO METAL SURFACES. DO NOT FLAME CUT HOLES OR ENLARGE HOLES BY BURNING. SHOP PRIMER: REMOVE SCALE, RUST, AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS FROM METAL SURFACE BEFORE APPLYING SHOP PRIMER. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SURFACE PREPARATION, BRUSH OR SPRAY ON PRIMER AT A RATE TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 2.0 MILS. THE EXTENT OF CONCRETE REPAIR WORK INCLUDES REMAINING FLOOR AREAS AFTER DEMOLITION PROVIDING A LEVEL FLOOR THROUGHOUT TO RECEIVE FUTURE FINISHES. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION OF ITEMS AND FINISHES BY OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING THOSE ITEMS AND FINISHES PROVIDED AND/OR INSTALLED BY TENANT. FLOOR LEVELER CONCRETE TO BE INSTALLED AT LOW AREAS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS. PATCH CRACKS AND BROKEN CONCRETE WITH FLOOR PATCH TROWELED SMOOTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. UNDERLAYMENT COMPOUND TO BE FREE FLOWING, SELF-LEVELING, PUMPABLE, AND CEMENT BASED FOR APPLICATIONS FROM ONE INCH THICK TO FEATHERED EDGES. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: THIS SECTION IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL REFERENCE OF WORK TO BE REMOVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CONSULT DEMOLITION PLANS INCLUDED WITH PROJECT DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SITE SPECIFIC ITEMS. DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING INTERIORS, IF REQUIRED, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INTERIOR PARTITIONS, CABINETS, SUSPENDED CEILING TILE, STOREFRONT, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, ETC., AS REQUIRED, AS SHOWN OR AS DIRECTED. ALL ITEMS INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO BE DEMOLISHED OR REMOVED TO BE LEGALLY DISPOSED OF IN COORDINATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LANDLORD PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS. ALL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE RELOCATED OR REINSTALLED TO BE CLEANED, SERVICED AND PREPARED FOR PROPER RE-USE. ANY ITEMS STORED DURING CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE PROTECTED TO AVOID DAMAGE OR THEFT. ALL ITEMS INDICATED AS EXISTING TO REMAIN SHALL BE CLEANED, SERVICED AND PREPARED FOR PROPER CONTINUED RE-USE. PROTECT ALL ITEMS SUFFICIENTLY DURING CONSTRUCTION TO AVOID DAMAGE OR THEFT. COOPERATE AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, THE TENANTS OF THE ADJACENT SPACES AND THE TENANT, IN SCHEDULING WORK IN ORDER TO CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR SPECIFIC DEMOLITION ITEMS UNDER THOSE TRADES. PART 2 - SITE WORK 02060 - BUILDING DEMOLITION SUBMITTALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE: PART 1 - GENERAL OBTAIN MATERIALS FROM REPUTABLE MANUFACTURERS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE PRODUCTION OF PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS FOR THE INTENDED USE. QUALITY STANDARDS: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING: STRUCTURAL STEEL: AISC "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS, LATEST EDITION, INCLUDING SUPPLEMENTS THERE TO AS ISSUED". AWS D1.1 "STRUCTURAL STEEL WELDING CODE". QUALIFICATIONS FOR WELDING WORK: QUALIFY WELDING PROCESSES AND WELDING OPERATORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS "STANDARD QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES". MILLWORK/CASEWORK: ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) "QUALITY STANDARDS". WOOD DOORS: NWMA INDUSTRY STANDARD I.S.I. - WOOD FLUSH DOORS. FIRE RATED HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: PROVIDE FIRE-RATED HOLLOW METAL FRAMES INVESTIGATED AND TESTED AS A FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. IDENTIFY FIRE-RATED FRAMES WITH RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY LABELS, INDICATING APPLICABLE FIRE-RATING OF FRAME. FIRE RESISTANT DRYWALL ASSEMBLIES: COMPLY WITH FIRE RESISTANT RATINGS AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND CODES. PROVIDE MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES AND APPLICATION PROCEDURES WHICH HAVE BEEN LISTED BY UL OR TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 119 FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION INDICATED. UL FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: ACOUSTIC CEILINGS TO COMPLY WITH A FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION FOR FLAME SPREAD, INCLUDING FUEL CONTRIBUTION AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT CLASSIFICATIONS SPECIFIED, PROVIDE TILE WHICH HAS BEEN TESTED, RATED AND LABELED BY UL. CERAMIC TILE WORK: TCA "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION". MANUFACTURERS DATA: BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK, SUBMIT LIST OF MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES TO BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK. LIST SHALL INCLUDE DESCRIPTIVE DATA, CATALOG CUTS, AND OTHER SUCH INFORMATION TO IDENTIFY THE MATERIALS AS TO THE LOCATION OR LOCATIONS OF THEIR USE IN THE WORK, AND THE METHODS OF INSTALLATION. NO CONSIDERATION WILL BE GIVEN TO PARTIAL LISTS SUBMITTED FROM TIME TO TIME. SAMPLES: WHEN REQUESTED, SUBMIT SAMPLES OF MATERIALS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. HARDWARE SCHEDULE: SUBMIT FINAL HARDWARE SCHEDULE ORGANIZED BY "SETS", TO INDICATE SPECIFICALLY THE PRODUCT TO BE FURNISHED FOR EACH ITEM REQUIRED ON EACH DOOR. HORIZONTAL HARDWARE SCHEDULE ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. TEMPLATES: FURNISH TEMPLATES TO EACH FABRICATOR OF DOORS AND FRAMES, AS REQUIRED FOR PREPARATION TO RECEIVE HARDWARE. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOWING DIMENSIONED PLANS, ELEVATIONS, LARGE SCALE DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTIONS, AND METHODS OF INSTALLATION. SHOW DETAILS AND LOCATIONS OF ANCHORAGE AND FITTINGS. MECHANICAL & SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION, MILLWORK, AND SIGNAGE. DELIVER ALL FINISHED MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED CONTAINERS, BUNDLES OR PACKAGES, FULLY IDENTIFIED WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAME, BRAND, TYPE AND GRADE. PROTECT FROM SOILING AND DAMAGE USING HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND STORAGE TECHNIQUES RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. ALL PRE-FINISHED ITEMS SHALL BE SHIPPED, DELIVERED AND STORED IN PROTECTIVE WRAPPING. CUT OPENINGS IN WRAPPINGS AS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONDENSATION. PROTECT LUMBER AND FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK AGAINST DAMPNESS AND INJURY DURING AND AFTER DELIVERY, AND STORE UNDER COVER IN WELL VENTILATED PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING NOT EXPOSED TO HUMID CONDITIONS AND MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE OF AT LEAST 70 DEGREES F. PROJECT HANDLING AND STORAGE: JOB CONDITIONS: ALL WORK MUST BE PERFORMED IN COOPERATION WITH THE LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE AND ACCESS TO AREAS OF WORK. CONTRACTOR MUST EXAMINE THE SPACES IN WHICH, AND THE SUBSTRATES TO WHICH THE WORK REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT IS TO BE INSTALLED. NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING OF ANY CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. STARTING INSTALLATION OF WORK REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF THE SPACES AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLETED WORK. L'OCCITANE - SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS - MATERIALS GENERAL : 06100 - CARPENTRY, GENERAL FOR INSULATION REQUIRED AT DUCTWORK, PLUMBING LINES, ETC. SEE MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. BATT INSULATION: FURNISH AND INSTALL 3 1/2" MIN.. BATT INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS OR AS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WHERE SHOWN AND AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. EXTEND FROM FLOOR TIGHT TO ROOF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FURNISH AND INSTALL .004 MIL. VISQUEEN VAPOR BARRIER AT EXTERIOR WALLS ON WARM SIDE OF STUDS. G.C. SHALL SLEEVE, FIRESTOP, FLASH AND CAULK ALL PENETRATIONS OF FLOORS SO THAT THE ODORS OR LIQUIDS WILL NOT PENETRATE THE SLAB AT THESE OPENINGS. SUCH SLEEVES SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE LANDLORD STANDARD DETAILS. TENANT IS REQUIRED TO WATERPROOF ALL WET AREAS OF THEIR SPACE. TENANT MUST USE LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE OR APPROVED EQUAL. MEMBRANE TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND ANSI A108. MEMBRANE MUST BE EXTENDED UP THE WALL A MINIMUM OF 6" ABOVE THE FLOOR SLAB. 07200 - INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING DOORS: FLUSH DESIGN DOORS, 1-3/4" THICK, SEAMLESS HOLLOW METAL CONSTRUCTION, WITH SMOOTH SURFACES WITHOUT VISIBLE JOINTS OR SEAMS ON EXPOSED SURFACES OR STILE EDGES, EXCEPT AROUND GLAZED INSERTS. FACE SHEETS: 18 GAUGE, COLD ROLLED STEEL. INTERNAL REINFORCING: CHANNEL SHAPED SECTIONS OR CONTINUOUS TRUSS FORM LINER CORE REINFORCEMENT WELDED TO BOTH FACE SHEETS. REINFORCE TOPS, SIDES AND BOTTOMS OF DOORS WITH 1/8" CHANNELS. SOUND DEADENER: NON-COMBUSTIBLE ON ALL SURFACES. FRAMES: FULL-WELDED UNIT CONSTRUCTION, WITH CORNERS MITERED, REINFORCED, AND CONTINUOUSLY WELDED FULL DEPTH AND WIDTH OF FRAME. ALL WELDS SHALL BE GROUND SMOOTH AND FLUSH. KNOCK DOWN TYPE FRAMES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. ALL CUT-OUTS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH METAL DUST COVERS, WELDED TO FRAME, AT BACK OF FINISH HARDWARE CUTOUTS. APPLICATIONS OF CAULKING AND SEALANT INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: ALL CAULKING AND SEALANT WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN OTHER SECTIONS, BUT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A NEAT APPEARING CONSTRUCTION. SINGLE-COMPONENT POLYURETHANE SEALANT (GENERAL INTERIOR SEALANT AND CAULKING): PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: ·DYNATROL; PECORA CORP. ·DYMONIC; TREMCO, INC.. ·921; MAMECO INTERNATIONAL, INC. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: PROVIDE PRIMER/SEALERS, BOND BREAKER TAPE AND BACKER ROD AS RECOMMENDED BY THE RESPECTIVE CAULKING AND SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S FOR USE WITH THEIR PRODUCT AND SUBSTRATES TO WHICH THEY ARE APPLIED. APPLICATIONS FOR FIRE STOP INSULATION AND SEALING INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: SEALING PIPE, DUCT, CONDUIT AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS AND FLOORS. SEALING RATED PARTITIONS AT TOPS WHERE PARTITIONS JOIN STRUCTURE OR OTHER RATED CONSTRUCTION. SEALING EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS IN RATED PARTITIONS. FIRE STOPPING CONTRACTOR SHOULD PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING CERTIFICATION AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. ONE-PART FIRE-STOPPING SEALANT: TO BE USED FOR SEALING OPENINGS AROUND CABLES, CONDUIT, PIPES AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND PARTITIONS. ·BIOTHERM FIRESTOP SEALANT: BIO FIRESHIELD, INC. ·DOW CORNING FIRE STOP SEALANT; DOW CORNING CORP. ·3M FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP-25; ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS DIV./3M SPECSEAL SEALANT; STI, INC. ·"THE FIRE SATING MINERAL WOOL SATING INSULATION: INSULATION" BY USG, OR APPROVED EQUAL. APPLICATION OF FIREPROOFING SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: FIREPROOFING OF NEW STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS, AND PATCHING AND REPAIRING OF EXISTING FIREPROOFING SYSTEM WHICH IS REMOVED TO ACCOMMODATE THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, OR DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. FIREPROOFING SYSTEM: PROVIDE FIREPROOFING OF SAME MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURER AS USED ON THE EXISTING STEEL, OR AS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD AND THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. ALL WOODWORK AND WOOD PRODUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (A.W.I.) "QUALITY STANDARDS," LATEST EDITION. GRADE SHALL BE "PREMIUM". WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CONFLICT WITH THESE STANDARDS, THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. ALL WORK SHALL HAVE A ONE YEAR GUARANTEE. GUARANTEES SHALL BE AGAINST WARPING, DELAMINATION, OPENING OF JOINTS AND OTHER DEFECTS IN MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION AND WORKMANSHIP AND SHALL BE IN EFFECT FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. G.C. SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL DEFECTIVE WORK DURING THIS PERIOD. PROVIDE BLOCKING, FRAMING, SHIMMING, ETC. AS SHOWN AND REQUIRED FOR ALL WORK OF THIS SECTION. ALL BLOCKING, FRAMING AND SHIMMING SHALL BE OF FIRE-RETARDENT TREATED LUMBER OR PLYWOOD. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER: WOOD AND PLYWOOD FOR SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF OTHER WORK INCLUDING NAILERS, BLOCKING, FURRING, AND SIMILAR MEMBERS. S4S, 19% MOISTURE AT TIME OF DRESSING. GRADE: "STANDARD" GRADE, ANY SPECIES, FREE FROM KNOTS, OR OTHER DEFECTS THAT MIGHT IMPAIR THE STRENGTH OF FINISHED APPEARANCE. STRUCTURAL LUMBER: FOR MEMBERS 2" TO 4" THICK AND MORE THAN 4" IN WIDTH, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING GRADE AND SPECIES: GRADE: NO.2 GRADE OR BETTER, S4S AND KILN DRIED. SPECIES: DOUGLAS FIR OR YELLOW PINE. STRENGTH: FIBER STRESS RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 1350 PSI. PLYWOOD PANELS: PROVIDE FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD WITH GRADE DESIGNATION, APA A-D INT WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, IN THICKNESS INDICATED, OR IF NOT INDICATED, NOT LESS THAN 3/4". 08100 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 06400 - MILLWORK/CASEWORK 07250 - FIREPROOFING 07270 - FIRE STOP INSULATION AND SEALING 07900 - CAULKING AND SEALANT ROUGH HARDWARE (NAILS, SCREWS, BOLTS, ETC..): PROVIDE TYPE, SIZE, MATERIAL AND FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR THE APPLICATIONS INDICATED. SCREWS FOR THE ATTACHMENT OF PLYWOOD PANELS SHALL BE SELF-DRILLING, SELF-TAPING SCREWS WITH COUNTERSUNK TYPE HEADS. PRESSURE TREATMENT: ALL WOOD AND PLYWOOD PERMANENTLY INSTALLED WITHIN THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WITH HOOVER "PYRO-GUARD", OR APPROVED EQUAL SYSTEM CONTAINING NO AMMONIUM PHOSPHATES. PROVIDE UL LABEL ON EACH PIECE OF FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED LUMBER. FABRICATION: WORKMANSHIP: USE MATERIAL OF SIZE AND THICKNESS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED PROVIDE AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE STRENGTH AND DURABILITY IN FINISHED PRODUCT FOR USE INTENDED. WORK TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN, USING PROVEN DETAILS OF FABRICATION AND SUPPORT. FORM EXPOSED WORK TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL WITH ACCURATE ANGLES AND SURFACES AND STRAIGHT SHARP EDGES. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO A RADIUS OF APPROXIMATELY 1/32" UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. FORM BENT METAL CORNER TO SMALLEST RADIUS POSSIBLE WITHOUT CAUSING GRAIN SEPARATION OR OTHERWISE IMPAIRING WORK. WELD CORNERS AND SEAMS CONTINUOUSLY, COMPLYING WITH AWS RECOMMENDATIONS. AT EXPOSED LOCATIONS, AND POLISH EXPOSED WELDS SMOOTH AND FLUSH TO MATCH AND BLEND WITH ADJOINING SURFACES. PROVIDE FOR ANCHORAGE OF TYPE REQUIRED FOR A SECURE AND COMPLETE INSTALLATION, COORDINATED WITH THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. FABRICATE AND SPACE ANCHORING DEVICES TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT FOR INTENDED USE. SHOP PRIMER: REMOVE SCALE, RUST, AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS FROM METAL SURFACE BEFORE APPLYING SHOP PRIMER. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SURFACE PREPARATION, BRUSH OR SPRAY ON PRIMER AT A RATE TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 2.0 MILS. PROVIDE UL LABEL ON EACH PIECE OF FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED LUMBER. PART 1 - GENERAL PART 2 - SITEWORK 02060 BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 3 - PRODUCTS QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS JOB CONDITIONS PROJECT HANDLING AND STORAGE 03732 CONCRETE REPAIR 05100 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS 06100 CARPENTRY, GENERAL 06400 MILLWORK / CASEWORK 07200 INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING 07250 FIREPROOFING 07270 FIRE STOP INSULATION AND SEALING 07900 CAULKING AND SEALANT 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08210 WOOD DOORS 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 09300 TILE AND MARBLE 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING 09675 RESILIENT BASE 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 11001 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION GENERAL PART 4 - EXECUTION DEMOLITION CONCRETE REPAIR MILLWORK / CASEWORK HOLLOW METAL FRAMES FINISH HARDWARE GLASS AND GLAZING SHOP DRAWING SUMITTAL DRYWALL WORK EQUIPMENT ( CONTINUED ON ) AS02 AS01 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 08310 ACCESS PANELS SEE AS02 FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. STORE HOLLOW METAL WORK UNDER COVER ON THE BUILDING SITE ON WOOD SILLS OR ON FLOORS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT RUST AND DAMAGE. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO AVOID CREATING A HUMIDITY CHAMBER BY USING A PLASTIC OR CANVAS SHELTER AND NOT VENTING THE AREA COVERED. GYPSUM BOARD: PROVIDE GYPSUM BOARD OF TYPES INDICATED IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AVAILABLE TO MINIMIZE END-TO-END JOINTS. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 36. THICKNESS: 5/8", EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED AS 1/4". EDGES SHALL BE TAPERED. GYPSUM BOARD USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIRE RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE TYPE "X". PROVIDE 5/8" THICK WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 630 AT ALL WET AREAS (I.E. TOILET ROOMS, MOP SINK AREA, PMU, KITCHENETTE IF SINK PROVIDED). STUDS AND RUNNERS: SCREW TYPE, ROLL FORMED, CHANNEL SHAPED SECTIONS, ASTM C 645, WITH FLANGE EDGES OF STUDS BENT BACK 90 DEGREES AND DOUBLED OVER TO FORM 3/16" MINIMUM LIP (RETURN), 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH CUTOUTS FOR UTILITY RUNS. INCLUDE 25 GAUGE TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNERS AND ALL ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. ALL ACCESSORIES SHALL HAVE A GALVANIZED COATING. TOP RUNNER TRACK FOR PARTITIONS EXTENDING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL BE DEEP LEG TYPE. FURRING CHANNELS: 7/8" DEEP, 25 GAUGE ROLL FORMED GALVANIZED HAT SHAPED SECTIONS. FURRING CHANNEL CLIPS: HEAVY GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE CLIPS BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FURRING CHANNELS USED. METAL TRIM AND REINFORCEMENT: CORNER BEADS: U.S. GYPSUM "DUR-A-BEAD", OR AN APPROVED EQUAL. CASING BEADS: U.S. GYPSUM "#200A", OR APPROVED EQUAL. REVEAL TRIM: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TRIM OF SIZES AND SHAPES INDICATED. WATER: POTABLE. INSULATION: SEMI-RIGID MINERAL FIBER WITHOUT MEMBRANE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; USG "THERMAFIBER SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS", FRICTION FIT (SELF-SUPPORTING). JOINT TREATMENT: U.S. GYPSUM "PERF-A-TAPE" JOINT SYSTEM, OR APPROVED EQUAL. JOINT COMPOUND: READY-MIXED VINYL TYPE FOR INTERIOR WORK OR APPROVED EQUAL. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT (FOR USE WITH SOUND RATED WALLS PARTITIONS): PROVIDE NON-DRYING, NON-SHRINKING SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY THE DRYWALL MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE SEALANT WHICH IS PAINTABLE WHEREVER EXPOSED TO VIEW. RESILIENT TILE: REFER TO "FINISH LEGEND" FOR TYPE, PATTERN, COLOR AND MANUFACTURER. ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY TILE MANUFACTURER FOR USE WITH HIS PRODUCT AND SUBSTRATE TO WHICH IT IS APPLIED. EDGE STRIPS: 1/8" THICK VINYL WITH TAPERED OR BULLNOSE EDGE. PROVIDE WHERE TILE EDGES ARE EXPOSED IN THE FINISHED WORK. LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 09660 - RESILIENT FLOORING 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 09300 - TILE AND MARBLE MARBLE/CERAMIC/QUARRY TILE, REFER TO FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR SIZES, COLORS, AND MANUFACTURERS. INSTALL GROUT AS RECOMMENDED BY THE TILE MANUFACTURER. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS. 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS: ASTM C 1048, CONDITION A (UNCOATED SURFACES), TYPE I (TRANSPARENT GLASS, FLAT), CLASS 1(CLEAR), QUALITY Q3 (GLAZING SELECT), KIND AND THICKNESS INDICATED BELOW: KIND: FT (FULLY TEMPERED). THICKNESSES: AS INDICATED. SPREADER BARS: PROVIDE REMOVABLE SPREADER BARS ACROSS BOTTOM OF FRAMES, TACK WELDED TO JAMBS. STOPS AND MOLDINGS: FORM FIXED STOPS INTEGRAL WITH FRAMES. PROVIDE REMOVABLE STOPS AROUND GLAZED PANELS; SECURE WITH MACHINE SCREWS SPACED UNIFORMLY NOT MORE THAN 12" O.C. FINISHES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER. GENERAL: FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISH HARDWARE FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS. FOLLOW DHI (DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE) STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES AND AWI (AMERICAN WOODWORKING INSTITUTE) STANDARDS FOR HARDWARE INSTALLED ON WOOD DOORS. FIRE RATED HARDWARE SHALL FOLLOW GUIDELINES AS ESTABLISHED BY: NFPA 80 - FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS NFPA 101 - LIFE SAFETY CODE NFPA 252 - FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES UL 10B - SAFETY FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES UL 305 - SAFETY PANIC HARDWARE FURNISH OWNER WITH MAINTENANCE DATA, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, MANUFACTURER WARRANTIES AND SPECIAL TOOLS. FINISHES: AS NOTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULES. KEYING: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE CYLINDER AND CORE SPECS. WITH LOCKSMITH. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CONSTRUCTION CORES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND REPLACE WITH PERMANENT AT END OF JOB PRIOR TO TURN-OVER. MANUFACTURERS: SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS, MANUFACTURERS & MODEL NUMBERS. 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE 08210 - WOOD DOORS MANUFACTURERS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: ·ALGOMA HARDWOODS, INC.. ·EGGERS INDUSTRIES, ARCHITECTURAL DOOR DIVISION ·WEYERHAEUSER COMPANY ·VT INDUSTRIES ·FENESTRA FLUSH WOOD DOORS: ALL INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS SHALL BE "PREMIUM GRADE" AS DEFINED IN THE AWI QUALITY STANDARDS, SECTION 1300. ALL INTERIOR FLUSH DOORS SHALL HAVE ROTARY CUT BIRCH VENEERS SUITABLE FOR PAINTED FINISH, 1-3/4" THICK, AWI TYPE PC-5 OR PC-7 (PARTICLEBOARD CORE, 5-PLY OR 7-PLY) CONSTRUCTION. FIRE RATED DOORS: PROVIDE FACES AND GRADE TO MATCH NON-RATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS. MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION OF LABELED DOORS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF UL FOR CLASS OF OPENING. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HARDWARE BLOCKING IN DOORS CONTAINING MINERAL TYPE CORES FOR THE ATTACHMENT OF SURFACE MOUNTED HARDWARE WITHOUT THE USE OF THROUGH-BOLTS. AFFIX UL LABELS TO DOORS. EDGE CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LAMINATED EDGE CONSTRUCTION FOR IMPROVED SCREW-HOLDING POWER CAPABILITY AND SPLIT RESISTANCE. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED GYPSUM CEILING ACCESS PANEL AS MANUFACTURED BY "WIND-LOCK" WITH TAPERED EDGE FOR TAPE JOINTS SEAMLESS INTO DRYWALL CEILING, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. 08310 - ACCESS PANELS BASE: VINYL BASE, 0.125" GAUGE BY HIGH AS SCHEDULED. STYLE SHALL BE COVED. COLORS: AS SCHEDULED. ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY THE RESILIENT BASE MANUFACTURER. 09675 - RESILIENT BASE GAUGE: 16 FLOOR ANCHORS: SECURELY WELDED INSIDE EACH JAMB. ANCHORS SHALL BE PROPERLY PUNCHED FOR ANCHORING TO FLOOR. JAMB ANCHORS: PROVIDE MINIMUM OF 4 DOUBLE STUD ANCHORS PER JAMB FOR USE WITH STEEL STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS. ANCHORS SHALL BE STANDARD TYPE USED BY FRAME MANUFACTURER FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF WALL AND PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. WHERE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE ANCHORS REQUIRED TO MEET UL RATING. MORTISE, REINFORCE, DRILL, AND TAP AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL MORTISED TEMPLATE HARDWARE. HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT: NOT LESS THAN 1/8" THICK AT HINGES AND STRIKE PLATE CLIPS. GLASS EDGES: EDGES NOT CONCEALED BY STOPS OR MOLDINGS SHALL BE GROUND AND POLISHED FLAT, WITH EDGES SLIGHTLY EASED. GLAZING SEALANTS: PROVIDE GLAZING SEALANTS AND PREFORMED GLAZING TAPES SELECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH SURFACES CONTACTED IN THE INSTALLATION. SETTING BLOCKS: NEOPRENE OR EPDM, 70-90 DUROMETER HARDNESS, WITH PROVEN COMPATIBILITY WITH GLAZING SEALANTS USED. SPACERS: NEOPRENE OR EPDM, 40-50 DUROMETER HARDNESS, WITH PROVEN COMPATIBILITY WITH GLAZING SEALANTS USED. FRAMING SYSTEM: FABRICATE FROM ASTM B 221 (ASTM B221M), 6063-T5 ALUMINUM ALLOY TO PROFILE INDICATED U.O.N. FORM FRAMES IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AND KEEP JOINTS TO A MINIMUM. TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, COMPLETE FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY, AND OTHER WORK BEFORE SHIPMENT TO PROJECT SITE. DISASSEMBLE COMPONENTS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION. SPECIFICATION ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE PAINTING AND FINISHING TILE AND MARBLE GENERAL: ALL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PER THE REFERENCED AISC STEEL CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. ALL WIDE FLANGE STEEL SH STRUCTURAL STEEL A-S01 Date:04.29.2025 INSTALLATION GENERAL: PART 4 - EXECUTION 10520 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: MULTI-PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL TYPE, UL RATED 4-A:40BC, 10 LB.. NOMINAL CAPACITY, IN ENAMELED STEEL CONTAINER, FOR CLASS A, B, AND C FIRES. WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD (FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHOULD BE MOUNTED AS INCONSPICUOUSLY AS POSSIBLE). CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT WORK AND PLACEMENT WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES AND LOCAL CODES. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED, UNLOADED, UNPACKED OR UNCRATED AND PLACED ACCORDING TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 11001 - EQUIPMENT COMPLY WITH EACH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE VARIOUS WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. SET ALL WORK PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE TO LINE, AND IN CORRECT RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT WORK. SECURELY ANCHOR ALL WORK IN PLACE. ENSURE THAT OPERATING PARTS WORK FREELY AND FIT NEATLY. ADJUST HARDWARE AND CATCHES AS REQUIRED. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED MATERIALS AS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT. COORDINATE AND COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR PROPER LOCATION OF ROUGHING-IN SERVICES AND SERVICE CONNECTIONS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. SUBFLOORS: PRIOR TO START OF LAYING THE FINISH FLOORING, BROOM CLEAN AND VACUUM ALL SURFACES TO BE COVERED AND INSPECT THE SUBFLOOR. USE LATEX TYPE LEVELING COMPOUND FOR FILLING CRACKS, DEPRESSIONS AND SURFACE IRREGULARITIES IN SUBFLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING, SHEET FLOORING, AND CARPETING. REMOVE COATINGS AND ADHESIVES FORM SUBFLOORS THAT WOULD PREVENT ADHESIVE BOND, OR TELEGRAPH THROUGH THE NEW FINISHED FLOOR SYSTEMS. REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS IN NEW AND EXISTING DRYWALL SURFACES PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF FINISHES. APPLY TEXTURE ON REPAIRED AREAS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES. COLORS: AS SCHEDULED, WHERE NOT SCHEDULED, PROVIDE COLORS AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. COLORS SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS. ALL PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS, PASTE FILLERS, THINNERS, COLORS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL BE DELIVERED IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS WITH SEALS UNBROKEN AND LABELS INTACT. PAINTS, ENAMELS AND STAINS: PROVIDE THE BEST QUALITY GRADE PRODUCTS OF FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER: BENJAMIN MOORE ALL MATERIALS SUCH AS THINNERS, DRYERS, ETC., SHALL BE OF SAME BRAND AS THAT OF PAINTING MATERIALS OR OF BRAND RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE BRAND OF PAINTING MATERIALS USED. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE USED AS DELIVERED, FROM THE CANS, WITHOUT THINNING OR ADULTERATION, WHENEVER POSSIBLE TO DO SO. ALL PRIMERS AND UNDERCOATS OF PAINT SHALL BE TINTED SLIGHTLY LIGHTER THAN SHADE OF FINISH COAT. INTERIOR PAINTING: FERROUS METAL SURFACES (INCLUDING EXISTING EXPOSED STRUCTURE): ONE (1) COAT BENJAMIN MOORE "INTERIOR TRIM PRIMER AND TWO (2) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE "PRO-HIDE PLUS ALKYD SATIN". EXISTING PAINTED METAL SURFACES: TWO (2) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE "PRO-HIDE PLUS ALKYD SATIN". SPOT PRIME DAMAGED AREAS OF EXISTING FERROUS METAL SURFACES WITH BENJAMIN MOORE "INTERIOR TRIM PRIMER". INTERIOR OF DUCTS CONNECTING TO EXHAUST OR RETURN GRILLES, REGISTERS, OR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE GIVEN TWO (2) COATS OF FLAT BLACK ENAMEL TO A DISTANCE OF 2 FEET FROM OUTLET. WOOD (PAINTED): ONE (1) BENJAMIN MOORE "INTERIOR TRIM PRIMER AND TWO (2) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE "PRO-HIDE PLUS ALKYD SATIN". DRYWALL SURFACES NOT RECEIVING OTHER APPLIED FINISHES SHALL BE PAINTED. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SYSTEM AT LOCATIONS SCHEDULED: EGGSHELL FINISH: ONE (1) COAT BENJAMIN MOORE "PRO-HIDE PLUS PVA PRIMER/SEALER", AND TWO (2) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE "PRO-HIDE PLUS LATEX EGGSHELL". FLAT FINISH: ONE (1) COAT BENJAMIN MOORE "PRO-HIDE PLUS PVA PRIMER/SEALER", TWO (2) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE "PRO-HIDE PLUS LATEX FLAT". EXISTING PAINTED WALLS AND CEILINGS: SPOT PRIME REPAIRED AREAS, AND APPLY FINISH SYSTEMS OF THE TYPES AND NUMBER OF COATS SPECIFIED FOR DRYWALL SURFACES. 09900 - PAINTING AND FINISHING MILLWORK/CASEWORK: FINISH HARDWARE: HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: GENERAL: COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT "PREMIUM" REQUIREMENTS OF AWI "1700 - INSTALLATION OF ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INTERIOR" AS A MINIMUM LEVEL OF QUALITY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF MILLWORK AND CASEWORK. CONDITION FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK TO AVERAGE PREVAILING HUMIDITY CONDITIONS IN INSTALLATION AREAS PRIOR TO INSTALLING. INSTALL THE WORK PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE AND STRAIGHT WITH NO DISTORTIONS. SCRIBE AND CUT WORK TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, AND REFINISH CUT SURFACES OR REPAIR DAMAGE TO FINISH AT CUTS. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: REPAIR DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE ITEMS TO ELIMINATE DEFECTS FUNCTIONALLY AND VISUALLY; WHERE NOT POSSIBLE TO REPAIR PROPERLY, REPLACE ITEMS. ADJUST JOINERY FOR UNIFORM APPEARANCE. CLEAN FINISH MILLWORK ON EXPOSED SURFACES. PLACING FRAMES: SET FRAME ACCURATELY IN POSITION, PLUMBED, ALIGNED, AND BRACED SECURELY UNTIL PERMANENT ANCHORS ARE SET. AFTER WALL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE, REMOVE TEMPORARY BRACES AND SPREADERS LEAVING SURFACES SMOOTH AND UNDAMAGED. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. WHEREVER CUTTING AND FITTING IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL HARDWARE ONTO OR INTO SURFACES WHICH ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED IN ANY OTHER WAY, INSTALL EACH ITEM COMPLETELY AND THEN REMOVE AND STORE IN A SECURE PLACE DURING THE FINISH APPLICATION. AFTER COMPLETION OF THE FINISHES, RE-INSTALL EACH ITEM. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON THE SUBSTRATE. SET UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB AND TRUE TO LINE AND LOCATION. ALL MORTISES SHALL BE SMOOTH AND TIGHT. ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR, PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OR OCCUPANCY OF AREA, TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION OR FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT. LUBRICATE MOVING PARTS WITH TYPE LUBRICATION RECOMMENDED BY THE HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS (GRAPHITE-TYPE) IF NOT OTHER RECOMMENDED. GLASS AND GLAZING: GENERAL: COMPLY WITH COMBINED RECOMMENDATIONS AND TECHNICAL REPORTS BY MANUFACTURERS OF GLASS AND GLAZING PRODUCTS AS USED IN EACH GLAZING APPLICATION, AND WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION "GLAZING MANUAL". SET GLASS PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE TO LINE AND IN CORRECT RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT WORK. UNIFY APPEARANCE OF EACH SERIES OF GLASS LITES BY SETTING EACH PIECE TO MATCH OTHERS AS NEARLY AS POSSIBLE. INSTALL SETTING BLOCKS OF PROPER SIZE IN GLAZING RABBETS, LOCATED 1/4TH OF GLASS WIDTH FROM EACH CORNER. IN ADDITION TO TOP AND BOTTOM "J" MOLDINGS, GLASS SHALL BE SET IN ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS WHICH IS BROKEN, CHIPPED, CRACKED, ABRADED OR DAMAGED IN OTHER WAYS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. WASH AND POLISH GLASS UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION. DEMOLITION: ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD A CONVENIENT TIME TO PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK AND INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTED MEANS OF EGRESS FROM REQUIRED EXITS. INCLUDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES, ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, REPAIR, RESTORE, AND REPLACE WHERE ANY SUCH WORK IS NECESSARY OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CUT ALL NECESSARY OPENINGS, AND PATCH/REPAIR/SEAL SAME TO DEGREE NECESSARY TO SATISFY ALL REQUIREMENTS. INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE, ALL PROTRUSIONS, MARKS, CRACKS OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF A DEFICIENT OR DAMAGED CONDITION SHALL BE ELIMINATED, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ANY PARTS WHICH ARE SPLIT, CRACKED, CHIPPED, SPALLED, BROKEN, MISSING, OR OUT OF LINE OR ADJUSTMENT, MECHANICALLY OR STRUCTURALLY UNSAFE OR UNSOUND, BENT, TORN OR OTHERWISE DEFICIENT OR INJURED IN ANY MANNER, SHALL BE REMOVED, REPLACED, RESTORED OR REPAIRED. LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE, ARCHITECT, AND TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MUST BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY STRUCTURAL OR SAFETY DEFECTS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH REPAIRS OR REMOVALS. ONLY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER NEED TO BE CONTACTED IF THE DEFECT(S) ARE LIMITED TO COSMETIC FINISHES. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING DEMOLITION SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR DISRUPT ANY UTILITY OR SPRINKLER LINES WHICH MIGHT PASS THROUGH THIS SPACE TO SERVICE OTHER MALL SPACES OR TENANTS. G.C. WILL BEAR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DISRUPTION OR DAMAGE. ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE CONDUIT, PLUMBING LINES, DRAIN LINES, AND ALL MECHANICAL ITEMS SHALL BE CAPPED AT SOURCE AND REMOVED IN A MANNER TO MEET ALL LANDLORD AND CODE REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. G.C. RESPONSIBILITIES: 1.- G.C. IS TO NOTIFY TENANT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY SEVERE DISCREPANCIES OR IRREGULARITIES DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION WHICH MIGHT AFFECT THE CURRENT STORE DESIGN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO AVAILABLE HEIGHT FOR INTENDED CEILING ELEVATION, MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND RECESSED LIGHTING. 2.- G.C. IS TO ERECT CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES AND DEBRIS/DUCT SCREENS PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS. CONTACT LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ALL DEMOLITION WORK. 3.- G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING, REPAIRING AND LEVELING OF THE EXISTING FLOOR SLAB, REPAIR OF DEMISING WALLS AND ROOF DECK AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION AND PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF NEW CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMING ANY AND ALL ROOF WORK. CONCRETE REPAIR: DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL VISITING THE SITE AND DETERMINING CONDITIONS TO DECIDE METHODS OF REPAIR. COORDINATE WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES WHERE INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN. THOROUGHLY CLEAN FLOOR SLAB REMOVING CONDITIONS THAT WILL AFFECT BOND INCLUDING RESIDUE FROM REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES, UNDERLAYMENTS, STAINS, OILS, ETC. REMOVE HIGH FLOOR LEVELS AND LOOSE CONCRETE. ROUGH IN CONCRETE IN AREAS WHERE PATCHING IS REQUIRED, SUCH AS CRACKED, SPALLED, OR HOLES DUE TO REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. GRIND HIGH SPOTS. AT LOCATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN EXISTING SLAB, CONTINUE JOINTS THROUGH NEW FLOOR IN LEVELING AREA. SAW CUT JOINT OR PLACE 1/16" WIDE METAL BAR IN THE JOINT LOCATION COINCIDENT WITH EXISTING. TRENCHING AND GROOVING OF THE FLOOR SLAB ARE PROHIBITED. CORING AND REPAIR OF SLAB PENETRATIONS MUST CONFORM TO LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL. IF CONDUIT IS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, IT SHALL BE RUN OVERHEAD WHERE POSSIBLE. CONDUIT MAY BE RUN BELOW THE FLOOR SLAB USING CORE HOLES FOR ACCESS SUBJECT TO THE AFOREMENTIONED MALL REQUIREMENTS. CLEAN AREAS REMOVING ALL WASTE MATERIAL, BROOM CLEAN. PAINTING AND FINISHING: STORAGE OF MATERIALS: ALL MATERIALS USED ON THE JOB SHALL BE STORED IN A SINGLE PLACE DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER. SUCH STORAGE PLACES SHALL BE KEPT NEAT AND CLEAN, AND ANY DAMAGE THERE TO OR TO ITS SURROUNDINGS SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. ANY OILY RAGS, WASTE, ETC.., SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE BUILDING EVERY NIGHT, AND EVERY PRECAUTION TAKEN TO AVOID DANGER OF FIRE. EMPTY PAINT CANS SHALL BE PLACED IN THE DUMPSTER DRY AND WITH THE LIDS OFF. CONDITION OF SURFACES: REMOVE ALL LOOSE DIRT, OIL, GREASE, RUST, DUST, PAINT AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL BEFORE BEGINNING PAINTING AND FINISHING. REMOVE HARDWARE, HARDWARE ACCESSORIES, MACHINED SURFACES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS IN PLACE AND NOT TO BE PAINTED, OR PROVIDE SURFACE PROTECTION PRIOR TO SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING OPERATIONS. FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF PAINTING OF EACH SPACE OR AREA, REINSTALL REMOVED ITEMS. REPAIR DEFECTS TO NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES TO AVOID FINISH FAILURES OR THE RECURRENCES OF PREVIOUS FAILURES. CUT OUT SCRATCHES, CRACKS AND ABRASIONS IN NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES, FILL WITH APPROVED MATERIAL, BRING FLUSH WITH ADJOINING SURFACE AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE TEXTURE. PATCHED AREAS SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE IN THE FINISHED WORK. SEAL BEFORE APPLICATION OF PRIME COAT. EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES: REMOVE ALL LOOSE AND SCALING PAINT. MAKE CERTAIN THAT ALL PAINT REMAINING IS ADHERED WELL TO THE SURFACE. REMOVE ALL GREASE, OIL, AND OTHER SURFACE CONTAMINANTS WHICH WOULD AFFECT ADHESION OF THE NEW PAINT FINISH. SAND SURFACES FOR PROPER PAINT ADHESION, AND TO REMOVE GLOSSY AREAS IN THE EXISTING PAINT FINISH. SAND ROUGH EDGES OF BARE AREAS TO FEATHER EDGE AR ADJACENT SOUND. PAINTING AND FINISHING OF PATCHED OR DAMAGED SURFACES OCCURRING OUTSIDE THE CONTRACT LIMIT AREA, SHALL BE CONTAINED TO THE NEAREST CHANGE IN PLANE OR INTERRUPTION OF SURFACE. MATERIALS PREPARATION: MIX AND PREPARE PAINTING MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. STIR MATERIALS BEFORE AND DURING APPLICATION TO PRODUCE A MIXTURE OF UNIFORM DENSITY. DO NOT STIR SURFACE FILM INTO MATERIAL. APPLICATION: PAINT. GENERAL: APPLY PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. USE APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TYPE OF MATERIAL BEING APPLIED. APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS WHEN UNDERCOATS, STAINS OR OTHER CONDITIONS SHOW THROUGH FINAL COAT OF PAINT, UNTIL PAINT FILM IS A UNIFORM FINISH, COLOR AND APPEARANCE. PAINT SURFACES BEHIND MOVABLE EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE SAME AS SIMILAR EXPOSED SURFACE. SAND LIGHTLY BETWEEN EACH SUCCEEDING ENAMEL COAT. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME BETWEEN SUCCESSIVE COATINGS TO PERMIT PROPER DRYING. RECOAT PRIMED AND SEALED SURFACES WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE OF SUCTION SPOTS OR UNSEALED AREAS IN FIRST COAT, TO ASSURE A FINISH COAT WITH NO BURN-THROUGH OR OTHER SURFACE DEFECTS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT PRIMING OR SEALING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION OF TENANT SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT IS TO BE INCLUDED IN GENERAL BID. G.C. SHALL NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL HOOKUP OF ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK. ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS, INSTRUCTION BOOKLETS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION SHALL BE NEATLY BOUND AND TURNED OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO THE TURNOVER. SUBMIT ALL EQUIPMENT SPECS. FOR LANDLORD APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. EQUIPMENT: MATCH TILE FOR COLOR AND PATTERN BY USING TILE FROM CARTONS IN THE SAME SEQUENCE AS MANUFACTURED AND PACKAGED. CUT TILE NEATLY TO AND AROUND ALL FIXTURES. BROKEN, CRACKED, CHIPPED OR DEFORMED TILE ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. TIGHTLY ADHERE TILE TO SUBFLOOR WITHOUT OPEN CRACKS, VOIDS, RAISING AND PUCKERING AT JOINTS, TELEGRAPHING OF ADHESIVE SPREADER MARKS THROUGH TILE, OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. LAY TILE IN GRID PATTERN WITH GRAIN IN ALL TILE RUNNING IN THE SAME DIRECTION. CONSULT WITH ARCHITECT TO DETERMINE DIRECTION PRIOR TO BEGINNING INSTALLATION. AVOID USE OF CUT WIDTHS LESS THAN 1/2 TILE AT ROOM PERIMETER. PLACE RESILIENT EDGE STRIPS TIGHTLY BUTTED TO TILE AND SECURE WITH ADHESIVE. PROVIDE EDGING STRIPS AT ALL UNPROTECTED EDGES OF TILE. BASE: INSTALL IN AS LONG LENGTHS AS PRACTICABLE. TIGHTLY BOND BASE TO BACKING THROUGHOUT THE LENGTH OF EACH PIECE WITH CONTINUOUS CONTACT AT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SURFACES. REMOVE ANY EXCESS ADHESIVE OR OTHER SURFACE BLEMISHES FROM TILE AND BASE, USING NEUTRAL TYPE CLEANERS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. PROTECT INSTALLED WORK FROM DAMAGE UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER/TENANT. RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE: REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR" AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" BEFORE SETTING ANY TILE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE HIMSELF THAT NO TILES WILL HAVE TO BE REMOVED AFTER INSTALLATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. ALL CUTTING, FITTING, DRILLING AND GRINDING OF THE WORK, WHERE NECESSARY IN RELATION TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, SHALL BE PERFORMED SO THAT THE WORK WILL BE NEATLY AND ACCURATELY DONE AND CUT EDGES SHALL BE UNIFORM. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS UNDER AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI A-137.1 FOR CERAMIC TILE MATERIAL AND ANSI A-108 FOR INSTALLATION. INSTALL PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS, WHERE APPLICABLE. LAY OUT TILE PATTERN SYMMETRICALLY WITH EVEN JOINT ON ALL FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES. ALIGN JOINTS WITH MALL PATTERN, WHERE APPLICABLE.CUT AND DRILL TILE AS REQUIRED WITHOUT MARRING TILE, GRIND AND FIT AROUND FIXTURES, ETC... LEAVE COMPLETED WORK FREE FROM CRACKED, BROKEN, OR DAMAGED TILE. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING OR UNLIKE FINISHES SHALL BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH. NO REDUCER STRIPS PERMITTED IN STOREFRONT OR SALES AREA. TILE AND MARBLE: COMPLETED WORK: MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES FOR COLOR, TEXTURE AND COVERAGE. CLOUDINESS, SPOTTING, HOLIDAYS, LAPS, BRUSH MARKS, RUNS, SAGS, ROPINESS OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. REMOVE, REFINISH, OR REPAINT WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION: DURING PROGRESS OF WORK, REMOVE FROM SITE DISCARDED PAINT MATERIALS, RUBBISH, CANS AND RAGS AT END OF EACH WORK DAY. UPON COMPLETION OF PAINTING WORK, CLEAN WINDOW GLASS AND OTHER PAINT-SPATTERED SURFACES. PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES, WHETHER TO BE PAINTED OR NOT, AGAINST DAMAGE BY PAINTING AND FINISHING WORK. CORRECT ANY DAMAGE AS ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. PROVIDE "WET PAINT" SIGNS AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT NEWLY-PAINTED FINISHES. AT COMPLETION OF WORK OF OTHER TRADES, TOUCH-UP AND RESTORE ALL DAMAGED OR DEFACED PAINTED SURFACES. - G.C. TO SUBMIT (4) FOUR SETS OF DRAWINGS ON 24" X 36" SHEETS. - NO FAXES. - PROVIDE (4) FOUR SAMPLES NO SMALLER THAN 12" X 12". - ALL MILLWORK DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR LANDLORD APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION - SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN A TIMELY AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER ON ALL ITEMS SCHEDULED BELOW: IMPORTANT BID & CONSTRUCTION NOTES FOR GC: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEPARATE SHOP DRAWING/SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE TO ARCHITECT/ PM AT SAME TIME CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE IS SUBMITTED. LIST PRODUCTS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED IN THE ORDER IN WHICH THEY APPEAR IN SPECIFICATIONS. INCLUDE PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLE SUBMITTALS IN SCHEDULE. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME TO PERMIT PROPER CONSIDERATION AND APPROVAL OF ALL SUBMITTALS. TIME SUBMISSION TO ASSURE ADEQUATE LEAD TIME FOR PROCUREMENT OF CONTRACT-REQUIRED ITEMS. DELAYS ATTRIBUTABLE TO UNTIMELY AND REJECTED SUBMITTALS WILL NOT SERVE AS A BASIS FOR EXTENDING CONTRACT TIME FOR COMPLETION. DRYWALL WORK: GENERAL: THE INSTALLATION REQUIRED FOR THE VARIOUS DRYWALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH USG "SYSTEMS FOLDER SA/923-1990", ASTM C754 FOR METAL SUPPORT INSTALLATION, AND ASTM C 840 FOR GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION AND FINISHING. PARTITION FRAMING: ERECT FRAMING PLUMB AND TRUE WITHIN 1/8" IN 12'-0". ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE ALIGNED ACCURATELY ACCORDING TO PARTITION LAYOUT. FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED 16" O.C. STUDS SHALL BE POSITIONED VERTICALLY IN THE RUNNERS, SPACED NO GREATER THAN 16" O.C. OR AS OTHERWISE NOTED. ANCHOR ALL STUDS LOCATED ADJACENT TO DOOR FRAMES, PARTITION INTERSECTIONS AND CORNERS TO RUNNER FLANGES WITH SCREWS OR OTHER POSITIVE ENGAGEMENT THROUGH EACH STUD FLANGE AND RUNNER FLANGE. USE FULL LENGTH STUDS BETWEEN FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS, SPLICING OF STUD S SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. ISOLATE STUD SYSTEM FROM TRANSFER OF STRUCTURAL LOADING TO SYSTEM BY USE OF DEEP LEG TOP RUNNERS. ALL DOOR OPENINGS SHALL BE DOUBLE STUDDED TO COMPLY WITH "GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK" PUBLISHED BY USG. DOUBLE STUDS SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE JAMB AND HEAD ANCHOR CLIPS OF EACH DOOR FRAME BY SCREW ATTACHMENT. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING AND BRACING FOR SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT OF WALL MOUNTED CABINETS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, AND SIMILAR WORK. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF FRAMING, BLOCKING AND BRACING IN WALL AND PARTITIONS FOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE FURNISHED BY TENANT. GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION AND FINISHING: COMPLY WITH USG "SYSTEMS FOLDER SA/923" AND ASTM C840. INSTALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD WITH FACE SIDE OUT. DO NOT INSTALL IMPERFECT, DAMAGED OR DAMP BOARDS. ARCH.ELEMENT REVIEWED BYDESIGN/SPECIFIED COMMENTS STOREFRONT OWNER/ARCHITECT/LLARCHTECT SUBMIT FINISH SAMPLES & SHOP DRAWINGS SIGNAGE SPRINKLER FIRE ALARM HVAC DOOR/DOOR HARDWARE MILLWORK PLUMBING FIXT. & ACCESSORIES OWNER/ARCHITECT/LLARCHITECT ARCHITECT/MEP CONTRACTOR ARCHITECT/MEP OWNER/ARCHITECTARCHITECT OWNER/ARCHITECTARCHITECT ARCHITECT STRUCTURAL FRAMING ARCHITECT/STRUCT. SUBMIT CUT SHEETS ARCHITECT/STRUCT. ARCHITECT ARCHITECT/MEP SUBMIT SHOP DWGS SUBMIT SHOP DWGS & CUT SHEETS ARCHITECT/MEP/LL ARCHITECT/MEP SUBMIT SHOP DWGS SUBMIT SHOP DWGS SUBMIT SHOP DWGS & CUT SHEETS SUBMIT SHOP DWGS & CUT SHEETS SUBMIT SHOP DWGS FLOORING SAMPLES ARCHITECT OWNER/ARCHITECT SUBMIT SAMPLES SEE NOTE BELOW WALL FINISH SAMPLES ARCHITECT OWNER/ARCHITECT SUBMIT SAMPLES SEE NOTE BELOW AS-BUILT DRAWINGS OWNER/ARCHITECT SUBMIT AS-BUILT DRAWINGS NOTE: FINISH SAMPLES GC TO SUBMIT FINISH SAMPLES IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: - WALL FINISH SAMPLES: - PAINTED STUCCO: 3' x 3' BOARD - WALL TILE: 3' x 3' BOARD WITH GROUTING - FLOOR SAMPLES: - TILE: 3' x 3' BOARD WITH GROUTING ARCHITECT NOTE: WHERE APPLICABLE PRIOR TO INSTALLING ST-1 PAINTED STUCCO, GC TO CONSTRUCT MOCK-UP OF FINISHED SURFACE FOR APPROVAL BY CONSTRUCTION PM. MOCK-UP TO BE 10' HIGH x 3' WIDE ILLUSTRATING SURFACE FINISH & COLOR. LOCATE WHERE DIRECTED BY CONSTRUCTION PM. MOCK-UP MAY REMAIN AS PART OF THE WORK. PROTECT HEAVILY TRAVELED, NEWLY TILED AREAS AS REQUIRED. INSTALL TILES USING THINSET METHOD WITH 1/16" JOINTS AT WALLS AND FLOORS U.O.N. SEAL/WAX ALL TILE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. SEAL GROUT WITH (2) TWO COATS OF SEALER. COVER FINISHED FLOOR WITH LAYER OF BUILDING PAPER & MASONITE FOR PROTECTIOn. LOCATE EITHER EDGE OR END JOINTS ON SUPPORTS. POSITION BOARDS SO THAT LIKE EDGES ABUT, TAPERED EDGES AGAINST TAPERED EDGES AND MILL-CUT OR FIELD CUT ENDS AGAINST MILL-CUT OR FIELD CUT ENDS. DO NOT PLACE TAPERED EDGES AGAINST CUT EDGES OR ENDS. STAGGER VERTICAL JOINTS OVER DIFFERENT STUDS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS. SCREW ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD TO SUPPORTING MEMBERS. SPACE FASTENERS IN GYPSUM BOARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FINISHING: ALL JOINTS TO BE TAPED AND SPACKLED. ALL FASTENERS AND METAL TRIM SHALL BE SPACKLED. APPLY JOINT COMPOUND IN 3 COATS (NOT INCLUDING PRE-FILL OF OPENINGS IN BASE), AND SAND BETWEEN LAST TWO COATS AND AFTER LAST COAT. CASING BEADS: PROVIDED ON ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF DRYWALL, AND WHERE DRYWALL MEETS DISSIMILAR MATERIAL. CORNER BEADS: PROVIDED AT ALL EXPOSED CORNERS. SOUND INSULATION: FILL ALL VOIDS IN PARTITIONS AND WALLS INDICATED USING BATT OR BLANKETS IN AS LONG LENGTHS AS POSSIBLE. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE SECURELY HELD IN PLACE BY FRICTION, OR BY TYING TO PREVENT SAGGING AND EVENTUAL GAPS. CUT AND PACK INSULATION CAREFULLY AROUND ALL OBSTRUCTIONS TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND CONTINUOUS SEAL. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL AS REQUIRED BY SCOPE: ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS A-S02 Date:04.29.2025 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS CALGREEN A-S03 CHAPTER 5 NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES SECTION 5.101 GENERAL 5.101.1 SCOPE The provisions of this chapter outline planning, design and development methods that include environmentally responsible site selection, building design, building siting and development to protect, restore and enhance the environmental quality of the site and respect the integrity of adjacent properties. DIVISION 5.1 PLANNING AND DESIGN 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 (July 2024 Supplement) Y SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS 5.102.1 DEFINITIONS The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) CUTOFF LUMINAIRES. Luminaires whose light distribution is such that the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 25 (2.5 percent) at an angle of 90 degrees above nadir, and 100 (10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80 degrees above nadir. This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV). [BSC-CG, HCD] An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles and the like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws current from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array or other source of electric current. Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles. For purposes of the California Electrical Code, off-road, self-propelled electric vehicles, such as industrial trucks, hoists, lifts, transports, golf carts, airline ground support equipment, tractors, boats and the like, are not included. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CAPABLE SPACE. [BSC-CG, DSA-SS and HCD] A vehicle space with electrical panel space and load capacity to support a branch circuit and necessary raceways, both underground and/or surface mounted, to support EV charging. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CHARGER. [BSC-CG, HCD] Off-board charging equipment used to charge an electric vehicle. ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SPACE (EV SPACE). [HCD] A space intended for future installation of EV charging equipment and charging of electric vehicles. ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION (EVCS). [BSC-CG, DSA-SS, HCD] One or more electric vehicle charging spaces served by EVSE or receptacle(s). ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) READY SPACE. [HCD] A vehicle space which is provided with a branch circuit; any necessary raceways, both underground and/or surface mounted; to accommodate EV charging, terminating in a receptacle or a charger. ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE).[BSC-CG, DSA-SS and HCD] The conductors, including the ungrounded, grounded and equipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, personnel protection system, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and the electric vehicle. SECTION 5.105 DECONSTRUCTION AND REUSE OF EXISTING STRUCTURES 5.105.1 Scope. [BSC-CG] Effective July 1, 2024, alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Effective January 1, 2026, the combined floor area shall be 50,000 square feet or greater. [DSA-SS] Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Exception [BSC-CG, DSA-SS]: Combined addition(s) to existing building(s) of two times the area or more of the existing building(s) is not eligible to meet compliance with Section 5.105.2. 5.105.2 Reuse of existing building. An alteration or addition to an existing building shall maintain at a minimum 45 percent combined of the existing building’s primary structural elements (foundations; columns, beams, walls, and floors; and lateral elements) and existing building enclosure (roof framing, wall framing and exterior finishes). Window assemblies, insulation, portions of buildings deemed structurally unsound or hazardous, and hazardous materials that are remediated as part of the project shall not be included in the calculation. 5.105.2.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided in the construction documents to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.105.2. Note: Sample Worksheet WS-3 in Chapter 8 may be used to assist in documenting compliance with this section. 5.105.3 Deconstruction (Reserved). 5.106.5.6 Electric vehicle (EV) charging at public schools and community colleges. [DSA-SS] Electric vehicle infrastructure and electric vehicle charging stations shall comply with Section 5.106.5.6 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code. Exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where compliance with this section has been demonstrated to be not feasible based upon one of the following conditions,and with concurrence by the Division of the State Architect (DSA), compliance with Section 5.106.5.6 shall not be required. a. Where there is no local utility power supply. b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. The installation of EVCS is impracticable. 2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with Section 5.106.5.6. 5.106.5.6.1 EV capable spaces. EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.6.1 and the following requirements: 1. Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less than 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable space and into a suitable listed cabinet, box, enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV capable spaces. 2. A service panel or subpanel(s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS. 3. The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space. 4. The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective device space(s) as “EV CAPABLE.” The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as “EV CAPABLE.” 1. Calculation for spaces shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. 2. Each EVCS shall reduce the number of required EV capable spaces by the same number. 5.106.5.6.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS). EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 and shall comply with Section 5.106.5.6.2. EVCS shall be serviced by Level 2 or Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC) EVSE, or with EVSE in any combination of Level 2 and DCFC. Accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with California Building Code Chapter 11B. 5.106.5.3 Electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] [BSC-CG] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure and facilitate electric vehicle charging shall comply with Section 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces, Section 5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)—Power allocation method and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code. Exceptions: 1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a.Where there is no local utility power supply b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating the local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. 2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with this code section. 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces. [N] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the following requirements: 1.Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable and into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV charging spaces. 2.A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS. 3.The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space. 4.The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective devices space(s) as "EV CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE." Note: A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EV charging space shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space only for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an enforcement agency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details. ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS: HCD Department of Housing and Community Development BSC California Building Standards Commission DSA-SS Division of the State Architect, Structural Safety OSHPD Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development LR Low Rise HR High Rise AA Additions and Alterations N New 5.106.4.1.2 Long-term bicycle parking. For new buildings with tenant spaces that have 10 or more tenant-occupants, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.3 For additions or alterations that add 10 or more tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant vehicular parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.4 For new shell buildings in phased projects provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the anticipated tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.5 Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Sections 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3, and 5.106.4.1.4 shall be convenient from the street and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles; 2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or 3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. Note: Additional information on recommended bicycle accommodations may be obtained from Sacramento Area Bicycle Advocates. 5.106.4.2 Bicycle parking. [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections 5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.2 5.106.4.2.1 Student bicycle parking. Provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new building. 5.106.4.2.2 Staff bicycle parking. Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilities shall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles; 2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or 3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. 5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING. For buildings within the authority of California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, comply with Section 5.106.4.1. For buildings within the authority of the Division of the State Architect pursuant to Section 105, comply with Section 5.106.4.2 5.106.4.1 Bicycle parking. [BSC-CG] Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter. 5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitor traffic, provide permanently anchored bicycle racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 5% of new visitor motorized vehicle parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one two-bike capacity rack. Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces. CHAPTER 3 GREEN BUILDING SECTION 301 GENERAL 301.1 SCOPE. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code. Voluntary green building measures are also included in the application checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this code, but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7. 301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [BSC-CG] The provisions of individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies within the authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work. A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A]. When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used. 301.3.1 Nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only: Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section 1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 et seq. for definitions, types of commercial real property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for ensuring compliance. 301.3.2 Waste Diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work. 301.4 PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. (see GBSC) 301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES. (see GBSC) SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS 302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building measures applicable to each specific occupancy. SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS 303.1 PHASED PROJECTS. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements, only those code measures relevant to the building components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply. 303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements. The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations. The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.3.2.1 The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE or EVCS with Level 2 EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.3.2.2 The installation of two low power Level 2 EV charging receptacles shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE in Table 5.106.5.3.1 by one. 5.106.5.3.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS). ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs. 5.106.5.3.4 Accessible EVCS. When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s). 5.106.5.3.4 Accessible electric vehicle charging station (EVCS). When EVSE is installed, accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. 5.106.5.3.5 Electric vehicle charging station signage. Electric vehicle charging stations shall be identified by signage or pavement markings in compliance with Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s). Power allocation method shall include the following: 1.Use any kVA combination of EV capable spaces, low power Level 2, Level 2 or DCFC EVSEs. 2.At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. 5.106.5.3.6 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)—power allocation method. The power allocation method may be used as an alternative to the requirements in Section 5.106.5.3.1, Section 5.106.5.3.2 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1. Use Table 5.106.5.3.6 to determine the total power in kVA required based on the total number of actual parking spaces. TABLE 5.106.5.3.1 TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES NUMBER OF EVCS (EV CAPABLE SPACES PROVIDED WITH EVSE)^2 0-9 0 0 10-25 2 0 26-50 8 2 51-75 13 3 76-100 17 4 101-150 25 6 151-200 35 9 201 AND OVER 20 percent of actual parking spaces¹ 25 percent of EV capable spaces¹ DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. 5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OF LAND. Comply with all lawfully enacted stormwater discharge regulations for projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of a larger common plan of development sale. Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of the larger common plan of development or sale must comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in the applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit). The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff (pre-project hydrology) with the installation of postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDES permits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration, and infiltration through nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures. Stormwater volume that cannot be addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structural practices and be approved by the enforcing agency. Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at: www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the stormwater runoff management measures should be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development. N/A Y N/A 1. Calculation for spaces shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. 2. The number of required EVCS (EV capable spaces provided with EVSE) in column 3 count toward the total number of required EV capable spaces shown in column 2. 3. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. Y N/A Y N/A Y = YES N/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY 5.106.5.5 Electric vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N] [BSG-CG] Construction shall comply with Section 5.106.5.5.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses, grocery stores and retail stores, office buildings, and manufacturing facilities with planned off-street loading spaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.5.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty EVSE. Exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a. Where there is no local utility power supply. b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California Electrical Code and as follows: 5.106.5.5.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouses, grocery stores, office buildings, and manufacturing facilities and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces. [N] In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV supply and distribution equipment, spare raceway(s) or busway(s) and adequate capacity for transformer(s), service panel(s) or subpanel(s) shall be installed at the time of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction plans and specifications shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. The transformer, main service equipment and subpanels shall meet the minimum power requirement in Table 5.106.5.5.1 to accommodate the dedicated branch circuits for the future installation of EVSE. 2. The construction documents shall indicate one or more location(s) convenient to the planned off-street loading space(s) reserved for medium- and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets and charging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the termination of the raceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s), as shown in Table 5.106.5.5.1. 3. Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area where potential future medium- and heavy-duty EVSE will be located and shall terminate in close proximity to the potential future location of the charging equipment for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles. 4. The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be of sufficient size to carry the minimum additional system load to the future location of the charging for medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table 5.106.5.5.1. TABLE 5.106.5.3.6 TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES MINIMUM TOTAL kVA @ 6.6 kVA TOTAL kVA REQUIRED IN ANY COMBINATION OF EV CAPABLE,3,4 LOW POWER LEVEL 2, LEVEL 2, 1, 2 OR DCFC 0-9 0 0 10-25 26.4 26.4 26-50 52.8 52.8 51-75 85.8 85.8 76-100 112.2 112.2 101-150 165 165 151-200 231 231 201 AND OVER 20 percent of actual parking spaces x 6.6 Total required kVA = P × .20 × 6.6 Where P = Parking spaces in facility 1. Level 2 EVSE @ 6.6 kVA minimum. 2. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. 3. Maximum allowed kVA to be utilized for EV capable spaces is 75 percent. 4. If EV capable spaces are utilized, they shall meet the requirements of Section 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces. 5.106.5.4 Additions or alterations to existing buildings or parking facilities [A]. [BSC-CG] Existing buildings or parking facilities being modified by one of the following shall comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 or 5.106.5.4.2. When EVSE is installed, accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. 1. When the scope of construction work includes an increase in power supply to an electric service panel as part of a parking facility addition or alteration. 2. When a new photovoltaic system is installed covering existing parking spaces. 3. When additions or alterations to existing buildings are triggered pursuant to code Section 301.3 and the scope of work includes an increase in power supply to an electric service panel. Exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a. Where there is no local utility power supply. b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. d. Where demonstrated as impracticable excluding local utility service or utility infrastructure issues. 2. Remote parking facilities that do not have access to the building service panel. 3. Parking area lighting upgrades where no trenching is part of the scope of work. 4. Emergency repairs, including but not limited to water line break in parking facilities, natural disaster repairs, etc. 5.106.5.4.1 Existing buildings or parking areas without previously installed EV capable infrastructure [A]. When EV capable infrastructure does not exist at an existing parking facility or building, and the parking facility or building undergoes an addition or alteration listed in Section 5.106.5.4, construction shall include electric vehicle charging in compliance with either Section 5.106.5.3 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6 for the total number of actual parking spaces being added or altered. 5.106.5.4.2 Existing buildings or parking areas with previously installed EV capable infrastructure [A]. When EV capable infrastructure is available at an existing parking facility or building, and the parking facility or building is undergoing an addition or alteration listed in Section 5.106.5.4, construction shall include electric vehicle charging in compliance with either Section 5.106.5.3 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6 utilizing the existing EV capable allocated power and infrastructure for the total number of actual parking spaces being added or altered. If the area being added or altered exceeds the existing EV capable capacity, allocated power and infrastructure, provide additional EV charging as needed to comply with this section. TABLE 5.106.5.5.1 RACEWAY CONDUIT AND PANEL POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR MEDIUM- AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE [N] BUILDING TYPE BUILDING SIZE (SQ. FT.) NUMBER OF OFF-STREET LOADING SPACES ADDITIONAL CAPACITY REQUIRED (KVA) FOR RACEWAY & BUSWAY AND TRANSFORMER & PANEL Grocery 10,000 to 90,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 90,000 1 or Greater 400 Manufacturing Facilities 10,000 to 50,000 1 or 2 200 10,000 to 50,000 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 50,000 1 or Greater 400 Office Buildings 10,000 to 135,000 1 or 2 200 10,000 to 135,000 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 135,000 1 or Greater 400 Retail 10,000 to 135,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 135,000 1 or Greater 400 Warehouse 20,000 to 256,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 256,000 1 or Greater 400 TABLE 5.106.5.6.1 TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EVCS2 0-9 0 0 10-25 4 1 26-50 8 2 51-75 13 3 76-100 17 4 101-150 25 6 151-200 35 9 201 AND OVER 20 percent of total spaces¹25 percent of EV capable spaces¹ 5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) EV capable spaces shall be provided with electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE) to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1 shall be provided with Level 2 EVSE or DCFC as permitted in Section 5.106.5.3.2.1. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EV charger. SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT 5.106.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND. Newly constructed projects and additions which disturb less than one acre of land, and are not part of a larger common plan of development or sale, shall prevent the pollution of storm water runoff from the construction activities through one or more of the following measures: 5.106.1.1 Local ordinance. Comply with a lawfully enacted storm water management and/or erosion control ordinance. 5.106.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). Prevent the loss of soil through wind or water erosion by implementing an effective combination of erosion and sediment control and good housekeeping BMPs. 1. Soil loss BMPs that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Scheduling construction activity during dry weather, when possible. b. Preservation of natural features, vegetation, soil, and buffers around surface waters. c. Drainage swales or lined ditches to control stormwater flow. d. Mulching or hydroseeding to stabilize disturbed soils. e. Erosion control to protect slopes. f. Protection of storm drain inlets (gravel bags or catch basin inserts). g. Perimeter sediment control (perimeter silt fence, fiber rolls). h. Sediment trap or sediment basin to retain sediment on site. i. Stabilized construction exits. j. Wind erosion control. k. Other soil loss BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 2. Good housekeeping BMPs to manage construction equipment, materials, non-stormwater discharges and wastes that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dewatering activities. b. Material handling and waste management. c. Building materials stockpile management. d. Management of washout areas (concrete, paints, stucco, etc.). e. Control of vehicle/equipment fueling to contractor's staging area. f. Vehicle and equipment cleaning performed off site. g Spill prevention and control. h. Other housekeeping BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. Date:04.29.2025 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS CALGREEN A-S04 DIVISION 5.4 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY SECTION 5.401 GENERAL 5.401.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter specify the requirements of achieving material conservation, resource efficiency, and greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction through protection of buildings from exterior moisture, construction waste diversion, employment of techniques to reduce pollution through recycling of materials, the installation of products with lower GHG emissions and building commissioning or testing and adjusting. SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING 5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT. Recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65% of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste in accordance with Section 5.408.1.1, 5.408.1.2 or 5.408.1.3; or meet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.408.1.1 Construction waste management plan. Where a local jurisdiction does not have a construction and demolition waste management ordinance, submit a construction waste management plan that: 1. Identifies the construction and demolition waste materials to be diverted from disposal by efficient usage, recycling, reuse on the project or salvage for future use or sale. 2. Determines if construction and demolition waste materials will be sorted on-site (source-separated) or bulk mixed (single stream). 3. Identifies diversion facilities where construction and demolition waste material collected will be taken. 4. Specifies that the amount of construction and demolition waste materials diverted shall be calculated byweight or volume, but not by both. 5.408.1.2 Waste Management Company. Utilize a waste management company that can provide verifiable documentation that the percentage of construction and demolition waste material diverted from the landfill complies with this section. Note: The owner or contractor shall make the determination if the construction and demolition waste material will be diverted by a waste management company. Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2: 1. Excavated soil and land-clearing debris. 2. Alternate waste reduction methods developed by working with local agencies if diversion or recycle facilities capable of compliance with this item do not exist. 3. Demolition waste meeting local ordinance or calculated in consideration of local recycling facilities and markets. 5.408.1.3 Waste stream reduction alternative. The combined weight of new construction disposal that does not exceed two pounds per square foot of building area may be deemed to meet the 65% minimum requirement as approved by the enforcing agency. 5.408.1.4 Documentation. Documentation shall be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Sections 5.408.1.1, through 5.408.1.3. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Sample forms found in "A Guide to the California Green Building Standards Code (Nonresidential)" located www.dgs.ca.gov/BSC/Resources/Page-Content/Building-Standards-Commission- Resources-List-Folder/CALGreen may be used to assist in documenting compliance with the waste management plan. 2. Mixed construction and demolition debris processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle). 5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE. [A] Additions and alterations to a building or tenant space that meet the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 for nonresidential additions and alterations, shall require verification that Universal Waste items such as fluorescent lamps and ballast and mercury containing thermostats as well as other California prohibited Universal Waste materials are disposed of properly and are diverted from landfills. A list of prohibited Universal Waste materials shall be included in the construction documents. Note: Refer to the Universal Waste Rule link at: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/universalwaste/ 5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS. 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. For a phased project, such material may be stockpiled on site until the storage site is developed. Exception: Reuse, either on or off-site, of vegetation or soil contaminated by disease or pest infestation. Notes: 1. If contamination by disease or pest infestation is suspected, contact the County Agricultural Commissioner and follow its direction for recycling or disposal of the material. 2. For a map of know pest and/or disease quarantine zones, consult with the California Department of Food and Agriculture. (www.cdfa.ca.gov) SECTION 5.303 INDOOR WATER USE 5.303.1 METERS. Separate submeters or metering devices shall be installed for the uses described in Sections 503.1.1 and 503.1.2. 5.303.1.1 Buildings in excess of 50,000 square feet. Separate submeters shall be installed as follows: 1. For each individual leased, rented or other tenant space within the building projected to consume more than 100 gal/day (380 L/day), including, but not limited to, spaces used for laundry or cleaners, restaurant or food service, medical or dental office, laboratory, or beauty salon or barber shop. 2. Where separate submeters for individual building tenants are unfeasible, for water supplied to the following subsystems: a. Makeup water for cooling towers where flow through is greater than 500 gpm (30 L/s). b. Makeup water for evaporative coolers greater than 6 gpm (0.04 L/s). c. Steam and hot water boilers with energy input more than 500,000 Btu/h (147 kW). 5.303.1.2 Excess consumption. A separate submeter or metering device shall be provided for any tenant within a new building or within an addition that is projected to consume more than 1,000 gal/day. SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE 5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. Nonresidential developments shall comply with a local water efficient landscape ordinance or the current California Department of Water Resources' Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent. Notes: 1. The Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) is located in the California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Division 2. 2. MWELO and supporting documents, including a water budget calculator, are available at: https://www.water.ca.gov/. 5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. For public schools and community colleges, landscape projects as described in Sections 5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with Section 490 of Chapter 2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) shall be 0.65 with an additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35. Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the MWELO. 5.304.6.1 Newly constructed landscapes. New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet. 5.304.6.2 Rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet. 5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 5.303.4.1 Food Waste Disposers. Disposers shall either modulate the use of water to no more than 1 gpm when the disposer is not in use (not actively grinding food waste/no-load) or shall automatically shut off after no more than 10 minutes of inactivity. Disposers shall use no more than 8 gpm of water. Note: This code section does not affect local jurisdiction authority to prohibit or require disposer installation. 5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION. For those occupancies within the authority of the California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, the provisions of Section 5.303.3 and 5.303.4 shall apply to new fixtures in additions or areas of alteration to the building. 5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the California Plumbing Code, and shall meet the applicable standards referenced in Table 1701.1 of the California Plumbing Code and in Chapter 6 of this code. SECTION 5.402 DEFINITIONS 5.402.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ADJUST. To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. SECTION 5.407 WATER RESISTANCE AND MOISTURE MANAGEMENT 5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION. Provide a weather-resistant exterior wall and foundation envelope as required by California Building Code Section 1402.2 (Weather Protection), manufacturer's installation instructions or local ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL. Employ moisture control measures by the following methods. 5.407.2.1 Sprinklers. Design and maintain landscape irrigation systems to prevent spray on structures. 5.407.2.2 Entries and openings. Design exterior entries and/or openings subject to foot traffic or wind-driven rain to prevent water intrusion into buildings as follows: 5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection. Primary exterior entries shall be covered to prevent water intrusion by using nonabsorbent floor and wall finishes within at least 2 feet around and perpendicular to such openings plus at least one of the following: 1. An installed awning at least 4 feet in depth. 2. The door is protected by a roof overhang at least 4 feet in depth. 3. The door is recessed at least 4 feet. 4. Other methods which provide equivalent protection. 5.407.2.2.2 Flashing. Install flashings integrated with a drainage plane. 5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG] 5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead. Showerheads shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi. Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Showerheads. 5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, the combined flow rate of all the showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time. Note: A hand-held shower shall be considered a showerhead. 5.303.3.4 Faucets and fountains. 5.303.3.4.1 Nonresidential Lavatory faucets. Lavatory faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.5 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.2 Kitchen faucets. Kitchen faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. Kitchen faucets may temporarily increase the flow above the maximum rate, but not to exceed 2.2 gallons per minute at 60 psi, and must default to a maximum flow rate of 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.3 Wash fountains. Wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than1.8 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. 5.303.3.4.4 Metering faucets. Metering faucets shall not deliver more than 0.20 gallons per cycle. 5.303.3.4.5 Metering faucets for wash fountains. Metering faucets for wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.20 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. Note: Where complying faucets are unavailable, aerators or other means may be used to achieve reduction. 5.303.3.4.6 Pre-rinse spray value When installed, shall meet the requirements in the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) Table H-2, Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A), and Section 1607 (d)(7), and shall be equipped with an integral automatic shutoff. FOR REFERENCE ONLY:The following table and code section have been reprinted from the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) and Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A). TABLE H-2 STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALUES MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 28, 2019 PRODUCT CLASS [spray force in ounce force (ozf)]MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (gpm) Product Class 1 (≤1.00 Product Class 2 (> 5.0 ozf and ≤1.20 Product Class 3 (> 8.0 ozf)1.28 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 (July 2024 Supplement) Y DIVISION 5.2 ENERGY EFFICIENCY SECTION 5.201 GENERAL 5.201.1 Scope [BSC-CG]. California Energy Code [DSA-SS]. For the purposes of mandatory energy efficiency standards in this code, the California Energy Commission will continue to adopt mandatory building standards. DIVISION 5.3 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION SECTION 5.301 GENERAL 5.301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the means of conserving water use indoors, outdoors and in wastewater conveyance. SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS 5.302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF) [DSA-SS]. An adjustment factor when applied to reference evapotranspiration that adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, which ae two major influences on the amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape. FOOTPRINT AREA [DSA-SS]. The total area of the furthest exterior wall of the structure projected to natural grade, not including exterior areas such as stairs, covered walkways, patios and decks. METERING FAUCET. A self-closing faucet that dispenses a specific volume of water for each actuation cycle. The volume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable. GRAYWATER. Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 17922.12, "graywater" means untreated wastewater that has not been contaminated by any toilet discharge, has not been affected by infectious, contaminated, or unhealthy bodily wastes, and does not present a threat from contamination by unhealthful processing, manufacturing, or operating wastes. "Graywater" includes, but is not limited to wastewater from bathtubs, showers, bathroom washbasins, clothes washing machines and laundry tubs, but does not include waste water from kitchen sinks or dishwashers. MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). The California ordinance regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices that will ensure commercial, multifamily and other developer installed landscapes greater than 2500 square feet meet an irrigation water budget developed based on landscaped area and climatological parameters. MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [HCD] The California model ordinance (California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 2.7), regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices. Local agencies are required to adopt the updated MWELO, or adopt a local ordinance at least as effective as the MWELO. POTABLE WATER. Water that is drinkable and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards. See definition in the California Plumbing Code, Part 5. POTABLE WATER. [HCD] Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes, and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards and the requirements of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction. RECYCLED WATER. Water which, as a result of treatment of waste, is suitable for a direct beneficial use or a controlled use that would not otherwise occur [Water Code Section 13050 (n)]. Simply put, recycled water is water treated to remove waste matter attaining a quality that is suitable to use the water again. SUBMETER. [HCD 1] A secondary device beyond a meter that measures water consumption of an individual rental unit within a multiunit residential structure or mixed-use residential and commercial structure. (See Civic Code Section 1954.202 (g) and Water code Section 517 for additional details.) WATER BUDGET. Is the estimated total landscape irrigation water use which shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance calculated in accordance with the Department of Water Resources Model Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO). 5.106.5.6.5 Requirement to install EVSE. Level 2 EVSE shall be provided in all existing EV capable spaces to create EVCS when a project is required by California Administrative Code Section 4-309 to be submitted for plan approval to the Division of the State Architect. When EVSE is installed in existing EV capable spaces, accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with California Building Code Chapter 11B. Exception: Projects in which improvements in parking areas consist only of accessibility improvements are not required to comply with Section 5.106.5.6.5. 5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION. [N]. l Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to comply with the following: 1.The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10-114 of the California Administrative Code; and 2.Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8); 3.Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B in Chapter 8) and 4.Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7, whichever is more stringent. Exceptions: [N] 1. Luminaires that qualify as exceptions in Sections 130.2 (b) and 140.7 of the California Energy Code. 2. Emergency lighting. 3. Building facade meeting the requirements in Table 140.7-B of the California Energy Code, Part 6. 4. Custom lighting features as allowed by the local enforcing agency, as permitted by Section 101.8 Alternate materials, designs and methods of construction. 5. Luminaires with less than 6,200 initial luminaire lumens. TABLE 5.106.8 [N] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT, UPLIGHT AND GLARE (BUG) RATINGS 1,2 ALLOWABLE RATING LIGHTING ZONE LZ0 LIGHTING ZONE LZ1 LIGHTING ZONE LZ2 LIGHTING ZONE LZ3 LIGHTING ZONE LZ4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT RATING 3 Luminaire greater than 2 mounting heights (MH) from property line N/A No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit Luminaire back hemisphere is 1-2 MH from property line N/A B2 B3 B4 B4 Luminaire back hemisphere is 0.5-1 MH from property line N/A B1 B2 B3 B3 Luminaire back hemisphere is less than 0.5 MH from property line N/A B0 B0 B1 B2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UPLIGHT RATING (U) For area lighting 3 N/A U0 U0 U0 U0 For all other outdoor lighting,including decorative luminaires N/A U1 U2 U3 UR DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y = YES N/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G1 G2 G3 G4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G1 G1 G2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G0 G1 G1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G0 G0 G1 1. IESNA Lighting Zones 0 and 5 are not applicable; refer to Lighting Zones as defined in the California Energy Code and Chapter 10 of the Callifornia Administrative Code. 2. For property lines that abut public walkways, bikeways, plazas and parking lots, the property line may be considered to be 5 feet beyond the actual property line for purpose of determining compliance with this section. For property lines that abut public roadways and public transit corridors, the property line may be considered to be the centerline of the public roadway or public transit corridor for the purpose of determining compliance with this section. 3. General lighting luminaires in areas such as outdoor parking, sales or storage lots shall meet these reduced ratings. Decorative luminaries located in these areas shall meet U-value limits for "all other outdoor lighting" TABLE 5.106.5.6.3 NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES IN A PARKING FACILITY MINIMUM TOTAL POWER (KVA) REQUIRED FOR EVCS 0-9 0 10-25 7 26-50 14 51-75 20 76-100 27 101-150 40 151-200 60 201 AND OVER Total required KVA = P × .05 × 6.6 Where P = Parking spaces in facility 5.106.5.6.4 EVCS for alterations of or additions to parking facilities. Alterations of or additions to parking facilities shall provide EVCS in compliance with Section 5.106.5.6.4. The installation of infrastructure for EV capable spaces required to be provided without EVSE shall not be required. 5.106.5.6.4.1 Alterations of and additions to parking facilities. EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 or minimum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3 when the scope of work includes an increase in power supply to an electric panel serving light fixtures illuminating the parking area or when area containing parking spaces is added to a parking facility. The number of required EVCS shall be based on the total number of existing and new parking spaces in the parking facility. 5.106.5.6.4.2 Alterations consisting of the installation of photovoltaic systems. EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 or maximum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3 when a new photovoltaic system is installed in an existing parking facility. SECTION 5.409 LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT 5.409.1 SCOPE. [BSC-CG] Effective July 1, 2024, projects consisting of newly constructed building(s) with a combined floor area of 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.409.2 or Section 5.409.3. Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Effective January 1, 2026, the combined floor area shall be 50,000 square feet or greater. [DSA-SS] Projects consisting of newly constructed building(s) with a combined floor area of 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.409.2 or Section 5.409.3. Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. 5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING. Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system will manage all surface water flows to keep water from entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surface water include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.Swales. 2.Water collection and disposal systems. 3.French drains. 4.Water retention gardens. 5.Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge. Exception: Additions and alterations not altering the drainage path. 5.106.12 SHADE TREES [DSA-SS]. Shade Trees shall be planted to comply with Sections 5.106.12.1, 5.106.12.2, and 5.106.12.3. Percentages shown shall be measured at noon on the summer solstice. Landscape irrigation necessary to establish and maintain tree health shall comply with Section 5.304.6. 5.106.12.1 Surface parking areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal, shall be installed to provide shade over 50 percent of the parking area within 15 years. Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 5.106.12.2 Landscape areas. Shade tress plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade of 20% of the landscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. 5.106.12.3. Hardscape areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade over 20 percent of the hardscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: 1.Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 2.Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. BALANCE. To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains, branches and terminals, according to design quantities. BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A systematic quality assurance process that spans the entire design and construction process, including verifying and documenting that building systems and components are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements. BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA ACT (BCCA). The Buy Clean California Act (BCCA) (Public Contract Code Sections 3500-3505) targets carbon emissions associated with the production of structural steel (hot-rolled sections, hollow structural sections, and plate), concrete reinforcing steel, flat glass, and mineral wool board insulation. The maximum acceptable global warming potential (GWP) limits are established by the Department of General Services (DGS), in consultation with the California Air Resources Board (CARB). CRADLE-TO-GRAVE. Activities associated with a product or building’s life cycle from the extraction stage through disposal stage, and covering modules A1 through C4 in accordance with ISO Standards 14025 and 21930. ORGANIC WASTE. Food waste, green waste, landscape and pruning wste, nonhazardous wood waste, and food soiled paper waste that is mixed in with food waste. REFERENCE STUDY PERIOD. The period of use for the building, in years, that will be assumed for life cycle assessment. TEST. A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment TYPE III ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATION (EPD). A third-party verified report that summarizes how a product impacts the environment. Type III EPDs can be either product-specific, factory-specific, or industry-wide EPDs. See “Cradle-to-Gate.” FACTORY-SPECIFIC EPD. A product-specific Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts can be attributed to a single manufacturer and manufacturing facility. INDUSTRY-WIDE EPD (IW-EPD). A Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts are an average of the typical manufacturing impacts for a range of products within the same product category for a group of manufacturers. PRODUCT-SPECIFIC EPD. A Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts can be attributed to a product design and manufacturer across multiple facilities. 5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures (water closets and urinals) and fittings (faucets and showerheads) shall comply with the following: 5.303.3.1 Water Closets. The effective flush volume of all water closets shall not exceed 1.28 gallons per flush. Tank-type water closets shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type toilets. Note: The effective flush volume of dual flush toilets is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. 5.303.3.2 Urinals. 5.303.3.2.1 Wall-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of wall-mounted urinals shall not exceed 0.125 gallons per flush. 5.303.3.2.2 Floor-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of floor-mounted or other urinals shall not exceed 0.5 gallons per flush. 5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG] 5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead. Showerheads shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi. Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Showerheads. 5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, the combined flow rate of all the showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time. Note: A hand-held shower shall be considered a showerhead. 5.106.8.1 Facing- Backlight Luminaries within 2MH of a property line shall be oriented so that the nearest property line is behind the fixture, and shall comply with the backlight rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point of that property line. Exception: Corners. If two property lines (or two segments of the same property line) have equidistant point to the luminaire, then the luminaire may be oriented so that the intersection of the two lines (the corner) is directly behind the luminaire. The luminaire shall still use the distance to the nearest points(s) on the property lines to determine the required backlight rating. 5.106.8.2 Facing-Glare. For luminaires covered by 5.106.8.1, if a property line also exists within or extends into the front hemisphere within 2MH of the luminaire then the luminaire shall comply with the more stringent glare rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point on the nearest property line within the front hemisphere. Note: [N] 1.See also California Building Code, Chapter 12, Section 1205.6 for college campus lighting requirements for parking facilities and walkways. 2.Refer to Chapter 8 (Compliance Forms, Worksheets and Reference Material) for IES TM-15-11 Table A-1, California Energy Code Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B. 3. Refer to the California Building Code for requirements for additions and alterations. 5.106.5.6.2.1 Reduced number of EV capable spaces. The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.6.2.2 Multiple connectors. EVSE with multiple vehicle connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.6.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EVSE. 5.106.5.6.2.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS). ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS installed in accordance with Section 5.105.5.6.2. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section 5.106.5.6.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs. 5.106.5.6.3 EVCS alternative compliance. In lieu of compliance with Section 5.106.5.6.2, EVCS shall be provided with Level 1, low power Level 2, or Level 2, or any combination of Level 1, low power Level 2 or Level 2 EVSE such that the total power supplied by the combination of EVSE meets the minimum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3, based on the total number of actual parking spaces in each parking facility. Date:04.29.2025 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS A-S05 CALGREEN DIVISION 5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY SECTION 5.501 GENERAL 5.501.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants that are odorous, irritating, and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of a building's installers, occupants and neighbors. SECTION 5.502 DEFINITIONS 5.502.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ARTERIAL HIGHWAY. A general term denoting a highway primarily for through traffic usually on a continuous route. A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL (dBA). The sound pressure level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the internationally standardized A-weighting filter or as computed from sound spectral data to which A-weighting adjustments have been made. 1 BTU/HOUR. British thermal units per hour, also referred to as Btu. The amount of heat required to raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit per hour, a common measure of heat transfer rate. A ton of refrigeration is 12,000 Btu, the amount of heat required to melt a ton (2,000 pounds) of ice at 320 Fahrenheit. COMMUNITY NOISE EQUIVALENT LEVEL (CNEL). A metric similar to the day-night average sound level (Ldn), except that a 5 decibel adjustment is added to the equivalent continuous sound exposure level for evening hours (7pm to 10pm) in addition to the 10 dB nighttime adjustment used in the Ldn. COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. Composite wood products include hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard. “Composite wood products” does not include hardboard, structural plywood, structural panels, structural composite lumber, oriented strand board, glued laminated timber, timber, prefabricated wood I–joists or finger–jointed lumber, all as specified in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 17, Section 93120.1(a). Note: See CCR, Title 17, Section 93120.1. DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL (Ldn). The A-weighted equivalent continuous sound exposure level for a 24-hour period with a 10 dB adjustment added to sound levels occurring during nighttime hours (10p.m. to 7 a.m.). DECIBEL (db). A measure on a logarithmic scale of the magnitude of a particular quantity (such as sound pressure, sound power, sound intensity) with respect to a reference quantity. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV). An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles, and the like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws current from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array, or other source of electric current. Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles. For purposes of the California Electrical Code, off-road, self-propoelled electric vehicles, such as industrial trucks, hoists, lifts, transports, golf carts, airline ground support equipment, tractors, boats, and the like, are not included. ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION(S) (EVCSj). One or more spaces intended for charging electric vehicles. ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE). The conductors, including the ungrounded, grounded, and equipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and the electric vehicle. ENERGY EQUIVALENT (NOISE) LEVEL (Leq). The level of a steady noise which would have the same energy as the fluctuating noise level integrated over the time of period of interest. EXPRESSWAY. An arterial highway for through traffic which may have partial control of access, but which may or may not be divided or have grade separations at intersections. FREEWAY. A divided arterial highway with full control of access and with grade separations at intersections. GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP). The radiative forcing impact of one mass-based unit of a given greenhouse gas relative to an equivalent unit of carbon dioxide over a given period of time. Carbon dioxide is the reference compound with a GWP of one. GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP VALUE). A 100-year GWP value published by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in either its Second Assessment Report (SAR) (IPCC, 1995); or its Fourth Assessment A-3 Report (AR4) (IPCC, 2007). The SAR GWP values are found in column "SAR (100-yr)" of Table 2.14.; the AR4 GWP values are found in column "100 yr" of Table 2.14. HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that is: (a) a chlorofluorocarbon, a hdrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a perfluorocarbon, or any compound or blend of compounds, with a GWP value equal to or greater than 150, or (B) any ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). LONG RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.5 times the pipe diameter. LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that: (A) has a GWP value less than 150, and (B) is not an ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). MERV. Filter minimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE 52.2–1999. MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR). The maximum change in weight of ozone formed by adding a compound to the "Base REactive Organic Gas (ROG) Mixture" per weight of compound added, expressed to hundreths of a gram (g O3/g ROC). PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR). The sum of all weighted-MIR for all ingredients in a product subject to this article. The PWMIR is the total product reactivity expressed to hundredths of a gram of ozone formed per gram of product (excluding container and packaging). PSIG. Pounds per square inch, guage. REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC). Any compound that has the potential, once emitted, to contribute to ozone formation in the troposphere. SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES. Access fittings with a valve core installed. SHORT RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.0 times the pipe diameter. SUPERMARKET. For the purposes of Section 5.508.2, a supermarket is any retail food facility with 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilizes either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. VOC. A volatile organic compound broadly defined as a chemical compound based on carbon chains or rings with vapor pressures greater than 0.1 millimeters of mercury at room temperature. These compounds typically contain hydrogen and may contain oxygen, nitrogen and other elements. See CCR Title 17, Section 94508(a). Note: Where specific regulations are cited from different agencies such as SCAQMD, ARB, etc., the VOC definition included in that specific regulation is the one that prevails for the specific measure in question. SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL 5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION. The permanent HVAC system shall only be used during construction if necessary to condition the building or areas of addition or alteration within the required temperature range for material and equipment installation. If the HVAC system is used during construction, use return air filters with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8, based on ASHRAE 52.2-1999, or an average efficiency of 30% based on ASHRAE 52.1-1992 Replace all filters immediately prior to occupancy, or, if the building is occupied during alteration, at the conclusion of construction. 5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction. At the time of rough installation and during storage on the construction site until final startup of the heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, all duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic, sheetmetal or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust, water and debris which may enter the system. 5.410.2.1 Owner's or Owner Representative's Project Requirements (OPR). [N] The expectations and requirements of the building appropriate to its phase shall be documented before the design phase of the project begins. This documentation shall include the following: 1. Environmental and sustainability goals. 2. Building sustainable goals. 3. Indoor environmental quality requirements. 4. Project program, including facility functions and hours of operation, and need for after hours operation. 5. Equipment and systems expectations. 6. Building occupant and operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel expectations. 5.410.2.2 Basis of Design (BOD). [N] A written explanation of how the design of the building systems meets the OPR shall be completed at the design phase of the building project. The Basis of Design document shall cover the following systems: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems. 3. Water reuse system. 5.410.2.3 Commissioning plan. [N] Prior to permit issuance a commissioning plan shall be completed to document how the project will be commissioned. The commissioning plan shall include the following: 1. General project information. 2. Commissioning goals. 3. Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems and components shall include: a. An explanation of the original design intent. b. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests. c. Functions to be tested. d. Conditions under which the test shall be performed. e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance. 4. Commissioning team information. 5. Commissioning process activities, schedules and responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commissioning shall be included. 5.410.2.4 Functional performance testing. [N] Functional performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system and system-to-system interface in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Functional performance testing reports shall contain information addressing each of the building components tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any readings and adjustments made. TABLE 5.504.4.1 - ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT1,2 Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 50 CARPET PAD ADHESIVES 50 OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 150 WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVES 100 RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES 60 SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES 50 CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES 65 VCT & ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES 50 DRYWALL & PANEL ADHESIVES 50 COVE BASE ADHESIVES 50 MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES 70 STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES 100 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES 250 OTHER ADHESIVES NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED 50 SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS PVC WELDING 510 CPVC WELDING 490 ABS WELDING 325 PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING 250 ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC 550 CONTACT ADHESIVE 80 SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE 250 STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER ADHESIVE 140 TOP & TRIM ADHESIVE 250 SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS METAL TO METAL 30 PLASTIC FOAMS 50 POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD)50 WOOD 30 FIBERGLASS 80 1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER, THE ADHESIVE WITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED. 2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168, www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/SC/CURHTML/R1168.PDF TABLE 5.504.4.2 - SEALANT VOC LIMIT Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT ARCHITECTURAL 250 MARINE DECK 760 NONMEMBRANE ROOF 300 ROADWAY 250 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE 450 OTHER 420 SEALANT PRIMERS ARCHITECTURAL NONPOROUS 250 POROUS 775 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS 500 MARINE DECK 760 OTHER 750 NOTE: FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THESE TABLES, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168. 5.410.2.6 Commissioning report. [N] A report of commissioning process activities undertaken through the design and construction phases of the building project shall be completed and provided to the owner or representative. 5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING. New buildings less than 10,000 square feet. Testing and adjusting of systems shall be required for new buildings less than 10,000 square feet or new systems to serve an addition or alteration subject to Section 303.1. 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 3 (July 2024 Supplement) 5.409.3.2 Verification of compliance. Calculations to demonstrate compliance, Type III EPDs for products required to comply, if included in the project, and Worksheet WS-5 signed by the design professional of record shall be provided on the construction documents. Updated EPDs for products used in construction shall be provided to the owner at the close of construction and to the enforcement entity upon request. The enforcing agency may require inspection and inspection reports in accordance with Sections 702.2 and 703.1 during and at completion of construction to demonstrate substantial conformance. Inspection shall be performed by the design professional of record or third party acceptable to the enforcing agency. SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS 5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS. Provide readily accessible areas that serve the entire building and are identified for the depositing, storage and collection of non-hazardous materials for recycling, including (at a minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics, organic waste, and metals or meet a lawfully enacted local recycling ordinance, if more restrictive. Exception: Rural jurisdictions that meet and apply for the exemption in Public Resources Code 42649.82 (a)(2)(A) et seq. shall also be exempt from the organic waste portion of this section. 5.410.1.1 Additions. All additions conducted within a 12-month period under single or multiple permits, resulting in an increase of 30% or more in floor area, shall provide recycling areas on site. Exception: Additions within a tenant space resulting in less than a 30% increase in the tenant space floor area. 5.410.1.2 Sample ordinance. Space allocation for recycling areas shall comply with Chapter 18, Part 3, Division 30 of the Public Resources Code. Chapter 18 is known as the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act of 1991 (Act). Note: A sample ordinance for use by local agencies may be found in Appendix A of the document at the CalRecycle’s web site. 5.410.2.5 Documentation and training. [N] A Systems Manual and Systems Operations Training are required, including Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requirements in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.2.5.1 Systems manual. [N] Documentation of the operational aspects of the building shall be completed within the systems manual and delivered to the building owner or representative. The systems manual shall include the following: 1. Site information, including facility description, history and current requirements. 2. Site contact information. 3. Basic operations and maintenance, including general site operating procedures, basic troubleshooting, recommended maintenance requirements, site events log. 4. Major systems. 5. Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes. 6. A copy of verifications required by the enforcing agency or this code. 7. Other resources and documentation, if applicable. 5.410.2.5.2 Systems operations training. [N] A program for training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall be developed and documented in the commissioning report and shall include the following: 1. System/equipment overview (what it is, what it does and with what other systems and/or equipment it interfaces). 2. Review and demonstration of servicing/preventive maintenance. 3. Review of the information in the Systems Manual. 4. Review of the record drawings on the system/equipment. 5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL. Finish materials shall comply with Sections 5.504.4.1 through 5.504.4.6. 5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks used on the project shall meet the requirements of the following standards: 1. Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, adhesive primers, sealants, sealant primers and caulks shall comply with local or regional air pollution control or air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits, as shown in Tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. Such products also shall comply with the Rule 1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds (chloroform, ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene), except for aerosol products as specified in subsection 2, below. 2. Aerosol adhesives, and smaller unit sizes of adhesives, and sealant or caulking compounds (in units of product, less packaging, which do not weigh more than one pound and do not consist of more than 16 fluid ounces) shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94507. DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. Y N/A 5.410.2 COMMISSIONING. [N] New buildings 10,000 square feet and over. For new buildings 10,000 square feet and over, building commissioning shall be included in the design and construction processes of the building project to verify that the building systems and components meet the owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements. Commissioning shall be performed in accordance with this section by trained personnel with experience on projects of comparable size and complexity. For I-occupancies that are not regulated by OSHPD or for I-occupancies and L-occupancies that are not regulated y the California Energy Code Section 100.0 Scope, all requirements in Sections 5.410.2 through 5.410.2.6 shall apply. Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting systems and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements Commissioning requirements shall include: 1. Owner’s or Owner representative’s project requirements. 2. Basis of design. 3. Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents. 4. Commissioning plan. 5. Functional performance testing. 6. Documentation and training. 7. Commissioning report. Exceptions: 1. Unconditioned warehouses of any size. 2. Areas less than 10,000 square feet used for offices or other conditioned accessory spaces within unconditioned warehouses. 3. Tenant improvements less than 10,000 square feet as described in Section 303.1.1. 4. Open parking garages of any size, or open parking garage areas, of any size, within a structure. Note: For the purposes of this section, unconditioned shall mean a building, area or room which does not provide heating and/or air conditioning. Informational Notes: 1. . Functional performance testing for heating, ventilation, air conditioning systems and lighting controls must be performed in compliance with the California Energy Code. 5.410.4.4 Reporting. After completion of testing, adjusting and balancing, provide a final report of testing signed by the individual responsible for performing these services. 5.410.4.5 Operation and maintenance (O & M) manual. Provide the building owner or representative with detailed operating and maintenance instructions and copies of guaranties/warranties for each system. O & M instructions shall be consistent with OSHA requirements in CCR, Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.4.5.1 Inspections and reports. Include a copy of all inspection verifications and reports required by the enforcing agency. Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY Y = YES N/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) 1. The GWP values of the products listed in Table 5.409.3 are based on 175 percent of Buy Clean California Act (BCCA) GWP values, except for concrete products which are not included in the BCCA. 2. For concrete, 175 percent of the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) 2022 version 3 Pacific Southwest regional benchmark values are used for the GWP allowed, except for High Early Strength. 3. Concrete High Early Strength ready-mixed shall be calculated at 130 percent of the ready-mixed concrete GWP allowed values for each product category. 5.409.3.1 Products shall not exceed the maximum GWP value specified in Table 5.409.3. Exception: Concrete may be considered one product category to meet compliance with this section. A weighted average of the maximum GWP for all concrete mixes installed in the project shall be less than the weighted average maximum GWP allowed per Table 5.409.3 using Exception Equation 5.409.3.1. Calculations shall be performed with consistent units of measurement for the material quantity and the GWP value. For the purposes of this exception, industry-wide EPDs are acceptable. Exception EQUATION 5.409.3.1 GWPn < GWPallowed where GWPn = Σ (GWPn)(vn) and GWPallowed = Σ (GWPallowed)(vn) and n = each concrete mix installed in the project GWPn = the GWP for concrete mix n per concrete mix EPD, in kg CO2e/m3 GWPallowed = the GWP potential allowed for concrete mix n per Table 5.409.3 vn = the volume of concrete mix n installed in the project, in m3 TABLE 5.409.3 PRODUCT GWP LIMITS BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA MATERIALS PRODUCT CATEGORY1 MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE GWP VALUE (unfabricated) (GWPallowed) UNIT OF MEASUREMENT Hot-rolled structural steel sections 1.77 MT CO2e/MT Hollow structural sections 3.00 MT CO2e/MT Steel plate 2.61 MT CO2e/MT Concrete reinforcing steel 1.56 MT CO2e/MT Flat glass 2.50 kg CO2e/MT Light-density mineral wool board insulation 5.83 kg CO2e/MT Heavy-density mineral wool board insulation 14.28 kg CO2e/MT Concrete, Ready-Mixed2, 3 CONCRETE PRODUCT CATEGORY MAXIMUM GWP ALLOWED VALUE (GWPallowed) UNIT OF MEASUREMENT up to 2499 psi 450 kg CO2e/m3 2500−3499 psi 489 kg CO2e/m3 3500−4499 psi 566 kg CO2e/m3 4500−5499 psi 661 kg CO2e/m3 5500−6499 psi 701 kg CO2e/m3 6500 psi and greater 799 kg CO2e/m3 Concrete, Lightweight Ready-Mixed2 CONCRETE PRODUCT CATEGORY MAXIMUM GWP ALLOWED VALUE (GWPallowed) UNIT OF MEASUREMENT up to 2499 psi 875 kg CO2e/m3 2500−3499 psi 956 kg CO2e/m3 3500−4499 psi 1039 kg CO2e/m3 5.409.2 Whole building life cycle assessment. Projects shall conduct a cradle-to-grave whole building life cycle assessment performed in accordance with ISO 14040 and ISO 14044, excluding operating energy, and demonstrating a minimum 10-percent reduction in global warming potential (GWP) as compared to a reference baseline building of similar size, function, complexity, type of construction, material specification, and location that meets the requirements of the California Energy Code currently in effect. Software used to conduct the whole building life cycle assessment, including reference baseline building, shall have a data set compliant with ISO 14044, and ISO 21930 or EN 15804, and the software shall conform to ISO 21931 and/or EN 15978. The software tools and data sets shall be the same for evaluation of both the baseline building and the proposed building. Notes: 1. Software for calculating whole building life cycle assessment is available for free at Athena Sustainable Materials Institute (https://calculatelca.com/software/impact-estimator/) and OneClick LCA-Planetary (www.oneclicklca.com/planetary). Paid versions include, but are not limited to, Sphera GaBi Solutions (gabi.sphera.com), SimaPro (simapro.com), One-Click LCA (www.oneclicklca.com) and Tally for Revit (apps.autodesk.com). 2. ASTM E2921-22 “Standard Practice for Minimum Criteria for Comparing Whole Building Life Cycle Assessments for Use with Building Codes, Standards, and Rating Systems” may be consulted for the assessment. 3. In addition to the required documentation specified in Section 5.409.2.3, Worksheet WS-9 may be required by the enforcing entity to demonstrate compliance with the requirements. 5.409.2.1 Building components. Building enclosure components included in the assessment shall be limited to glazing assemblies, insulation, and exterior finishes. Primary and secondary structural members included in the assessment shall be limited to footings and foundations, and structural columns, beams, walls, roofs, and floors. 5.409.2.2 Reference study period. The reference study period of the proposed building shall be equal to the reference baseline building and shall be 60 years. 5.409.2.3 Verification of compliance. A summary of the GWP analysis produced by the software and Worksheet WS-4 signed by the design professional of record shall be provided in the construction documents as documentation of compliance. A copy of the whole building life cycle assessment which includes the GWP analysis produced by the software, in addition to maintenance and training information, shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual and shall be provided to the owner at the close of construction. The enforcing agency may require inspection and inspection reports in accordance with Sections 702.2 and 703.1 during and at completion of construction to demonstrate substantial conformance. Inspection shall be performed by the design professional of record or third party acceptable to the enforcing agency. 5.409.3 Product GWP compliance—prescriptive path. Each product that is permanently installed and listed in Table 5.409.3 shall have a Type III environmental product declaration (EPD), either product-specific or factory-specific. SECTION 5.503 FIREPLACES 5.503.1 FIREPLACES. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed woodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local ordinances. 5.503.1.1 Woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable, and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certified to meet the emission limits. 5.410.4.2 (Reserved) Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting system and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements and Sections 120.5, 120.6, 130.4, and 140.9(b)3 for additional testing requirements of specific systems. 5.410.4.2 Systems. Develop a written plan of procedures for testing and adjusting systems. Systems to be included for testing and adjusting shall include at a minimum, as applicable to the project: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems. 3. Water reuse systems. 5.410.4.3 Procedures. Perform testing and adjusting procedures in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and applicable standards on each system. 5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing. In addition to testing and adjusting, before a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, the system shall be balanced in accordance with the procedures defined by the Testing Adjusting and Balancing Bureau National Standards; the National Environmental Balancing Bureau Procedural Standards; Associated Air Balance Council National Standards or as approved by the enforcing agency. Date:04.29.2025 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS CALGREEN A-S06 5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings. Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialty coatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3 shall be determined by classifying the coating as a Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply. 5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and coatings. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49. 5.504.4.5 Composite wood products. Hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the buildings shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB's Air Toxics Control Measure (ATCM) for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 et seq.). Those materials not exempted under the ATCM must meet the specified emission limits, as shown in Table 5.504.4.5. 5.504.4.5.3 Documentation. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided as requested by the enforcing agency. Documentation shall include at least one of the following: 1. Product certifications and specifications. 2. Chain of custody certifications. 3. Product labeled and invoiced as meeting the Composite Wood Products regulation (see CCR, Title 17, Section 93120, et seq.). 4. Exterior grade products marked as meeting the PS-1 or PS-2 standards of the Engineered Wood Association, the Australian AS/NZS 2269 or European 636 3S standards. 5. Other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency. SPECIALTY COATINGS ALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS 400 BASEMENT SPECIALTY COATINGS 400 BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS 50 BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS 350 BOND BREAKERS 350 CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS 350 CONCRETE/MASONRY SEALERS 100 DRIVEWAY SEALERS 50 DRY FOG COATINGS 150 FAUX FINISHING COATINGS 350 FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS 350 FLOOR COATINGS 100 FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS 250 GRAPHIC ARTS COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS)500 HIGH-TEMPERATURE COATINGS 420 INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS 250 LOW SOLIDS COATINGS1 120 MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS 450 MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS 100 METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS 500 MULTICOLOR COATINGS 250 PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS 420 PRIMERS, SEALERS, & UNDERCOATERS 100 REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS 350 RECYCLED COATINGS 250 ROOF COATINGS 50 RUST PREVENTATIVE COATINGS 250 SHELLACS: CLEAR 730 OPAQUE 550 SPECIALTY PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS 100 STAINS 250 STONE CONSOLIDANTS 450 SWIMMING POOL COATINGS 340 TRAFFIC MARKING COATINGS 100 TUB & TILE REFINISH COATINGS 420 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES 250 WOOD COATINGS 275 WOOD PRESERVATIVES 350 ZINC-RICH PRIMERS 340 1. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER & EXEMPT COMPOUNDS 2. THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS IN THE TABLE. 3. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, FEB. 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM THE AIR RESOURCES BOARD. TABLE 5.504.4.5 - FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS1 MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLION PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE 0.05 HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE 0.05 PARTICLE BOARD 0.09 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 0.11 THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD2 0.13 1. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1333. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12. 2. THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16 INCHES (8 MM). 5.508.2.6 Evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging. 5.508.2.6.1 First vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.2 Second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.3 Third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hours with a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period. CHAPTER 7 INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS 702 QUALIFICATIONS 702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the proper installation of HVAC systems including ducts and equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training or certification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct supervision and responsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems. Examples of acceptable HVAC training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following: 1. State certified apprenticeship programs. 2. Public utility training programs. 3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations. 4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations. 5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may be considered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special inspector: 1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher. 2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, such as HERS raters, building performance contractors, and home energy auditors. 3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade. 4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. 2. HERS raters are special inspectors certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) to rate homes in California according to the Home Energy Rating System (HERS). [BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have a certification from a recognized state, national or international association, as determined by the local agency. The area of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local agency. Note: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. 703 VERIFICATIONS 703.1 DOCUMENTATION. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to, construction documents, plans, specifications, builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific documentation or special inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriate section or identified applicable checklist. 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 4 (July 2024 Supplement) SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL 5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL. Buildings shall meet or exceed the provisions of California Building Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Sections 1202 (Ventilation) and Chapter 14 (Exterior Walls). For additional measures, see Section 5.407.2 of this code. SECTION 5.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY 5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY. For mechanically or naturally ventilated spaces in buildings, meet the minimum requirements of Section 120.1 (Requirements For Ventilation) of the California Energy Code, or the applicable local code, whichever is more stringent, and Division 1, Chapter 4 of CCR, Title 8. 5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING. For buildings or additions equipped with demand control ventilation, CO2 sensors and ventilation controls shall be specified and installed in accordance with the requirements of the California Energy Code, Section 120(c)(4). 5.506.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms. (DSA-SS) Each public K-12 school classroom, as listed in Table 120.1-A of the California Energy Code, shall be equipped with a carbon dioxide monitor or sensor that meets the following requirements: 1.The monitor or sensor shall be permanently affixed in a tamper-proof manner in each classroom between 3 and 6 feet (914 mm and 1829 mm) above the floor and at least 5 feet (1524 mm) away from door and operable windows. 2.When the monitor or sensor is not integral to an Energy Management Control System (EMCS), the monitor or sensor shall display the carbon dioxide readings on the device. When the sensor is integral to an EMCS, the carbon dioxide readings shall be available to and regularly monitored by facility personnel. 3.A monitor shall provide notification though a visual indicator on the monitor when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. A sensor integral to an EMCS shall provide notification to facility personnel through a visual and/or audible indicator when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. 4.The monitor or sensor shall measure carbon dioxide levels at minimum 15- minute intervals and shall maintain a record of previous carbon dioxide measurements of not less than 30 days duration. 5.The monitor or sensor used to measure carbon dioxide levels shall have the capacity to measure carbon dioxide levels with a range of 400ppm to 2000ppm or greater. 6.The monitor or sensor shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within 75ppm at 1,000ppm carbon dioxide concentration and shall be certified by the manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently than once every 5 years. SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT 5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL. Employ building assemblies and components with Sound Transmission Class (STC) values determined in accordance with ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413, or Outdoor-Indoor Sound Transmission Class (OITC) determined in accordance with ASTM E 1332, using either the prescriptive or performance method in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.2. Exception: Buildings with few or no occupants or where occupants are not likely to be affected by exterior noise, as determined by the enforcement authority, such as factories, stadiums, storage, enclosed parking structures and utility buildings. Exception: [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, the requirements of this section and all subsections apply only to new construction. 5.507.4.1 Exterior noise transmission, prescriptive method. Wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall meet a composite STC rating of at least 50 or a composite OITC rating of no less than 40, with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 or OITC of 30 in the following locations: 1. Within the 65 CNEL noise contour of an airport. Exceptions: 1. Ldn or CNEL for military airports shall be determined by the facility Air Installation Compatible Land Use Zone (AICUZ) plan. 2. Ldn or CNEL for other airports and heliports for which a land use plan has not been developed shall be determined by the local general plan noise element. 2. Within the 65 CNEL or Ldn noise contour of a freeway or expressway, railroad, industrial source or fixed-guideway source as determined by the Noise Element of the General Plan. 5.507.4.1.1. Noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available. Buildings exposed to a noise level of 65 dB Leq - 1-hr during any hour of operation shall have building, addition or alteration exterior wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source meeting a composite STC rating of at least 45 (or OITC 35), with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 (or OITC 30). 5.507.4.2 Performance Method. For buildings located as defined in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.1.1, wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall be constructed to provide an interior noise environment attributable to exterior sources that does not exceed an hourly equivalent noise level (Leq-1Hr) of 50 dBA in occupied areas during any hour of operation. 5.507.4.2.1 Site Features. Exterior features such as sound walls or earth berms may be utilized as appropriate to the building, addition or alteration project to mitigate sound migration to the interior. 5.507.4.2.2 Documentation of Compliance. An acoustical analysis documenting complying interior soundlevels shall be prepared by personnel approved by the architect or engineer of record. 5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separating tenant spaces and tenant spaces and public places shall have an STC of at least 40. Note: Examples of assemblies and their various STC ratings may be found at the California Office of Noise Control: www.toolbase.org/PDF/CaseStudies/stc_icc_ratings.pdf. SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY 5.508.1 Ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1 and 5.508.1.2. 5.508.1.1 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain CFCs. 5.508.1.2 Halons. Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain Halons. 5.508.2 Supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with the provisions of this section when installed in retail food stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential (high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and the replacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities. Exception: Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section. Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO2), and potentially other refrigerants. 5.508.2.1 Refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in refrigerant systems except as noted below. 5.508.2.1.1 Threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack. 5.508.2.1.2 Copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less. 5.508.2.1.2.1 Anchorage. One-fouth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base to keep vibration levels below 8 mils. 5.508.2.1.3 Flared tubing connections. Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil. Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 5.508.2.1.4 Elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows. 5.508.2.2 Valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows. 5.508.2.2.1 Pressure relief valves. For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet of the pressure relief valve. 5.508.2.2.1.1 Pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve. 5.508.2.2.2 Access valves. Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use. 5.508.2.2.2.1 Valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve caps shall be brass or steel and not plastic. 5.508.2.2.2.2 Seal caps. If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place. 5.508.2.2.2.2.1 Chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit ovr the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps. Exception: Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation. 5.508.2.3 Refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar and salt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to prevent corrosion from these substances. 5.508.2.3.1 Coil coating. Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency. 5.508.2.4 Refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fitted with a device tha indicates the level of refrigerant in the receiver. 5.508.2.5 Pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging. 5.508.2.5.1 Minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum. 5.508.2.5.2 Leaks. Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the same gauge. 5.508.2.5.3 Allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no more than a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured with the same gauge. 5.504.4.6 Resilient flooring systems. Where resilient flooring is installed, at least 80 percent of floor area receiving resilient flooring shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers," Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350) See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that resilient flooring materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.7 Thermal insulation Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method of the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, "Version 1.2, January 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.7.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that thermal insulation materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.8 Acoustical ceiling and wall panels. Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, " Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. 5.504.4.8.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that acoustical finish materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.5.3 Filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the building with air filtration media for outside and return air that provides at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13. MERV 13 filters shall be installed prior to occupancy, and recommendations for maintenance with filters of the same value shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. Exceptions: Existing mechanical equipment. 5.504.5.3.1 Labeling. Installed filters shall be clearly labeled by the manufacturer indicating the MERV rating. 5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL. Where outdoor areas are provided for smoking, prohibit smoking within 25 feet of building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows and within the building as already prohibited by other laws or regulations; or as enforced by ordinances, regulations or policies of any city, county, city and county, California Community College, campus of the California State University, or campus of the University of California, whichever are more stringent. When ordinances, regulations or policies are not in place, post signage to inform building occupants of the prohibitions. 5.504.4.3.2 Verification. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided at the request of the enforcing agency. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Manufacturer's product specification 2. Field verification of on-site product containers 5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems. All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.1 Carpet cushion. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers,"Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.2 Carpet adhesive. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of Table 5.504.4.1. DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY Y = YES N/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) TABLE 5.504.4.3 - VOC CONTENT LIMITS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS2,3 GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER & LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT FLAT COATINGS 50 NONFLAT COATINGS 100 NONFLAT HIGH GLOSS COATINGS 150 Date:04.29.2025 1.THE WORK DELINEATED IN THESE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL CODES AND STANDARDS THAT HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THIS LOCATION AND THE LANDLORD. 2.ALL REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO THE HANDICAPPED AND OSHA MUST BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK EVEN THOUGH THEY MAY NOT BE LISTED INDIVIDUALLY AND SEPARATELY IN EITHER THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 3.THESE GENERAL NOTES SHALL APPLY TO ALL DRAWINGS AND GOVERN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SPECIFIED. 4.VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BIDS. COMPARE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECTS. NO INFORMATION OR DETAILS ON THE DRAWINGS OF THIS PROJECT MAY BE USED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT. 5.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS!!! 6.UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED, ALL TYPICAL DETAILS SHALL BE USED WHERE APPLICABLE. 7.ALL DETAILS SHALL BE CONSIDERED TYPICAL AT SIMILAR CONDITIONS. 8. SAFETY MEASURES: AT ALL TIMES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONDITIONS OF THE JOB SITE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF THE PERSONS & PROPERTY AND FOR ALL INDEPENDENT ENGINEERING REVIEWS OF THESE CONDITIONS. THE ARCHITECT'S OR ENGINEER'S JOB SITE OBSERVATION IS NOT INTENDED TO INCLUDE REVIEW OF THE ADEQUACY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY MEASURES. 9.CONSTRUCTION SHALL NOT BLOCK HALLWAYS OR MEANS OF EGRESS. 10.CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO GENERAL NOTES AS DESCRIBED ON EACH DRAWING SHEET AND INCORPORATE AS A PART OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. 11.ABSOLUTELY NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT & TENANT IN WRITING. 12.G.C. SHALL FURNISH ONE EMPTY DUMPSTER AT STORE TURNOVER TO OWNER FOR STORE'S DISPOSAL OF CARD BOARD, TRASH, ETC. RELATED TO STOCKING OF STORE. SIZE, LOCATION AND DURATION OF TIME AT SITE AS APPROVED BY CITIES ISSUED PERMITS. 13.GC MUST PROVIDE A DAILY CLEANING CREW THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 14.DURING THE ENTIRE PROCESS OF MILLWORK INSTALLATION, THE GC WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLYING 1-2 MEN/DAY TO HANDLE ALL MILLWORK DEBRIS, CRATES, BOXES, ETC.. AND ANY MISC. ISSUES THE MILL WORKERS' REQUEST ASSISTANCE WITH. 15.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL DEBRIS CAUSED BY MILLWORKER WORKING DIRECTLY FOR THE TENANT. 16.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING PLACEMENT AND PICKUP SCHEDULE OF ALL DEBRIS THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT WITH ALL PARTIES. 17.G.C. TO INSTALL MASONITE BOARD AND ANY CUSHION LAYER AS REQUIRED UNDER MASONITE WITH ALL SEAMS TAPED IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING FLOORING INSTALLATION. ALL FLOORING IS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.. 18. G.C. AND HIS/HER SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE TO SUPPLY MATERIAL AND PRODUCTS AS NOTED IN THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DOCUMENTS, IT IS THE G.C. RESPONSIBILITY TO INFORM ARCHITECT / TENANT IMMEDIATELY. ANY MATERIAL/ PRODUCTS PURCHASED AND INSTALLED THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED UNDER THIS SYSTEM WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. TO REMOVE AND REPLACE WITH APPROVED MATERIAL/PRODUCT AT THE G.C. COST. 19.DURING CONSTRUCTION THE GC WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO RECEIVE AND STORE SECURELY TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS. PLEASE STORE MATERIALS UNTIL SCHEDULED INSTALLATION. ANY LOSS OF TENANT SUPPLIED MATERIALS FROM SITE IS GC'S RESPONSIBILITY. 20.IT IS THE GC'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSURE THERE ARE NO LABOR DISPUTES/ISSUES ON SITE, AND THAT THEY ARE TO BID THE PROJECT ACCORDINGLY... ANY LABOR ISSUES NEED TO BE RESOLVED WITHIN 48 HOURS. THERE SHALL BE NO MANIFESTATIONS ON THE PROJECT OF ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN ANY LABOR ORGANIZATION AND ANY TENANT CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY AREA STANDARDS PICKETING AGAINST SAID CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR. SHOULD THERE BE ANY MANIFESTATION OF A LABOR DISPUTE BETWEEN ANY TENANT CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR AND ANY UNION, WHICH RESULTS IN A STOPPAGE OF WORK ON THE PART OF SAID CONTRACTOR OR CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES OR THE EMPLOYEES OF ANY OTHER EMPLOYER OR SUPPLIER ON THE PROJECT, WHICH IN THE SOLE JUDGMENT OF THE LANDLORD WILL CAUSE, OR IS LIKELY TO CAUSE, UNREASONABLE DELAY IN THE PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION THEN UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE LANDLORD, THE TENANT SHALL HAVE THE OBLIGATION AND RIGHT TO DECLARE THE CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR IN DEFAULT OF HIS CONTRACT, AND UPON SUCH NOTICE, THE TENANT SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO TAKE SUCH STEPS AS NECESSARY TO FINISH THE UNCOMPLETED PORTION OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR. 21.ALL MATERIALS AND OR LABOR FOR WORK WHICH IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR IS REASONABLY INFERABLE THEREIN AS BEING NECESSARY TO PRODUCE A FINISHED JOB SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE G.C. WHETHER OR NOT THE WORK IS EXPRESSLY COVERED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION. THIS APPLIES TO ALL WORK WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THOSE ITEMS LISTED N.I.C. (NOT IN CONTRACT) OR BY OTHERS. THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS SHOULD ALWAYS BE THE GOAL. 22.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SCOPE OF WORK AS DEFINED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED, TO THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROPERLY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY CONFLICTS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THESE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COORDINATION BETWEEN SUBCONTRACTOR VENDORS, ETC. AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IN THE CASE OF INCONSISTENCIES OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS, THE MOST STRINGENT OR COSTLY NOTE OR CONDITION SHALL APPLY. GENERAL NOTESRESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE L.L. 12. 1. 2. FINISHES GYPSUM /CEMENT BOARD & PLAYWOOD FOR PARTITIONS FINISH FLOORING SALES AREA MGR'S OFFICE ENTRY MAT/TILE A B C D E F RESTROOM SHOWER, SHOWER ROOM 3. WALLS A B C 5. CEILING A B D 14. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.MECHANICAL 1. HVAC A B 2. 3. 4. UNIT DUCTWORK/DIFFUSERS TEMPERATURE CONTROLS EXHAUST FANS PLUMBING A B C WATER WASTE VENT PLUMBING FIXTURES WATER HEATER SPRINKLER SYSTEM WATER METER WATER FOUNTAIN WATER TAP AT CONCIERGE FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER FIRE STOP/SMOKE BARRIER ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANELS TRANSFORMER LIGHT SWITCHES LIGHT FIXTURES IN CEILINGS LIGHT FIXTURES IN MILLWORK EXIT SIGNAGE EXHAUST FAN EMERGENCY LIGHTING TELEPHONE CONDUIT/PULL WIRE TELEPHONE JACKS/SETS/WIRES BUZZER SECURITY SYSTEM TIME CLOCK CASHWRAP OUTLETS COMPUTER SYSTEM CONDUIT LIFE SAFETY (F.A.) AUDIO SYSTEM 20. TRAFFIC COUNTER 21. LOSS PREVENTION SYSTEM GC TO CONNECT OUTLET, WIRING BY GC, GC TO CONFIRM EXACT LOCATIONS OF MWC ACCESS PANELS W/ MWC. GC TO PROVIDE/PULL ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLES AND CONDUIT. TENANT'S VENDOR TO PROVIDE TERMINATION. USE EXISTING CONDUITS WHERE POSSIBLE. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY GC. GC TO F/I ALL LIGHTING CONTROL COMPONENTS, SWTICHES, POWER. GC TO PROVIDE/PULL ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLES AND CONDUIT. TENANT'S VENDOR TO PROVIDE TERMINATION. USE EXISTING CONDUITS WHERE POSSIBLE. GC TO PROVIDE/PULL ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLES AND CONDUIT. TENANT'S VENDOR TO PROVIDE TERMINATION. USE EXISTING CONDUITS WHERE POSSIBLE. 09. 08. 1. 2. 3. 4. DOORS ENTRY DOOR AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR RESTROOM DOOR STAIR WALL DOOR 5. STOCKROOM DOORS 6. HARDWARE LOCKSETS SPECIALTIES 1. 2. RESTROOM ACCESSORIES STOREFRONT SYSTEM GLAZINGA B 3. CASH REGISTER/POS SYSTEM F/I BY TENANT'S VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE POWER/DATA. GC TO PROVIDE LOCKSETS & CORES. SEE DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE. EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED BY GC. GC. TO INSTALL NEW FINISHES. 10. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. EQUIPMENT EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SIGNS INTERIOR SIGNS FIRE EXTINGUISHER SAFE REFRIGERATOR & MICROWAVE BLADE SIGN 7. LIGHT BOX TO BE F/I BY VENDOR; GC TO PROVIDE POWER & BLOCKING AS REQ'D. GC TO F/I AS PER LOCAL CODE & FIRE DEPARTMENT, GC TO CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION W/ INSPECTOR BEFORE INSTALLATION. SEE ARCHITECTURAL SET FOR FIXTURE SPECS, SALES FLOOR SINK TO BE PROVIDED BY CLIENT INSTALL BY CG., 06. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. CARPENTRY BLOCKING SALES FLOOR FIXTURES BREAK DESK PLYWOOD FURRING SOFFITS GC TO PROVIDE FRT BLOCKING AS REQ'D. SEE FIXTURE PLAN & NEW WORK PLAN. COORDINATE W/ MWC FOR SIZE & LOCATION, MUST BE FRT FOR NON-CUSTOM MILLWORK ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN MWC SCOPE OF WORK. SALES AREA D E 4. BASE A B D E MGR'S OFFICE RESTROOM SALES AREA 05. 1. 2. METAL STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUDS A B C D E F RESTROOM 3. 4. 5. TENANT DEMISING WALLS INTERIOR PARTITIONS FURRING SALES PARTITIONS RESTROOM PARTITIONS STOCKROOM FRAMING FOR HVAC STOREFRONT SYSTEM METAL DECKING GC TO VERIFY CONDITION OF EXISTING DEMISING WALLS AND REPAIR AS REQ'D. MGR'S OFFICE RESTROOM 04. SALES AREA 03. 1. 2. 3. 4. CONCRETE SLAB LEVELING OF CONCRETE FLOOR VAPOR BARRIER CONCRETE SLAB EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL 5. CONCRETE INFILL MASONRY BRICK CONCRETE BLOCK LIMESTONE 02. NEW FINISHED FLOOR; GC TO INSTALL; SEE FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFO. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SITE WORK BARRICADE BARRICADE - GRAPHICS DEMOLITION CORE DRILL SIDEWALK 11. DESCRIPTION FURNISHINGS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. MILLWORK FIXTURES/FURNITURE STOCK ROOM SHELVING LOCKERS MANAGER'S CHAIR & FILES MANAGER'S DESK & SHELVES RESTROOM COUNTER & CABINETRY G.C.L.L. N/A INDICATES NOT APPLICABLE 01. GC TO PROVIDE FRT BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES DESCRIPTION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. PERMITS & FEES INSPECTION / COORDINATION TEMPORARY HEAT TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE CLEAN UP INSURANCE JOB PHONE FINAL CLEANING GC IS REQ'D TO PROVIDE (2) WHITE GLOVE CLEANINGS. (1) PRIOR TO TURNOVER & (1) PRIOR TO GRAND OPENING. G.C. N/A INDICATES NOT APPLICABLE 1. 2. 3. 07. 1. 2. 3. 4. MOISTURE CONTROL CAULKING SEALANT INSULATION WATERPROOFING GC TO VIF (E) CONDITION AND PERFORM REMEDIAL WORK AS REQ'D. GC TO VIF (E) CONDITION AND PERFORM REMEDIAL WORK AS REQ'D. GC TO VIF (E) CONDITION AND PERFORM REMEDIAL WORK AS REQ'D. AT ALL WET AREAS AS REQUIRED EL E C T R I C A L ME C H A N I C A L FI N I S H E S FU R N I S H I N G S IT E M S DO E S N ' T A P P L Y EX I S T I N G FU R N I S H UN L O A D IN S T A L L FU R N I S H UN L O A D IN S T A L L CO O R D . FU R N I S H UN L O A D IN S T A L L EQ U I P M E N T SP E C I A L T I E S DO O R S MO I S T U R E CO N T R O L CA R P E N T R Y ME T A L MA S O N R Y CO N C R E T E SL A B SI T E W O R K GE N E R A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S IT E M S DO E S N O T A P P L Y EX I S T I N G FU R N I S H UN L O A D IN S T A L L FU R N I S H UN L O A D IN S T A L L CO O R D . FU R N I S H UN L O A D IN S T A L L FACIAL ROOM STOCKROOM STAIRS STOCKROOM STOCKROOM CLADDING 10.ASBUILT DRAWINGS 11.CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 12.UTILITY ACCOUNT SETUP 13.CERTIFIED TEST AND AIR BALANCE 14.OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS G STOCKROOM INSTALL ELECTRICAL AS REQUIRED PER NEW LAYOUT. GC TO INSTALL SOFFITS AS REQUIRED. H MALL TILE IF REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL. X RAY SLAB PRIOR TO CORING OR CUTTING 6.STOREFFRONT METAL PANEL M.W.C.M.W.C. NEW PARTITIONS IN SALES AREA. E FAUX WOODEN BEAMS NEW PARTITIONS IN ALL AREAS. EXISTING S.F. TO BE PROTECTED BY GC AND TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. BY TENANT TO BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY TENANTS VENDOR; GC TO PROVIDE POWER & BLOCKING AS REQ'D. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS N/A N/A PATCH CONCRETE WITH UNIFORM SURFACE. PROVIDE FIRE RATED TREATED FURRING AS PER NEW LAYOUT. STAIRSC STAIRSC N/A GC TO CLAD EXISTING. F/I BY TENANT'S VENDOR. CLIPS, HINGES, TOP/SIDE FRAMES & BOTTOM BASE TO BE RECLAD. SEE STOREFRONT FOR MORE INFO. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFO. I STAIRS SEE FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFO. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFO. REFER TO RCP FOR SCOPE OF WORK, SEE FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFO. REFER TO RCP FOR SCOPE OF WORK, SEE FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFO. F MGR'S OFFICE EXISTING TO REMAIN, MODIFY EXISTING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SCOPE. GC TO INSTALL 4T COLUMNS. GC TO FURN. + INSTALL. G MGR'S OFFICE GC TO INSTALL. FRT COORDINATE WITH INSTALL 19.BY TENANT A-001 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & GENERAL NOTES PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED EXISTING TO REMAIN, MODIFY EXISTING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SCOPE. EXISTING TO REMAIN, MODIFY EXISTING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SCOPE. EXISTING TO REMAIN. EXISTING TO REMAIN. EXISTING TO REMAIN. REFER TO NEW WORK SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION GC TO PROVIDE AIR BALANCING REPORT FOR APPROVAL GC TO CONFIRM WITH LANDLORD OWNER TO SUPPLY GRAPHIC FILE ONLY, VENDOR TO F/I GRAPHIC PANELS FOR BARRICADE, TYP. Date:04.29.2025 FREE-STANDING OVERHANGING OBJECTS OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR PYLONS WALKING PERPENDICULAR TO A WALL ADDITIONAL PROTECTION NOT REQUIRED BETWEEN WING WALLS PROTECTION AROUND WALL-MOUNTED OBJECTS PROTRUDING OBJECTS HANGING ON WALL WITH LEADING EDGES ABOVE 27"12" MIN. CLEAR WIDTH 27 " M A X . 4" MAX. 32" MIN. CLR. WIDTH POINT PASSAGE 36" MIN. CLR. WIDTH 24 " MA X . AN Y DIM E N S I O N 27 " M A X . ANY DIST. ANY DIST. 27 " M A X . CL UNISEX RESTROOM LC 60" A.F.F. BRAILLE BELOW TEXT. WITH SYMBOLS. LETTERS. 5/8" HIGH MIN. TYPE MEDIUM UPPERCASE RAISED 1/32" HELVETICA MIN. 2"x 6"x 1/4" FIELD WITH TEXT AND GRADE 2 MIN. 6"x 6"x 1/4" FIELD LC SIDE OF THE DOOR. BE RAISED, CONTRASTING IN COLOR, AND HAVE A WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10, AND RAISED 1/32" MIN. AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE RAISED LETTERING. WHERE PERMANENT SIGNAGE IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNAGE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE STRIKE NOTES: LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL UNISEX UNISEX TRIANGLE 1/4" THICK MANUFACTURER & MOUNTING FOR SIGNAGE SEE SPECIFICATIONS NOTED ABOVE PROVIDE SIGNAGE AT ALL DOORS DIA. CIRCLE SUPERIMPOSED ON 12" 2. 1. MENS RESTROOM FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA ONLY TITLE 24 D-6.3.2 60 " A F F UNISEX DOOR SIGN AT TOILET ROOMS WOMENS RESTROOM 60 " A F F 3" MAX. 60 " - M A X 12 " D I A . 12" T Y P . INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY 3" 3" NOTE: THE SYMBOL SHALL BE A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. THE BLUE SHALL BE EQUAL TO COLOR NO. 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARDS 595B.48" A.F.F. MIN 48 " - M I N HINGE SIDE APPROACHFRONT APPROACH X=12" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER SWINGING DOOR PUSH SIDE NOTE: SWINGING DOOR PUSH SIDE NOTE: Y=48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER SWINGING DOOR PUSH SIDE NOTE: FRONT APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE NOTE: HINGE SIDE APPROACH X=36" MIN. IF Y=60"; X=42" MIN. IF Y=54" MIN. LATCH SIDE APPROACH Y=48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER Y=54" MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER LATCH SIDE APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE NOTE: 60 " M I N . 18" MIN.PREFERRED 24" Y 48 " M I N . ( Y ) X 24" MIN. 42 " M I N . ( Y ) 24" MIN. 42 " M I N . ( Y ) 54" MIN.X 48 " M I N . WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AND REACH REQUIREMENTS WHEELCHAIR TURNING REQUIREMENTS IN AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 90° TURNS 'T'-SHAPE 180° TURNSTURN AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION NOTE: NOTE: X < 48" CLEAR WIDTH FOR TWO WHEELCHAIRS WHEELCHAIR TURNING DIAMETER X 30 " Z 24" Z 30" Y 48" 48" MIN. 48" 36" MIN. X 60 " M I N . SIDE REACH LIMITS MAX. SIDE REACH 10" MAX. X IF X = 20" - 25", Y = 44" MAX. 36 " MI N . 48 " MI N . 36" MIN. 36" MIN. 42" MIN. 42" MIN. X 12" MIN. 60" MIN.36 " MIN . 60 " M I N . OVER AN OBSTRUCTION MAX. FORWARD REACHHIGH & LOW 60" MIN. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE PARALLEL APPROACH OVER AN OBSTRUCTION 30"30" 48 " 48 " 10" MAX. 9" MI N . 54 ' M A X . 25"; Z 30" IF X < 20", Y = 48" MAX. 25">< 34 ' MA X . 46 " M A X . CARPET FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR 1/ 4 " MA X . 1/ 2 " M A X . PI L E 48" 48" 48" X Z Y X 30 " 30 " 15 " M I N . 32 - 4 2 " P R E F E R R E D 48 " M A X . HIGH FORWARD REACH LIMIT MAXIMUM FORWARD REACH OVER AN OBSTRUCTION NOTE Z SHALL BE X, WHEN X< 20 IN., THEN Y SHALL BE 48 IN. MAXIMUM. WHEN X IS 20 TO 25 IN., THEN Y SHALL BE 44 IN. MAXIMUM. SHELVES CLOSET 21" MAX.48 " M A X . 48 " M A X . 21" MAX.9" MIN. 30"24" 34 " M A X . 46 " 30" 10" MAX. 32 - 4 2 " P R E F E R R E D 15 " M I N . 48 " M A X . UNOBSTRUCTED REACH 36" 60" 24 " 12" 36 " 32" MIN. 36" MIN.24 " M A X . FO R M I N . C L E A R WALKING PARALLEL TO A WALL SIGNAGE 36" MIN. CLR. WIDTH 27 " M A X . ANY DIST. 36" MIN. CLR. WIDTH 4" MAX. 27 " M I N . 80 " M I N . PROTRUDING OBJECTS ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MANUEVERING CLEARANCE AT DOORS FORWARD & SIDE REACHES WHEELCHAIR T-TURN WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS A-002 ADA COMPLIANCE & STANDARDS ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE Date:04.29.2025 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS SCALE:1 ADA PARKING ACCESS PLAN ADA PARKING PATH OF TRAVEL: ±300'-0" FROM SPACE #136 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE SUITE C4 LEVEL 1 PATH OF TRAVEL FROM STORE TO ACCESSIBLE PARKING ± 570 FT A002A ADA PARKING ACCESS PLAN MEN AND WOMEN RESTROOMS 400 FT FROM SUITE C4 TRUE NORTH N Date:04.29.2025 HM FRAME TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS REFER SCHEDULE FOR PARTITION TYPE ANCHOR PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS 2" 12" RE F E R T O PA R T I T I O N SC H E D U L E 2" DOOR AS SCHEDULED 1/2 " BOXED STUDS @ JAMB 20 GA. STEEL STUDS @ DOOR OPENING, TYP. DOUBLE REINFORCING FLOOR ANCHOR CLIPS SECURED TO FLOOR WITH NO LESS THAN TWO SUITABLE FASTENERS RUNNER FASTENED WITH SCREWS TO STUDS (AT HEIGHT PERMITTING SCREW ATTACHMENT OF FACING LOCATE JAMB ANCHOR CLIPS ABOVE HINGE REINFORCEMENTS & JUST BELOW TOP REINFORCEMENTS - CLIPS ON STRIKE SIDE TO OCCUR DIRECTLY OPPOSITE OF HINGE SIDE (E) TRACK CONCEALED IN SOFFIT 10 ' - 0 " (E) LEADING EDGE WITH DROPLOCK (E) EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TRACK 3' - 6 " SALES AREA DOOR C NEW CERAMIC TILE T-3 ALAIN VAGH TERACOTTA TILES 6"X6" TILE SIZE HM DOOR. G.C. TO TRIM EXISTING DOOR AS NEEDED. SCHLUTER-RENO RAMP 1.8 ANODIZED, G.C. TO SELECT APPROPRIATE SIZE NEW (VCT) L NOTE: TRANSITION SHALL BE FLUSH G.C. TO PREP SLAB AS REQUIRED STOCKROOM 3'-0" 3'- 2 " ±7 ' - 0 " V . I . F . WOOD DOOR WOOD FRAME A-003 1.ALL DOORS MUST BE OPERABLE WITHOUT SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFECT W/ LEVER TYPE HARDWARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH STATE & LOCAL CODES. 2.LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND-ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS SHALL OPERATE AS ABOVE IN EGRESS DIRECTION. 3.ALL HARDWARE FINISHES TO BE AS SCHEDULED. ADJACENT FINISHED TO MATCH. SUBMIT HARDWARE SELECTIONS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW WITH CLEAR NOTATION OF FINISHES BEING UNAVAILABLE. 4.ALL DOORS TO BE KEYED ALIKE. 5.HAND-ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 34" AND 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 6.ALL DOORS TO BE SINGLE ACTION U.O.N. 7.ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PAINTED TO MATCH DOOR FINISH AND ALL DOORS TO BE SHOP PAINTED PER SCHEDULE. 8.G.C. TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION CORES FOR ALL DOORS REQUIRING SECURITY DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALL CONSTRUCTION CORES MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH SPECIFIED CYLINDERS. G.C. TO VERIFY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 9.UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL HARDWARE IS FURNISHED BY THE G.C. 10.AT THE TIME OF TURNOVER, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL CONSTRUCTIONS CORES HAVE BEEN REPLACED . 11.ALL DOORS SHALL BE 1 3/4" THICK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12.ALL DOORS SHALL BE TRIMMED AT THRESHOLD TO PROVIDE 3/4" MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL TO PERMIT FULL DOOR SWING. 13.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ACTUAL DOOR HEIGHT REQUIRED FOR DOOR FRAME SYSTEM. 14.PROVIDE DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY WITH APPROPRIATE LABELS FOR USE IN WALLS WITH REQUIRED FIRE RATING AS NOTED ON SCHEDULE. 15.DIMENSIONS FOR UNDERCUT DOORS IF ANY SHALL BE MEASURED FROM TOP OF FINISH FLOORING MATERIAL. 16.DOOR IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED EXIT WIDTH BY MORE THAN 4 INCHES. 17.EXIT DOORWAYS SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 36" IN WIDTH AND NO LESS THAN 6'-8" IN HEIGHT. PROJECTIONS, INCLUDING PANIC HARDWARE, SHALL NOT REDUCE THE OPENING TO LESS THAN 32" CLEAR WIDTH. 18.THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL AND CLEAR FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF A DOOR. THE LEVEL AREA SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60" AND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 48" AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN THE CLOSED POSITION. THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE LESS THAN OR EQ. TO 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD. 19.THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA ON THE SIDE TO WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 18" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE FOR INTERIOR DOORS. 20.MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES, FIRE RATED DOORS OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAYBE INCREASED TO THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY, NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 21.ALL METAL FRAMES ARE TO BE WELDED FRAMES. DOOR TYPE 'A' SCALE:3/8" = 1'-0"1 DOOR TYPES DOOR & HARDWARE NOTES SCALE:6" = 1'-0"3 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS SCALE:NTS2TYPICAL JAMB DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S.4 TYPICAL DOOR FRAMING DOOR # DOOR TYPE SIZE / LOCATION MATERIAL DOOR FINISH HARDWARE GROUP HARDWARE FINISH THRESHOLD DETAIL JAMB DETAIL FRAME RATING RESPONSIBILITY REMARKS DOOR SCHEDULE 1 A (EX) STOREFRONT SLIDING GRILLE TRACK EX EX 3 AS REQ'D ---N/A GC EXISTING DOOR. G.C. TO CLEAN TO BRING TO 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION & VERIFY IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. PROVIDE HARDWARE AS REQUIRED. EX DOOR TYPE 'B' WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULES B (N) 3'-0" X 7'-0" X 1 3/4" SALES AREA TO STOCKROOM N/A GCWOOD PROVIDE & INSTALL BY G.C. STAIN DOOR FRAME, FINISH TO MATCH MILLWORK FINISH WD-1. 2 WD-1 2 3/A003 2/A003 WOODSATIN BRAS HARDWARE SET 2 - BACK OF HOUSE DOOR 1(PAIR)PASSAGE SET SCHLAGE ALX-10-ATHENS 606 3 HINGES (4.5"X4.5") BALL BEARING HAGER BB1191 606 1 CLOSER LCN 1460 SERIES 696/US4 1 KICKPLATE IVES 8400 - US10B US4 INSTALL SATIN BRASS FINISH SCREWS 1 DOME FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 441 US4 3 SILENCER GYLN JOHNSON #20 BROWN QTY.DESCRIPTION MANUF.MODEL FINISH REMARKS HARDWARE SET 1 - STOREFRONT ENTRY 2 PULLS CRL CM12X12 TWO 12" PULL HANDLES 2 LOCK CRL DRA1020 CYLINDER/THUMBTURN COMBOS 2 RAILS CRL DR4S DRY GLASE TOP PATCH RAILS AND WITH 777S LOCKS 1 HEADER AND STRIKE PLATES CRL (1)DCH4 / (2)777SP / (2)21101AP20 STRIKE PLATES, 72" HEADER AND OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSER SETS HARDWARE SCHEDULE HARDWARE SET 3 - SLIDING GRILLE DROPLOCKS PER MFG'R Date:04.29.2025 6"MI N 18 GA.BOTTOM TRACK WITH HILTI "X-U" FASTENERS AND R36 DISCS AT 24" O.C., MAX. (ICC#-ESR-2269) UNDERSIDE OF CLG. AS SCHEDULED. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN METAL STUDS & BRIDGING AS SCHEDULED; BY GC (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GYP. BD. ON BOTH SIDES OF NEW METAL STUDS TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING BASE AS SCHEDULED EXIST. CONCRETE SLAB 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES OF 20 G 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16"oc W/ BRIDGING @ 4'-0"oc; UP TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. STUDS TO BE DIETRICH 'PRO STUD' (ICC#-ER0171 OR EQUIVALENT). G.C. TO PROVIDE 34" THICK FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED FIXTURES. D NON-RATED INTERIOR PARTITION VA R I E S SE E R C P 18 GA.BOTTOM TRACK WITH HILTI "X-U" FASTENERS AND R36 DISCS AT 24" O.C., MAX. (ICC#-ESR-2269) UNDERSIDE OF CEILING METAL STUDS & BRIDGING AS SCHEDULED; BY GC (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE OF METAL STUDS TO FINISHED CEILING BASE AS SCHEDULED EXIST. CONCRETE SLAB 5/8" GWB ON ONE SIDE OF 20 GA. 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16"oc W/ BRIDGING @ 4'-0"oc; EXTEND GWB TO FINISHED CEILING. STUDS TO BE DIETRICH 'PRO STUD' (ICC#-ER0171 OR EQUIVALENT) B NEW NON-RATED FURRED-OUT PARTITION VA R I E S SE E R C P EXISTING METAL STUD DEMISING WALL W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. EXTENDED TO BOTTOM OF DECK ABOVE BY LL TO REMAIN; G.C. TO PAINT EXISTING GYP. BD. AS PER FINISH SCHEDULE & MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. UNDERSIDE OF DECK A EXISTING 1-HR RATED DEMISING WALL EXISTING DEMISING WALL G.C TO PATCH/REPAIR & MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AS REQ'D BASE AS SCHEDULED EXIST. CONCRETE SLAB ADJACENT TENANT L'OCCITANE 6" M I N FINISHED FLOOR AS SCHEDULEDFINISHED FLOOR AS SCHEDULED PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING & CAULKING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING FIRE SEALANT GC TO PROVIDE/INSTALL 1 LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GWB ON TENANTS OF EXISTING METAL STUDS TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE. FIRE STOPPING, SEALANT AND/OR CAULKING NOT REQUIRED. A1 EXISTING NON RATED DEMISING WALL 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB ON ONE SIDE OF 20 GA. 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16"oc W/ BRIDGING @ 4'-0"oc; EXTEND GWB TO FINISHED CEILING. STUDS TO BE DIETRICH 'PRO STUD' (ICC#-ER0171 OR EQUIVALENT) GC TO PROVIDE FIRE RETARDING BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. B1 NEW NON-RATED FURRED-OUT PARTITION 6 A004 18 GA.BOTTOM TRACK WITH HILTI "X-U" FASTENERS AND R36 DISCS AT 24" O.C., MAX. (ICC#-ESR-2269) UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING CEILING AS SCHEDULED. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NEW METAL STUDS & BRIDGING AS SCHEDULED; BY GC (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GYP. BD. ON BOTH SIDES OF NEW METAL STUDS UNDERSIDE OF DECK BASE AS SCHEDULED EXIST. CONCRETE SLAB VA R I E S SE E R C P TOP TRACK 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES OF 20 GA. 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16"oc W/ BRIDGING @ 4'-0"oc; UP TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. STUDS TO BE DIETRICH 'PRO STUD' (ICC#-ER0171 OR EQUIVALENT) C NEW NON-RATED INTERIOR PARTITION 6 A004 FINISHED FLOOR AS SCHEDULED NESTED STUD BRACING 3-5/8" x 18 GA. NESTED BRACES EACH WAY AT 4'-0" O.C. MAX. SCREW TOGETHER @ 7'-0" O.C. EACH FLANGE PLUS 4" CLG ELEV. NESTED BRACING @ 4'-0" O.C. MAX. BRACE LENGTH MAY NOT EXCEED 16'-0" 16 GA. TRACK OVER 3-5/8" x 18 GA. TOP TRACK. SCREW TOGETHER AT 12" O.C., STAGGERED 4'- 0 " 3/4" 18 GA. COLD ROLLED CHANNEL. BRIDGING SPACED AT 4'-0" O.C. HORIZONTALLY BOTTOM TRACK WITH HILTI #37NKS12 DRIVE PINS AND R36 DISCS AT 24" O.C., MAX. 25 GA. "CEE" STUDS AT 16" O.C. MAX. SEE OTHER DETAILS FOR ADD'L. INFO. 1-1/2" x 3" x 16 GA. CHANNEL CLIP ANGLE 1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH. -TYP. ATTACH WITH (4) 5/8" #S-12 SCREWS OR 3/4" WELDS IN (3) PLACES 3/4" 16 GA. COLD-ROLLED CHANNEL SPACED AT 4'-0" O.C. HORIZONTALLY. METAL STUD FRAMING. -TYP. EXISTING BAR JOIST UNISTRUT P5000 HS @ 6'-0" O.C. AFFIX TO TOP CHORD OF TRUSS WITH UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMPS AT EACH END 6 A004 7 A004 * NON-BEARING STUD WALLS ONLY. ** SEE PARTITION DETAIL TYPES FOR EXACT MTL. GA NUMBERS 1. ALL STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS REQUIRE GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES FOR THE FULL HEIGHT OF THE STUDS (UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE). 2. ALL SUSPENDED WALLS SHALL HAVE GYP. BD. WHICH EXTENDS 4" ABOVE THE SUSPENDED CEILING (UNLESS SHOWN AND/OR NOTED OTHERWISE BY THE ARCHITECT). 3. ALL STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL HAVE CONTINUOUS LINES OF BRIDGING SPACED AT 4'-0" MAX. ON CENTER. THE BRIDGING SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE STUDS WITH EITHER SCREWS OR WELDS. 4. ALL STUDS SHALL BE "CEE" STUDS WITH FLANGE STIFFENERS. 5. THE MATERIALS AND DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS. WHERE THE STUD MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS OR LOCAL ORDINANCES ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE, THEY SHALL APPLY. 6. TYPICAL FASTENER: A. STEEL STUDS TO STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS: #8-18 x 1/2" TEKS/2 WITH PHIL. PAN HEAD FOR 25GA. OR 20GA. #10-16 x 9/16" TEKS/3 WITH PHIL. PAN HEAD FOR INTERCONNECTION OF 18GA. OR 16 GA. B. STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO WOOD PURLINS, GIRDERS AND BEAMS: #14-10 x 1/2" H.W.H. TYPE "S" METAL-TO-WOOD TEKS. C. STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL (TUBE STEEL, WIDE FLANGE BEAMS, COLUMNS, GIRDERS, ETC.): TEKS/3 OR TEKS/4- GAUGE AND LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR THE COMBINED THICKNESS OF THE MATERIAL TO BE DRILLED. D. PLYWOOD TO STEEL STUDS: #10-24 x 3/4" TEKS/3 (PLYMETAL TEKS) WITH THIN WAFER HEAD. E. GYP. BD. TO STEEL STUDS: #7 x 1/4" HI-LO TYPE "S" BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR 3/8" TO 5/8" GYP. BD. TO 25GA. OR 20GA. STUDS. #6 x 1/4" TYPE "S-12" BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR 3/8" TO 5/8" GYP. BD. TO 18GA. OR 16GA. STUDS OR TRACKS. IMPORTANT NOTE: INTERIOR NON LOAD BEARING FRAMING METAL STUDS TO BE DEITRICH METAL 'PRO STUD'. ICC NUMBER - ER0171, OR EQUIVALENT. ICC REPORT CAN BE DOWNLOADED AT : http://www.dietrichmetalframing.com/library/pdf/ER_0171%20DMFCWBS.pdf STOREFRONT & LOAD BEARING FRAMING METAL STUDS TO BE DEITRICH METAL 'HDS'. ICC NUMBER - ESR1166P, OR EQUIVALENT. ICC REPORT CAN BE DOWNLOADED AT : http://www.dietrichmetalframing.com/PDF/Structural%20Products%20-%20%20ICC%20-% 20ESR-1166P%20with%20CBC%202007%20Supplement%20Aug%201%202010.pdf CHANNEL NUT BEAM CLAMP UNISTRUT P5000 HS @ 6'-0" O.C. AFFIX TO TOP CHORD OF TRUSS WITH UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMPS AT EACH END EXISTING METAL PAN DECK EXISTING STEEL BEAM. G.C. TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS 18 GA. x 3" MIN. SLIP TRACK CHANNEL W/ (2) 0.157Ø HILTI XU LVFS AT 16" O.C. 1/ 2 " MI N . MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. GYP. BD. (NOT SHOWN) TO UNDER SIDE OF METAL DECKING (WHERE REQUIRED).MTL. SOFFIT OR WALL (4) 6/32Ø P.A.F. (2 EA. SIDE) 3-5/8" X 25 GA. METAL STUD DIAGONAL BRACING @ 4'-0" O.C. (2) 3 5/8"x 20 GA. CONTINUOUS 2"x2"x18 GA. ANGLE (4) 5/32Ø P.A.F. (2 EA. SIDE) CHANNEL NUT BEAM CLAMP UNISTRUT P5000 HS @ 6'-0" O.C. AFFIX TO TOP CHORD OF TRUSS WITH UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMPS AT EACH END EXISTING METAL PAN DECK EXISTING STEEL BEAM. G.C. TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AS NOTED HEIGHT BOTTOM TRACK UP TO 16 FT. 16FT. TO 20FT. 20FT. TO 26FT. 2 1/2" x 19 GA.* 3-5/8" x 25 GA.** 6" x 20 GA. 6" x 18 GA. 2 1/2" x 18 GA. 3-5/8" x 18 GA. 6" x 18 GA. 6" x 18 GA. 2 1/2" x 16 GA. 3-5/8" x 18 GA. 6" x 18 GA. 6" x 18 GA. N.A. 3-5/8"x16 GA DL 6" x 18 GA. 6" x 18 GA DL TOP TRACK 8'-0" SPAN 11'-6" SPANSTUDS NOTE: BLOCKING FOR WALL FIXTURES GC TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. GC MUST PATCH AND REPAIR AT DEMISING WALL TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. SEE FIXTURE DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION, EXACT DIMENSIONS AND FURTHER FIXTURE DETAILS. SCALE: N.T.S.2 PARTITION FRAMING SCHEDULES & DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S.1 PARTITION TYPES SYSTEM NO. WL1001 FORMERLY SYSTEM NO. 147 T RATINGS - 1, 2, 3, AND 4HR. (SEE ITEM 3) L RATING AT AMBIENT -LESS THAN 1 CFM/SQ. FT. L RATING AT 400F-LESS THAN 1 CFM/SQ.FT. 1. WALL ASSEMBLY-THE 1,2,3, OR 4 HR FIRE-RATEDGYPSUM WALLBOARD/ STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AN DIN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U300 OR U400 SERIES WALL OR PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: A. STUDS-WALL FRAMING MAY CONSIST OF EITHERWOOD STUDS (MAX 2HR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES) OR STEEL CHANNEL STUDS. WOOD STUDS TO CONSIST OF NOM BY 4 IN. LUMBER SPACED 16 IN. O.C. WITH NOM 2 BY 4 IN. LUMBER END PLATES AND CROSS BRACES. STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-5/8 IN. WIDE BY 1-3/8" IN. DEEP CHANNELS SPACEDD MAX 24 IN. O.C. B. WALLBOARD, GYPSUM* -NOM 1/2 OR 5/8 IN. THICK, 4FT WIDE WITH SQUARE OR TAPERED EDGES. THE GYPSUM WALLBOARD TYPE, THICKNESS, NUMBER OF LAYERS, FASTENER TYPE AND SHEET ORIENTATION SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U300 SERIES DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. 2.PIPE OR CONDUIT- NOM 12 IN. DIA. (OR SMALLER) SCHEDULE 10 (OR HEAVIER) STEEL PIPE, NOM 12 IN. DIA. (OR SMALLER) SERVICE WEIGHT (OR HEAVIER) CAST IRON SOIL PIPE, NOM 12 IN. DIA. (OR SMALLER) CLASS 50 (OR HEAVIER) DUCTILE IRON PRESSURE PIPE, NOM 6 IN. DIA. (OR SMALLER) STEEL CONDUIT, NOM 4 IN. DIA. (OR SMALLER) STEEL ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING, NOM 6 IN. DIA. (OR SMALLER) TYPE L (OR HEAVIER) COPPER TUBING OR NOM 1 IN. DIA (OR SMALLER) FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT. WHEN COPPER PIPE IS USED, MAX F RATING OF FIRESTOP SYSTEM (ITEM 3) IS 2HR. STEEL PIPES OR CONDUITS LARGER THAN NOM 4 IN. DIA. MAY ONLY BE USED IN WALLS CONSTRUCTED USING STEEL CHANNEL STUDS. A MAX OF ONE PIPE OR CONDUIT IS PERMITTED IN THE FIRESTOP SYSTEM. PIPE OR CONDUIT TO BE INSTALLED NEAR CENTER OF STUD CAVITY WIDTH AND TO BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY. 3.FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL *-CAULK-CAULK-FILL MATERIAL INSTALLED TO COMPLETELY FILL ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPE OR CONDUIT AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND NOT WITH A MIN 1/4 IN. DIA. BEAD OF CAULK APPLIED TO PERIMETER OF PIPE OR CONDUIT AT ITS EGRESS FROM THE WALL. CAULK INSTALLED SYMMETRICALLY ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY. THE HOURLY F RATING OF THE FIRESTOP SYSTEM IS DEPENDENT UPON THE HOURLY FIRE RATING OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED, AS SHOWN IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE. THE HOURLY T RATING OF THE FIRESTOP SYSTEM IS DEPENDENT UPON THE TYPE OR SIZE OF THE PIPE OR CONDUIT AND THE HOURLY FIRE RATING OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED, AS TABULATED BELOW: MAX PIPE OR CONDUIT DIA. IN.ANNULAR SPACE, IN.F RATING, HR.T RATING, HR 1 0 TO 3/16 1 OR 2 0+, 1 OR 2 1 1/4 TO 1/2 2 OR 4 3 OR 4 4 0 TO 1/4 1 OR 2 0 4 0 TO 1 1/2 # 1 OR 2 0 6 1/4 TO 1/2 3 OR 4 0 12 3/16 TO 3/8 1 OR 2 0 + WHEN COPPER PIPE IS USED, T RATING IS OHR. # 0 TO 1 1/2 IN. ANNULAR SPACE APPLIES ONLY WHEN TYPE CP- 25 WB+ CAULK IS USED AND ONLY WHEN THE MIN THICKNESS OF THE GYPSUM WALLBOARD IS 5/8 IN. FOR 1HR RATED WALLS AND 1 1/4 IN. FOR 2HR RATED WALLS. MINNESOTA MINING & MFG. CO. -CP 25WB+. *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING. 3 1A 1B 3 2 SCALE: N.T.S.3 TYPICAL RATED PENETRATIONS UL DESIGN -WL1001 1. FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS (NOT SHOWN) CHANNEL SHAPED RUNNERS, 3 5/8 IN WIDE (MIN), 1 1/4 IN. LEGS, FORMED FROM NO. 25 MSG (MIN) GALVANIZED STEEL, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS SPACED 24 IN. O.C MAX. 1A.AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 1 CEILING RUNNER*-25 MSG MIN GALV STEEL WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE STUD, WITH 3 OR 4 IN. LEGS OFFSET AT MIDPOINT 5/8 IN. TO ACCOMMODATE WALL CLADDING THICKNESS. ATTACHED TO THE CEILING WITH FASTENERS SPACES 24 IN. O.C. THE WALL CLADDING STILL OVERLAP WALLBOARD 1 1/4 IN. MIN. 2.METAL STUDS- CHANNEL SHAPED, 3 5/8 IN WIDE (MIN), 1 1/4 IN. LEGS, 3/8 IN. FOLDED BACK RETURNS, FORMED FROM NO. 25 MSG (MIN) GALV STEEL SPACED 16 IN. O.C. MAX. 3.BATTS AND BLANKETS*- (OPTIONAL)- MINERAL WOOD OR GLASS FIBER BATTS PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY FILLING STUD CAVITY. 4.WALLBOARD, GYPSUM*- 5/8 IN. THICK, 4 FT. WIDE, ATTACHED TO METAL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING TRACK WITH 1 IN. LONG, TYPE 2 SELF- TAPPING STEEL SCREWS SPACED 8 IN. O.C. ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 IN. O.C. IN THE FIELD OF THE BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY. WHEN ATTACHED TO ITEM 6 (FURRING CHANNELS), WALLBOARD IS SCREW ATTACHED TO FURRING CHANNELS WITH 1 IN. LONG, TYPE S STEEL SCREWS SPACED 12 IN. O.C. BOREAL GYPSUM INC.- TYPE BG-C CANADIAN GYPSUM CO, LTD- TYPES C, SCX, SHX, WRX CONTINENTAL GYPSUM COMPANY- TYPE- CG-C DOMTAR GYPSUM INC.- TYPE 5 OR C EAGLE- GYPSUM PRODUCTS- TYPE EG-C GEORGIA- PACIFIC CORP. GYP DIV.- TYPE GPFS-6 OR GPFS-C NATIONAL GYPSUM CO. CHARLOTTE, NC- TYPE FSK-G, FSW-G NATIONAL GYPSUM CO. RIYADH, SAUDI ARABIA- TYPE FR OR WR PABCO GYPSUM CO.- TYPE PG-C REPUBLIC GYPSUM CO.- TYPE RG-C STANDARD GYPSUM CORP.- TYPE SG-C TEMPLE-INLAND FOREST PRODUCTS CORP.- TYPE TP-5 UNITED STATES GYPSUMCO.- TYPE AR, C, IP-X2, SCX, SHX, WRC, OR WRX WESTROC INDUSTRIES LTD.- TYPE WESTROC FIREBOARD 4A.WALLBOARD, GYPSUM*- (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4)- NOM 3/4 IN. THICK, INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4 WITH SCREW LENGTH INCREASED TO 1 1/4 IN. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO.- TYPE AR 4B.WALLBOARD, GYPSUM*- (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4 AND ITEM 4A)- 5/8 IN. THICK INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4. JOINT COVERING (ITEM 5) NOT REQUIRED. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO.- TYPE WSX 5.JOINT TAPE AND COMPOUND- VINYL, DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND, APPLIED IN TWO COATS TO JOINTS AND SCREW HEADS; PAPER TAPE, 2 IN. WIDE, EMBEDDED IN FIRST LAYER OF COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS. AS AN ALTERNATE, NOMINAL 3/32 IN. THICK GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER MAY BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF CLASSIFIED VENEER BASEBOARD. JOINTS REINFORCED. 6. FURRING CHANNEL- (OPTIONAL- NOT SHOWN) RESILIENT 25 MSG GALV STEEL FURRING CHANNELS SPACED VERTICALLY MAX 24 IN. O.C., FLANGE PORTION ATTACHED TO EACH INTERSECTING STUD WITH 1/2 IN. LONG TYPE S-12 PAN- HEAD STEEL SCREWS. * BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING. 432 3 1A 3 3 SCALE: N.T.S.4 TYPICAL (1) HR RATED PARTITIONS UL DESIGN - U465 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS A-004 PARTITION TYPES, FRAMING & FIRE RATING DETAILS SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"6 PARTITION WALL ATTACHMENT TO DECK SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"7 PARTITION WALL ATTACHED TO DECK Date:04.29.2025 A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 55'-111 2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 2 2 ' - 0 " LE A S E L I N E T O L E A S E L I N E ADJACENT TENANT LC K R S 15 " x 4 8 " 15"x48"15"x36"15"x36"15"x36" 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " A A A A A A Light Box MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE $S NOT IN SCOPE 44'-11" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 12 " x 4 8 " 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 666 14 20 27 27 8 10 15 17 18 13 21 26 22 22 16 16 9 7 16 29 6 6 6 26 27 2222 23 25 24 11 ALL SIDES 26 28 1' - 6 1 / 2 " DE M O 19 31 30 30 30 12 12 12 SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 DEMOLITION PLAN D-100 TENANT LEASE LINE, V.I.F. EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. GC. TO PATCH, REPAIR AND PREPARE AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES. GC. TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED. EXISTING STOREFRONT & GLAZING SYSTEM TO REMAIN, G.C TO PATCH & REPAIR AS REQUIRED. EXISTING TERRA COTTA FLOOR WITH WALL BASE TO REMAIN AND PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING WOOD FLOOR TO BE REMOVED, G.C. TO PREPARE SUB FLOOR IN PLACE OF REMOVED WOOD FLOOR TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES, REFER TO FINISH PLAN A105 FOR MORE INFORMATION. EXISTING STOREFRONT SECURITY SLIDING GRILLE AND ACCESS DOOR TO REMAIN. EXISTING ACM PANEL TO BE REMOVED AND ALUM FRAMING SYSTEM TO REMAIN U.O.N. PATCH, REPAIR AND PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQUIRED. ALL EXISTING OUTLETS TO BE REUSED / RELOCATED / REMOVED AS NEEDED , REFER TO POWER PLAN AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. EXISTING HVAC UNIT TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW (LIKE TO LIKE), ALL EXISTING SUPPLY, DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. EXISTING COLUMN ENCLOSURE TO BE REMOVED, G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING COLUMN AS REQUIRED, MAINTAIN FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED. EXISTING FIXTURE IN SALES AREA TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING ACM PANEL WITH ALUM FRAMING SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED U.O.N, PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING COLUMN AS REQUIRED, PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. G.C. TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED. REPLACE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE AT STOREFRONT SOFFIT WITH NEW, REFER RCP & ELECTRICAL FOR MORE INFORMATION. RELOCATE EXISTING CASHWRAP POWER AND OUTLET FOR POS SYSTEM AS REQUIRED PER NEW LAYOUT. EXISTING KNOX BOX TO REMAIN. EXISTING CEILING AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF DEMO AND CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING SOFFIT TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES TO REMAIN U.O.N. G.C. TO PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF DEMO AND CONSTRUCTION. THERMOSTAT SENSOR TO BE RE-LOCATED AS REQUIRED, G.C. TO ENSURE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITIONS. RELOCATE LIGHT SWITCH. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO. EXISTING SINK TO BE REMOVED. G.C. TO MODIFY PLUMPING AND PREPARE FOR NEW SINK AND FINISHES AS REQUIRED. SEE A101 FOR MORE INFO. RE-LOCATE EXIT SIGN EXISTING DIVIDING GLAZING TO BE REMOVED. G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AIR ADJACENT AREA AS REQUIRED. RELOCATE EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER. REMOVE EXISTING RECESSED TV, RETURN ALL UNUSED CONDUITS AND WIRES TO SOURCE, INFILL THE WALL IN PLACE OF REMOTE TV. REPLACE EXISTING 48" SHELVING UNIT IN THE BOH WITH 36" SHELVING UNIT. EXISTING STOREFRONT RECESSED LIGHT BOX TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW, MODIFIES WALL STRUCTURAL AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW LIGHT BOX SIZE. EXISTING ILLUMINATED SIGN TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW. EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME TO BE REMOVED. REPLACE EXISTING YELLOW SPRINKLE HEAD CAP AT THE BOTTOM OF THE STOREFRONT SOFFIT WITH NEW WHITE ONE. EXISTING ACM PANEL WITH ALUM FRAMING SYSTEM TO REMAIN, PATCH, REPAIR AND PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQUIRED . REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATION EXISTING ACM PANEL WITH ALUM FRAMING SYSTEM AT THE BOTTOM OF THE STOREFRONT SOFFIT TO BE REMOVED, PATCH AND PREPARE ADJACENT AREA AS REQUIRED. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOTE: -GC TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD. -DO NOT FASTEN TO ROOF/FLOOR DECK ABOVE. FASTEN TO THE TOP CORD OF THE BAR JOIST ONLY -XRAY EXISTING SLAB PRIOR TO EXCAVATING AND MARK-OUT AS REQUIRED. -ALL TRENCHING OF CONCRETE SLAB TO BE COORDINATED WITH MALL OPERATIONS AND DONE DURING OFF HOURS. -NO GAS POWERED TOOLS ALLOWED TO PERFORM WORK. DEMOLITION KEY NOTES WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS DESCRIPTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION / DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER PARTITION TYPE, SEE DETAILS, SHEET A0042A NEW DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A003) 3 A005 2 A005 3 A005 X X X SYMBOL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) SYMBOL LEGEND LEASE LINE (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING DEMISING PARTITIONS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING PARTITIONS TO BE DEMOLISHED (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER, SEE ROOM SCHEDULEHC FTG RM 105 1. SCOPE OF WORK THIS PORTION OF THE WORK INCLUDES ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR AND REASONABLY INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETE ALL DISMANTLING, DEMOLITION, AND SALVAGE AS SHOWN AND NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. IN GENERAL, THE ITEMS TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING ACOUSTICS AND GYPSUM WALL BOARD, CEILING AND FRAMES, LIGHT FIXTURES, FLOORING, DOORS AND WALLS, FURRED OUT COLUMN ENCLOSURES, AND STOREFRONT AND AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. CODES AND STANDARDS DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, CITY AND PROVINCE OF THE PROJECT, THE ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MANUAL OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION IN CONSTRUCTION, LATEST EDITION, AND THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING CODE, AND O.S.H.A. 3. PERMITS AND LICENSES THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE ALL CITY, AND PROVINCE PERMITS AND LICENSES, AND PAY ALL CHARGES AND FEES FOR THE SAME, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BY OWNER. THE PLANS SHALL BE FILED W/ LOCAL BLDG.DEPT. BY THE OWNER. 4. ORDINANCES AND PROTECTION AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS A.REFERRING TO THE PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL AND PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR PERSONS AND ADJACENT TENANTS THROUGHOUT THE PROGRESS OF THE CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO ALL FEDERAL, PROVINCE AND LOCAL ORDINANCES WORK. B. THE LIMIT OF THE WORK ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFINE HIS OPERATIONS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THE WORK AS INDICATED. C. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL PROCEED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MINIMIZE THE SPREAD OF DUST AND FLYING PARTICLES AND TO PROVIDE SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS. D. FIRES, EXPLOSIVES, AND OPEN FLAMES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED, UNLESS PERMITTED BY THE CITY. E. ANY AND ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, ADJACENT TENANT PROPERTIES, HVAC AND UTILITY LINES, AND OTHER ITEMS NOT SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS, ETC., DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED TO FORMER CONDITION BY CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AT NO CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT PRICE. F. ALL ITEMS INDICATED AS EXISTING TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROPERLY PROTECTED FROM ANY DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PRESERVE THE EXISTING TO REMAIN TEMS. G. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL NOT COMMENCE UNTIL TEMPORARY WORK SUCH AS FENCES AND BARRICADES AND ANY REQUIRED WARNING LIGHTS AND APPARATUS ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED. H. ASSUME ALL EXISTING. SURFACES ARE COATED WITH LEAD-CONTAINING PAINT. CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF OSHA'S LEAD-IN-CONSTRUCTION STANDARD 29 CPR PART 1926.62. 5.SITE INVESTIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF THE DEMOLITION WORK AND ANY OTHER MATTERS THAT IN ANY WAY AFFECT THE WORK. FAILURE OF CONTRACTOR TO ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION CONCERNING CONDITIONS WILL NOT RELIEVE HIM FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ESTIMATING THE DIFFICULTY OR THE COST OF THE WORK. 6.DISCONNECTION OF SERVICES A.EXISTING SERVICES THAT WILL BE DISRUPTED BY CONSTRUCTION WORK SHALL BE RE-ROUTED AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONTINUATION OF SERVICE. B.DISCONNECTED SERVICES SHALL BE PLUGGED AND SEALED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. C. SPRINKLER SHUT-DOWN SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF WORK. 7. ABANDONED ELECTRICAL WIRING CONDUITS AND OTHER UTILITIES ENCOUNTERED IN THE PROGRESS OF THE DEMOLITION THAT ARE TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND THE ENDS PLUGGED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. ANY ABANDONED UTILITIES INTERFERING WITH WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE REMOVED ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. 8. DEMOLITION OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES SHALL BE OPTIONAL WITH CONTRACTOR INSOFAR THAT PROCEDURES DO NOT INFRINGE ON THE APPROVED WORK SCHEDULE OR SALVAGE REQUIREMENTS. WHERE SALVAGING IS REQUIRED, PROCEDURES SHALL BE SUCH THAT THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF SALVAGE WILL RESULT. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE SALVAGED, IF ANY, ARE LISTED BELOW. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH ANY CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS MUST BE COORDINATED WITH CENTER MANAGEMENT. CORE DRILLING, SAW CUTTING, JACK HAMMERING, BUSH HAMMERING, CHIPPING, ETC., ARE NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST PERFORM A FIELD SURVEY OF THE ARE BELOW ANY PROPOSED FLOOR PENETRATION TO VERIFY THE EXISTENCE OF ANY ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, ETC., EQUIPMENT. G.C. TO PREPARE EXISTING SLAB/SUBFLOOR TO ACCEPT NEW FINISHED AS SPECIFIED (TYP). REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. 9. DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND DEBRIS A. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE SALVAGED: *MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE SALVAGED ARE LISTED ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT WITH TENANT AND REVIEW THE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE THE ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED. ALL ITEMS NOTED FOR SALVAGE SHALL BE REMOVED AS CAREFULLY AS POSSIBLE SO THAT A MINIMUM AMOUNT OF RECONDITIONING WILL BE REQUIRED FOR REUSING THE ITEMS. RECONDITIONING AND INSTALLING OF SUCH ITEMS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS AND APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ANY SUCH ITEMS SHALL BE PACKAGED AND PROPERLY STORED AND PROTECTED UNTIL TIME FOR THEIR USE. B.MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE SALVAGED: *ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SCHEDULED TO BE SALVAGED INCLUDING DEBRIS, SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF THE PROPERTY IN A LEGAL MANNER. LOCATION OF DUMP AND LENGTH OF HAUL SHALL BE ONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. *SALES OF SALVAGED MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE CONDUCTED AT THE PREMISES. 10.CLEAN UP UPON COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF ALL DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE PROPERTY, THE ADJACENT TENANT SPACES AND THE BUILDING IN A CLEAN CONDITION, SATISFACTORY TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND THE ARCHITECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ANY ADJACENT TENANT WALL, LOBBY FLOORING, ETC. TO THE SATISFACTION OF INVOLVED PARTIES DAMAGED BY THE DEMOLITION PROCESS. 1.ADDITIONAL NOTES A.ALL DOORS, WALLS, FIXTURES, ETC. SHOWN IN DASHED LINES ARE TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B.ANY DAMAGE THAT MAY OCCUR DURING DEMOLITION AND/OR CONSTRUCTION DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAULT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND MUST BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. C.IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE CHECKED FOR VARIANCES. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCY IMMEDIATELY TO THE ARCHITECT. D.G.C. MUST INVESTIGATE THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF HIS/HER BID TO ANTICIPATE ANY DEVIATION WHICH MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THIS PLAN OR ANY OTHER DRAWINGS IN THIS CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. E.CONSTRUCTION SITE IS TO BE SEALED TIGHTLY. GC TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES AS PER THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS PROVIDED BY LANDLORD, IF REQUIRED. F.NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE OF ANY UNFORESEEN HAZARD OF ANY KIND BEFORE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE. G.NO ALTERATION TO THE LANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ARE ALLOWED. H.COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD OR HIS/HER REPRESENTATIVE PERTAINING TO ANY DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS AND PROVISIONS AS REQUIRED. I.MAINTAIN ALL FIRE SEPARATIONS BETWEEN TENANT SPACES AS REQUIRED BY ANY CODE OR REGULATION, DURING DEMOLITION WORK. J.NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ARE ALLOWED ABOVE THE FINISHED CEILING K.REFER TO SCOPE OF NEW WORK IN ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL FIXTURES LINES, ETC.ENCOUNTERED DURING DEMOLITION. ANY ABANDONED AND/OR NOT USED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, WIRING, ETC., SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE JOB SITE. L.REFER TO SCOPE OF NEW WORK IN MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK REGISTERS, ETC., ENCOUNTERED DURING DEMOLITION. ANY ABANDONED AND/OR NOT USED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, DUCTWORK, REGISTERS, ETC., SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE JOB SITE. M.G.C. SHALL RELOCATE ANY EXISTING SERVICE LINES SUCH AS SPRINKLER MAIN, DOMESTIC WATER, SEWER LINE, GAS LINE ETC., IF REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW WORK. ANY SUCH WORK MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD. N.ANY UNNOTED EXISTING CONDITIONS WHICH MAY CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED NEW WORK AND MAY REQUIRE MODIFICATION, RELOCATION AND OR REMOVAL SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE. O.ANY MODIFICATION TO EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. P.COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION & DEBRIS REMOVAL WITH FACILITIES MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO START. LL PREVIOUS TENANT IMPROVEMENTS, FIXTURES, AND BUSINESS SYSTEMS NOT TO BE REUSED SHALL BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES, NOT BEING REUSED, BACK TO LANDLORD'S POINT-OF-CONNECTION AND CAP AS REQUIRED. DO NOT ABANDON. THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED FIREPROOFING (WHERE APPLICABLE) ON ALL EXISTING MALL STRUCTURAL STEEL COMPONENTS (TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RESISTIVE INTEGRITY). Q.UPON POSSESSION OF PREMISES, ENTIRE SPACE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED AND NOTED OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BY GC'S FIELD SUPERVISOR USING DEMOLITION PLAN LAYOUT SHEET. GC SHALL RESUBMIT THAT SHEET WITHIN (3) THREE DAYS FROM START OF CONSTRUCTION TO PM & ARCHITECT. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF SHEETROCK OR CEMENTITIOUS WALL BOARDS OR MDF BOARDS. AREA OF TRENCH IN TOPPING (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) DEMOLITION PLAN TRUE NORTH N DEMOLITION NOTES Date:04.29.2025 WALL MTD. FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND ALL REQUIRED MOUNTING EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO PROVIDE F.R. WOOD BLOCKING AS REQ'D. FOR PROPER MOUNTING NOTE: ·G.C. TO VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND REQUIREMENTS OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES. ·REFER TO MANUF. INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ATTACHMENT TO WALL. ·FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET BY 'STRIKE FIRST' OR APPROVED EQUAL. WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER 48 " T O E X T I N G U I S H E R H A N D L E ( M A X . ) FINISHED FLOOR RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET 8' - 0 " T O 9 ' - 6 " U. S . O F F L A G S I G N FIRE EXTINGUISHER FLAG SIGN PLAN SEMI RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET 1' - 8 " OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS 13 3/4" X 3 1/2"X 27 3/8" INSIDE DIMENSIONS 10 1/2 " X 5 1/2"X24" 3" FINISHED FLOOR GRADE 2 BRAILLE EITHER CENTERED OR JUSTIFIED LEFT 3/8" MIN BELOW TACTILE CHARACTERS. SEE 2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR BRAILLE SPECIFICATIONS. 5' - 0 " MA X 2" 4'- 0 " MI N 8" TOP OF SIGN 3/ 8 " MI N NOTES ·TEXT COLOR SHALL CONTRAST WITH SIGN BACKGROUND. ·TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE SANS SERIF FONT (ALL UPPERCASE) WITH MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 5/8" AND MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 2". WIDTH OF UPPERCASE "O" OF FONT SHALL BE MINIMUM 60% AND MAXIMUM 110% MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF UPPERCASE "I." STROKE THICKNESS OF UPPERCASE "I" SHALL BE 15% MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE CHARACTER. ·CHARACTERS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" FROM SIGN SURFACE. EXIT 1 2.25" 0.1515 336" 2,240 A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 55'-111 2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 2 2 ' - 0 " LE A S E L I N E T O L E A S E L I N E ADJACENT TENANT LC K R S 15 " x 4 8 " 15"x48"15"x36"15"x36"15"x36" 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " EM1 EM 1 MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSENOT IN SCOPE 44'-11" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE E(F4/EM) E(F4/EM) (R ) E X 1 12 " x 3 6 " ( N ) (E)EX1 12 " x 3 6 " ( N ) 101STOCK ROOM 100SALES AREA102TOILETROOM 30 " x 4 8 " C L E A R A N C E 30"x 4 8 " C L E A R A N C E POINT A 3' - 0 " MI N . 3' - 0 " MI N . 3' - 0 " MI N . 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 4 4 POINT B 4 4 SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 EGRESS PLAN A-100 EGRESS PLAN & EGRESS NOTES SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"2 LIFE SAFETY EQUIP. MOUNTING HT. HAZARD & EGRESS NOTES 1.PROVIDE 80" HEADROOM FROM THE WALKWAY SURFACE TO ANY OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTION. 2.HEADROOM OF 80" MINIMUM SHALL BE MAINTAINED FOR WALKS, CORRIDORS, AISLES, ETC. 3.OBSTRUCTIONS WITHIN THE WALK PATHWAY (i.E POLES SHALL PROVIDE A 36" MIN. CLEAR WIDTH TO THE EDGE OF THE WALK. 4.PROTRUDING OBJECTS WITH LEADING EDGES BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL NOT PROTRUDE MORE THAN 4" INTO WALKS, CORRIDORS, ETC. 5.OBJECTS WITH PROTRUDING EDGES LESS THAN 27" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR MAY PROTRUDE ANY AMOUNT. 6.FREE STANDING OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE THE FLOOR MAY PROJECT A MAXIMUM OF 12". 7.FREE-STANDING SIGNS WHERE THE BOTTOM EDGE IS AT OR LESS THAN 80" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL HAVE THE EDGES ROUNDED OR EASED WITH A MIN. RADIUS OF 1/8". NOTE:PRIOR TO STOCKING THE STORE, THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ORDER: A.A COMPLETED SAFE PATH OF TRAVEL IS PROVIDED TO INSIDE THE BUILDING. B.THE INSIDE SHALL BE COMPLETED AND SIGNED OFF BY THE BUILDING INSPECTOR C.THE FIRE DEPARTMENT PROVIDED A RELEASE FOR STOCKING SHELVES D.THE BUILDING INSPECTOR HAS THE FINAL WORD IF IT WILL BE SAFE FOR EMPLOYEES TO STOCK SHELVING IN A CONSTRUCTION SITE. NOTE:FIRE EXTINGQUISHER: PER NFPA 10: 6.2.1.1, TYPE 2-A FIRE EXTINGUISHER COVERS 11,250 SF FLOOR AREA. PROVIDED COVERAGE: 11,250 SF> 431 SF REQUIRED COVERAGE, THEREFORE SIZE/TYPE 2-A EXTINGUISHER IS SUFFICIENT. KEY NOTES TENANT LEASE LINE, V.I.F. EXIT SIGN. REFER TO A-002 FOR MORE INFO FIRE EXTINGUISHER (TYP.) EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE (TYP.) 1 2 3 4 DESCRIPTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION / DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER PARTITION TYPE, SEE DETAILS, SHEET A0042A NEW DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A003) 3 A005 2 A005 3 A005 X X X SYMBOL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) LEASE LINE (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW PARTITIONS WALL PATH OF TRAVEL 36" MINIMUM CLEAR PATH AS REQUIRED BY CODE START POINT OF PATH OF TRAVEL DESCRIPTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION / DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER PARTITION TYPE, SEE DETAILS, SHEET A0042A 1 HOUR RATED WALL NEW DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A003) 3 A005 2 A005 3 A005 X X X SYMBOL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) SYMBOL LEGEND LEASE LINE (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW PARTITIONS WALL PATH OF TRAVEL 36" MINIMUM CLEAR PATH AS REQUIRED BY CODE START POINT OF PATH OF TRAVEL ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER, SEE ROOM SCHEDULEHC FTG RM 105 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING USE GROUP: M - MERCANTILE OCCUPANT LOAD (2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE , TABLE 1004.5) SQ. FT. 1,109 SQ. FT. GROSS 1,010 SQ. FT. NET NAME AREA OCCUPANCY SF PER PERSON PERSON NOTES SALES AREA: 794 SQ. FT. MERCANTILE 60 14 PERSONS STOCK ROOM: 245 SQ. FT. STORAGE 300 1 PERSON RESTROOM: 70 SQ. FT. RESTROOM TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: 15 PERSONS OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATIONS POINT "B" TO EXIT: 51'-8" OCCUPANCY REQUIRED ACTUAL TRAVEL DISTANCE SALES AREA MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT: 75 FT. TRAVEL DISTANCE POINT "A" TO EXIT: 65'-7" MINIMUM EGRESS WIDTH (LESS THAN 50 OCCUPANTS): 36" (3'-0") MAXIMUM DEAD END CORRIDOR: 50 FT, WITH SPRINKLERS AND WHERE 2 EXITS ARE REQUIRED HATCHED AREA INDICATES 3'-0" CLEAR EGRESS PATH REQUIRED BY CODE. 1 EXIT OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY IS REQUIRED STOCKROOM MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT: 75 FT. POINT "A" TO EXIT ACCESS DOOR: 65'-7" 10" 0.1550 34" 170 PROVIDED CLEAR OPENING WIDTH WIDTH PER OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR (1005.3.2) EXCEPTION 1 REQUIRED OPENING WIDTH OCCUPANT LOAD ATTRIBUTED TO EXIT OPENING CAPACITY EXIT OCCUPANT LOAD LEGEND EXIT# ACCESSIBLE EXIT OCCUPANCY DETAILS BUILDING DATA: A.CONST. CLASSIFICATION:II-B B.OCCUPANCY CLASS:MERCANTILE C.SPRINKLER SYSTEM FULLY SPRINKLED D.TOTAL (LEASE) AREA:1,109 SQ. FT. EGRESS CALCULATIONS EXITING NOTES 1.DOORS LOCATED IN PATH OF EGRESS SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO BE LOCKED TO PREVENT EGRESS. (CBC 1016. 2, #2 & #3). 2.IN THIS BUILDING'S OCCUPANCY GROUP M, THE MAIN DOOR OR DOORS ARE PERMITTED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH KEY-OPERATED LOCKING DEVICES FROM THE EGRESS SIDE PROVIDED: CBC1010.2.4 A.THE LOCKING DEVICE IS READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED. B.A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN IS POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE ON OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR SATING: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THIS SPACE IS OCCUPIED. THIS SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH (25 MM) HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. C.THE USE OF THE KEY-OPERATED LOCKING DEVICE IS REVOCABLE BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR DUE CAUSE 3.DOORS OPENING INTO THE PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL, WHEN FULLY OPENED, SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED WIDTH BY MORE THAN 7 INCHES. DOORS IN ANY POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED WIDTH BY MORE THAN ONE-HALF. 4.GC SHALL INSTALL TACTILE EXIT SIGNS THROUGHOUT THE FLOOR PLANS AS NOTED ON PLAN. (CBC 1013.1,1013.3 & 1013.6.3) PER CBC TABLE 1006.2.1 MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY LOAD: = 49 PERSONS MAXIMUM EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE W/ SPRINKLER SYSTEM: = 75 FT. 15 PERSONS < 49 PERSONS 65'-7" < 75 FT. 1 EXIT (REQUIRED) 1 EXIT (PROVIDED) SCALE:NOT TO SCALE3TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE TRUE NORTH N TYPESYMBOL NOTES FIRE EXTINGUISHER TYPE 2-A.10BC FIRE EXTINGUISHER TO BE PROVIDED PER NFPA 10.4.1 & CHAPTER 5, EXTINGUISHER LOCATION PER NFPA ANNEX & LOCAL JURISDICTION. TYPESYMBOL NOTES EXIT SIGNEX1 EML EMERGENCY LIGHT DUAL HEAD EM1 EMERGENCY LIGHT DUAL HEAD, RECESSED, CONCEALED F4/EM EMERGENCY LIGHT WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS Date:04.29.2025 1 2 4 A-401 SINK CL ALIGN 55'-111 2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 2 2 ' - 0 " LE A S E L I N E T O L E A S E L I N E ADJACENT TENANT LC K R S 15 " x 4 8 " 15"x48"15"x36"15"x36"15"x36" 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " ADJACENT TENANT MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE 44'-11" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 12 " x 3 6 " ( N ) 12 " x 3 6 " ( N ) 101STOCK ROOM 100SALES AREA102TOILETROOM 30 " x 4 8 " C L E A R A N C E 30"x 4 8 " C L E A R A N C E 1 A200 1 A201 2 A200 3 A200 1 13 1 13'-11 3/8" 5" 1' - 2 " HO L D 5" 5 3 / 4 " 6'-0"8'-0"6'-0"6'-0"5'-7" 13 13 9 4 4 3 36 12 6 6 8 8 10 10 10 1 14 12 12 15 A 4 A-101 C C C C 1 1 A301 1 A300 2 A-101 18 1'- 5 7 / 8 " 6 1' - 1 1 " 1010136 11 1 / 4 " 11 1 / 4 " 1010 12 16 6 10 19 11 1' - 6 " 1' - 9 7 / 8 " 14 14 1'-7 5/8" 1' - 7 1 / 8 " 1' - 9 5 / 8 " 10" 9 5/8" 2' - 5 5 / 8 " 9 1410 6 12 12 12 10 14 11 1 / 4 " 11 1 / 4 " 6 A-101 D 5 17 B B1 B 5 A-101 3 A-101 20 6 5"5"5"5"4 7/8" B B 1 1 7 ° 12 2 A201 3 A201 2 2 10 10 10 21 10 7 1 A-106 LEASE LINE. C SALES AREA 5" 11 1 4" HO L D CT-2 EXISTING MALL COLUMN NEW SIGNAGE. PROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR. NEW SIGNAGE. PROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR. 1/2" X 1/2" SATIN BRASS ANGEL TILE EDGING TRIM 5/8" CEMENT BOARD THINSET CT-2 1/2" X 1/2" SATIN BRASS ANGEL TILE EDGING TRIM 1/2" X 1/2" SATIN BRASS ANGEL TILE EDGING TRIM TILE TILE CT-2 5/8" CEMENT BOARD THINSET TILE 1/2" PLYWOOD BOARD FIRE RATED WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP. 4" X4" X 3/16" METAL PLATE FASTEN TO FRAME AND BACK OF PLYWOOD EVERY 24" EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL FRAME TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUITED (TYP.) EXISTING KOX BOX EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL FRAME TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUITED (TYP.) CT-2 5/8" CEMENT BOARD THINSET TILENEW LIGHT BOXFIRE RATED WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP. CT-2 5/8" CEMENT BOARD THINSETTILE CT-2 5/8" CEMENT BOARD THINSET TILE 1/2" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD 1/2" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD 1.SEE FIXTURE PLAN AND FIXTURE DETAILS FOR FIXTURE INFORMATION. 2.SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR SOFFIT AND LIGHTING INFORMATION. 3.NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES OR DISCREPANCIES WITH PLANS RELATING TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 4.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 5.DIMENSIONS ARE FROM THE FACE OF FINISHED WALL (GWB) TO FACE OF FINISHED WALL (GWB) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. 6.ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE APPLIED, INSTALLED, CONNECTED, ERECTED, USED, CLEANED AND CONDITIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS. 7.ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. 8.ALL WOOD MEMBERS ARE REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED, PROVIDE PRESSURE IMPREGNATION WITH FIRE RETARDANT CHEMICALS TO PROVIDE UL PRS FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION. ALL SUCH WOOD SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A UL LABEL CERTIFYING THIS CLASSIFICATION AND FM DIAMOND. 9.APPROVED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE G.C. AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. 10.ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RESISTIVE FLOOR OR SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL STANDARDS FOR THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING DETAILS WHICH SHOW COMPLETE CONFORMANCE TO THE UL LISTING TO THE ARCHITECT. SUCH DRAWINGS SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO ANY CITY INSPECTOR. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE SPECIFIC FOR EACH PENETRATION WITH ALL VARIABLES DEFINED. 11.ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS AT DRYWALL PARTITIONS AND FURRINGS TO HAVE METAL CORNER BEADS - SPACKLE AND SAND SMOOTH. 12.THE CONTRACTOR IS TO REPLACE ANY FIREPROOFING REMOVED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION. 13.ACCESS PANELS IN WALL FOR PLUMBING, MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL ACCESS TO BE FLUSH FRAMELESS GYP. BD. PANELS. (SEE DETAILS ON SHEET A105) 14.PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ALL DOORS, GLAZING HEADS AND JAMBS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE ASSEMBLY RIGID. 15.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING INTEGRITY OF RATED PARTITIONS & STRUCTURE PARTICULARLY WHERE PENETRATED BY VARIOUS TRADES AND SERVICES. 16.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FINAL CLEAN UP OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FLOORS, MILLWORK, FIXTURES, ETC. FOLLOWING THE INSTALLATION OF THE MILLWORK. 17.G.C. SHALL SUPPLY & INSTALL PROPER AND ADEQUATE WOOD BLOCKING TO SUPPORT ALL OWNER SUPPLIED AND MWC APPLIED & INSTALLED ITEMS FOR FIRM AND SECURE INSTALLATION ON WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC. GC SHALL COORDINATE WITH MWC FOR REQUIRED LOCATIONS AND ADEQUACY OF BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS AND PROVIDE ALL SUCH BLOCKING PRIOR TO CLOSING UP ANY AND ALL WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC. IF REQUIRED BY CODE AND LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL, SUCH BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TO MEET SUCH REQUIREMENT. 18.TENANTS ARE PROHIBITED FROM ALLOWING MUSIC OR OTHER SOUNDS TO ELIMINATE FROM THEIR SPACE INTO THE MALL COMMON AREA OR TO ADJACENT TENANT SPACES. TENANTS WHO GENERATE MODERATE OR HIGH SOUND LEVELS (GREATER THAN 40 DECIBELS) OR AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, SHALL INSULATE THEIR DEMISING WALLS AND CEILINGS AGAINST SOUND TRANSMISSION. INSTALLATION METHODS MUST BE THOROUGHLY DETAILED ON TENANT'S PLAN AND ARE SUBJECT TO LANDLORD'S APPROVAL. TENANTS SHALL NOT LOCATE OR DIRECT SPEAKERS OR ANY NOISE GENERATING DEVICES WITHIN 15' OF ANY STOREFRONT. 19.IT IS THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INCORPORATE ALL APPLICABLE LANDLORD DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA PER THE LEASE AND DESIGN MANUAL INTO THE PLANS. THIS CRITERIA WILL BE ENFORCED ON THE JOB WITHOUT EXCEPTION. 20.DEMISING PARTITIONS MUST BE OF FIRECODE "X" SHEET ROCK, TAPED AND SEALED AIRTIGHT TO DECK ABOVE. 21.TENANT STOREFRONT MUST BE SELF-SUPPORTED. STOREFRONT CANNOT BE SUSPENDED FROM MALL SOFFIT. 22.SUSPENSION OF ANY LOAD FROM THE BAR JOISTS WILL REQUIRE LANDLORD'S FIELD APPROVAL. NOTHING MAY BE ATTACHED TO THE OVERHEAD METAL DECKING. 23.ALL DEMISING WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS MUST BE SLEEVED AND SEALED LIQUID TIGHT. 24.G.C. TO PROVIDE FLOOR DRAIN WITH CLEANOUT AND EXHAUST FAN IN TOILET & SINK AREAS. 25.ONLY FIRE RETARDANT WOOD IS PERMITTED. THIS INCLUDES BACKING. 26. (R) DESIGNATES EXISTING ITEMS TO BE RELOCATED. A-101 GENERAL NOTES ALL WET AREAS PROVIDE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE 12" ABOVE FFE AT ALL WALLS. FLOOD TEST IS REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED FOR 2 HRS. PHOTOS AND VIDEO REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED IN FINAL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS. SCHEDULE ONSITE FIELD VERIFICATION WITH TC TENANT LEASE LINE, V.I.F. NEW STOREFRONT SURFACE MOUNTED SIGN. G.C. TO RELOCATE EXISTING CASHWRAP POWER AS REQUIRED, RUN WIRING THROUGH WALL PARTITION. COORDINATE W/ SHOP DRAWINGS & A/V/IT VENDOR FOR REQUIREMENTS & DETAILS. LINE OF CUSTOM BACKWRAP FOR REFERENCE. SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR DETAILS. PATCH, REPAIR AND REPAIR FLOOR IN PLACE OF REMOVED WOOD FLOOR TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH, INSTALL NEW FINISH REFER TO FINISH PLAN G.C. TO PROVIDE BLOCKING WITHIN WALL CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED FOR FIXTURES. SEE FIXTURE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AT DEMISING WALL. EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PATCH, REPAIR AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES. G.C. TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED. LOCATION OF DEMONSTRATION TABLE WINDOW TABLE. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN FOR MORE INFO. FIXTURES SUPPLIED BY MWC AND INSTALLED BY G.C. RELOCATE LIGHT SWITCH, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAIWINGS FOR MORE INFO. NEW PARTITION WALL BY G.C. REFER TO WALL PARTITIONS FOR MORE INFO. NEW RECESSED LIGHT BOX , MODIFIED WALL STRUCTURE TO ACCOMMODATED THE NEW LIGHT BOX SIZE AND COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH VENDOR. EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN AND RECEIVE NEW FINISH, REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A-101 NEW SALES AREA DEMONSTRATION SINK - DASHED LINE INDICATES AREA WHERE G.C TO PROVIDE WATERPROOFING AT SINK. WATERPROOFING MUST EXTEND 18" MINIMUM BEYOND CABINET IN ALL DIRECTIONS. G.C. TO COORDINATE SPECIFIC MALL REQUIREMENTS FOR WATERPROOFING & WATER TEST W/ ON SITE OPERATION MANAGER. G.C. TO ANCHOR BASE TO FLOOR. COORDINATE ANCHORING W/ MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS. PLUMBING STUB INS TO SIT UNDER HATCHED/REAR AREA OF FIXTURE. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS & 3/A401. RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT SENSOR AS REQUIRED INSTALL NEW HVAC UNIT, REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. RELOCATE EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSTALL NEW 12"X36" SHELVING UNIT IN THE BOH INFILL WALL IN PLACE OF REMOVED RECESSED TV, PREPARE WALL TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH. G.C. TO TILE TREE TABLE FIXTURE BASE ON SITE. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 NEW WORK KEY NOTES DESCRIPTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION / DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER PARTITION TYPE, SEE DETAILS, SHEET A004 SEE ROOM SCHEDULE ROOM NAME, ROOM NUMBER 2A EXISTING PARTITIONS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A003) 3 A005 2 A005 3 A005 X X X HC FTG RM 105 SYMBOL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) SYMBOL LEGEND LEASE LINE (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW PARTITIONS WALL WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS NOTE: 1.ALL STUDS TO BE DIETRICH 'PRO STUD' (ICC#-ER0171 OR EQUIVALENT) 2.REFER TO A004 FOR PARTITION TYPES AND FRAMING DETAILS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 NEW WORK PLAN NEW WORK PLAN SCALE:1-1/2" = 1'-0"4 NEW PARTITION DETAIL PLAN TRUE NORTH N SCALE:1-1/2" = 1'-0"2 COLUMN DETAIL NOTE: DO NOT FASTEN TO ROOF/FLOOR DECK ABOVE. FASTEN TO THE TOP CORD OF THE BAR JOIST ONLY NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY ALL DIMENTIONS IN FIELD. SCALE:1-1/2" = 1'-0"3 DETAIL SCALE:1-1/2" = 1'-0"5 DETAIL SCALE:1-1/2" = 1'-0"6 DETAIL Date:04.29.2025 A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 55'-111 2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 2 2 ' - 0 " LE A S E L I N E T O L E A S E L I N E ADJACENT TENANT EM1 SP SP EM 1 A(E)A(E)A(E)A(E)A(E) B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B ADJACENT TENANT MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSENOT IN SCOPE 44'-11" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE E(F4/EM) E(F4/EM)E(F4) E(F4)E(F4) R R R R R R (R ) E X 1 (E)EX1 101STOCK ROOM 100SALES AREA A(N)A(N)A(N) A(N) A(N) A(N) 102TOILETROOM 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3'-4"4'-6"4'-6" EQ . EQ . 4'- 9 " 4'- 1 0 " 4'- 1 0 " EQ. EQ. 3'- 0 " 5 6 6 6 11'-0" A.F.F.ACT 13'-0" A.F.F.GYP. BD.8'-0" A.F.F.EXISTING 4 4 8 7 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-102 1.EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO BE INSTALLED ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 2. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO SUBMIT PLANS FOR MODIFICATION OF THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW TENANT SPACE. G.C. MUST USE L.L. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR FOR ALTERATIONS. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE LANDLORD/OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. 3.ALL FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN ACOUSTIC CEILING AREA SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE CENTER OF 2'-0" X 4'-0" CEILING GRID, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4.ALL FINISHING AND PAINTING REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE FINISHES SCHEDULE, SPECIFICATIONS, AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 5.ALL LIGHT FIXTURES INCLUDING EXIT LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, ETC., SHALL BE FURNISHED BY L'OCCITANE, INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER. 6.CONTRACTOR TO USE LASER FOR LEVELING OF ALL SOFFITS, CEILINGS AND SUSPENDED GRIDS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IF SERVICE PROVIDED IS ADEQUATE. IF NOT, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 7.ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR U.L. LABELS. 8.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE AN IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE ON TENANT'S MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION PANEL. NAMEPLATE MUST BE 1/8" THICK PLASTIC, BLACK ON WHITE ETCHED TO LEAVE WHITE LETTERS. THE SIZE SHALL BE ONE INCH HIGH BY REQUIRED LENGTH, WITH TENANT'S SPACE NUMBER ENGRAVED ON IT. PERMANENTLY AFFIX TO DISTRIBUTION PANEL. 9. ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS SCHEDULES TO BE TYPED AND LABELED WITH EACH CIRCUIT AND PLACED IN PANEL IN LAMINATED. 10.ALL FIRE DAMPERS MUST BE IDENTIFIED BY A STICKER INSTALLED ON CEILING BELOW. DUCT FIRE DAMPER MUST BE INSTALLED WITH A BREAKAWAY CONNECTION. PLENUM CANNOT CONTAIN ANY COMBUSTIBLES. 11.TAPER ANY CEILING TILE EDGE THAT IS CUT TO FIT INTO THE CEILING GRID. 12.IF REQUIRED, ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE TENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES #P231 13.SEE SEISMIC BRACING / SUPPORT DETAILS ON FRAMING/SEISMIC DETAIL SHEET IF REQUIRED BY BUILDING DEPARTMENT. NOTE: SPRINKLER SYSTEM & FIRE ALARM WORK GC TO MAINTAIN A VIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM DURING CONSTRUCTION. GC TO COORDINATE DESIGN, PLAN CHECK AND MODIFICATION OF EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. ALL OF TENANT'S FIRE ALARM & FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM WILL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD'S FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. TENANT'S G.C. IS REQUIRED TO USE L.L.'S CONTRACTORS AT TENANT G.C.'S EXPENSE, G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH MALL OPERATIONS DIRECTOR. ALL SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS AND PERMITS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GC. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE SUBMITTED FOR ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO LL REVIEW AND APPROVAL. NOTE: SPEAKERS PROVIDE POWER AND WIRING TO SPEAKER RUNS TO STOCK ROOM. SPEAKER LAYOUT, QUANTITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS AS DETERMINED BY AUDIO CONSULTANT SHALL BE CO-ORDINATED WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT. NOTE: NIGHT LIGHTS & EMERGENCY LIGHTS PROVIDE SEPARATE CIRCUITS FOR NIGHT LIGHTS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS WHERE THERE ARE MORE THAN THREE CIRCUITS IN THE SPACE. PROVIDE BACK OF HOUSE LIGHTS ON AT LEAST 2 DIFFERENT CIRCUITS FOR CONTROLLABILITY. NOTE: ACCESS PANELS G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ACCESS PANELS THROUGHOUT THE LEASED PREMISES. G.C. SHALL AT MINIMUM PROVIDE 24” X 24” FLUSH MOUNT ACCESS PANELS IN THE CEILING WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES AT DAMPERS, HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE IN ORDER TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT. NOTE: SUSPENDED CEILING ALL CEILINGS SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM PURLINS, BAR JOISTS, BEAMS AND/OR FLOOR DECKING. NO ATTACHMENT TO ROOF DECKING WILL BE PERMITTED. MAINTAIN A FIRE-RESISTANT FLOOR/CEILING PER BUILDING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BETWEEN UPPER LEVEL AND LOWER LEVEL WITHIN THEIR PREMISES. GFRG ACCESS PANEL (SALES AREA)WIND - LOCK EXISTING - TYPESYMBOL MANUF.MODEL #LAMP QTY. RECESSED EXIT SIGN EXISTING -- -AUDIO SPEAKER EXISTINGTRAFFIC COUNTER - G.C RESPONSIBILITY EM EXISTING -- - F4 EXISTING --6 2/32W 4FT DECOR FLUORESCENT WALL/CLG. FIXTURE ELB UNIV - CEILING MATERIALXX'-XX" A.F.F (E) GWB-P6 ROOM NAME ROOM #KEY: TENANT LEASE LINE, V.I.F. REPLACE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE AT THE ENTRY SOFFIT WITH NEW WHITE FINISH, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, SPEAKERS, SPRINKLERS, SECURITY CAMERAS, ETC. TO REMAIN. GC TO PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF DEMO AND CONSTRUCTION. REPLACE EXISTING ACCESS PANELS AT THE ENTRY SOFIT WITH NEW GFRG TAPLESS ACCESS PANEL. REPLACE EXISTING YELLOW SPRINKLE HEAD CAP AT THE BOTTOM OF THE ENTRY STOREFRONT SOFFIT WITH NEW WHITE FINISH. G.C. TO INSTALL NEW L'OCCITANE SIGN, PROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO. (SIGN MUST BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL FOR LANDLORD APPROVAL PRIOR TO MANUFACTURING AND INSTALLATION.) INSTALL NEW GYP. BD. AT THE BOTTOM OF ENTRY SOFFIT AS SHOWN HATCHED, REFER TO A-301 RELOCATE EXISTING EXIST SIGN , REFER TO ELECTRICAL. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 E = EXISTING R = RELOCATED REFLECTED CEILING KEY NOTES RCP NOTES GENERAL NOTES CEILING SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION / DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER PARTITION TYPE, SEE DETAILS, SHEET A004 SEE ROOM SCHEDULE ROOM NAME, ROOM NUMBER 2A EXISTING PARTITIONS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A003) 3 A005 2 A005 3 A005 X X X HC FTG RM 105 SYMBOL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) SYMBOL LEGEND LEASE LINE (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 2 2 1 - - CEILING HEIGHT SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TRUE NORTH N EX1 SP A GENERAL AMBIENT / ACCENT RECESSED LIGHT LUCENT -L'OCCITANE6 -- -- - B EXISTING --5 200-XIC-TL/TR-XTM-1300-XX-43-5 GENERAL AMBIENT RETRACTABLE / ROTATING RECESSED LED LIGHT 194-710-10 MEDUIM BEAM WHITE TRIM TR-AP018 (18"X18") ROUGH OPN'G = 24"X24" B TRACK MOUNTED LED HORENT FIXTURE EXISTING -55-- R PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING -6-- EMERGENCY LIGHT DUAL HEAD, RECESSED, CONCEALED L3 ARCH LIGHTNING LUMINI COORDINATE W MILLWORK SHOP DWGS LL FLEX 18-30K-24 VDC LED L'OCCITANE Date:04.29.2025 A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 55'-111 2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 2 2 ' - 0 " LE A S E L I N E T O L E A S E L I N E ADJACENT TENANT LC K R S 15 " x 4 8 " 15"x48"15"x36"15"x36"15"x36" 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " ADJACENT TENANT MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE J J J J J E E E E E E E NOT IN SCOPE 44'-11" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE J E J E T.C $ S 83" 12 " x 3 6 " ( N ) 12 " x 3 6 " ( N ) 101STOCK ROOM 100SALES AREA J 102TOILETROOM 1 11 1 1 1 2 12 3 4 4 5 5 55 5 7 10 11 8 8 6 12 2 122 122 4 9 POWER PLAN A-103 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 POWER PLAN 1.ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS DIMENSIONED ON THIS PLAN. ANY DISCREPANCIES AS TO LOCATION BETWEEN PLAN AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE CLARIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 2.ALL ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE ELECTRICAL CODE, NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS, PUBLIC UTILITIES COMPANY, TELEPHONE COMPANY, AND ALL OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3.ALL NEW ELECTRICAL OR TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE RECESSED MOUNTED. THERE SHALL BE NO NEW SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT OR OUTLETS. 4.IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. G.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED. 5.ALL WIRING INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE TESTED FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS, SHORT CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS PRIOR TO TURNING OVER THE WORK AS A COMPLETE UNIT. 6.G.C. TO REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR IT/TELECOM LINE DIAGRAM. 7.SEE COLOR REFERENCE NOTE ON PLAN FOR OUTLET COVER PLATE SPECIFICATION INFORMATION. 8.ALL EXISTING OUTLETS TO REMAIN SHALL BE REPLACED WITH 'DECORA' STYLE COVERPLATES AND 'DECORA' TYPE DEVICE, IF REQUIRED. SEE NOTE #7 ABOVE REGARDING COLOR. 9.THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING, OUTLET INSTALLATION, AND CONNECTION OF POWER FEED OUTLET BOX AT ALL LOCATIONS. 10.EXACT LOCATION FOR CORE DRILL POWER FEEDS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO CORING. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT & LL PRIOR TO CORE DRILLING. PERMITTED TO TRENCH, SLAB ON GRADE. 11.ALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 2(TWO) PULL STRINGS BACK TO THE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. 12.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF ALL CHASES IN FLOOR,WALLS AND CEILING AS REQUIRED. 13.ALL SURFACES WITH EXISTING OUTLETS TO BE REMOVED, SHALL BE PATCHED FLUSH WITH ADJACENT WALL SURFACES. 14.EXCEPT WHERE NOTED, ALL ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, AND DATA OUTLETS ARE TO BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY 18" A.F.F. 15.CENTERLINE TO CENTERLINE DIMENSIONS OF ANY OUTLET PAIR OR GROUP SHALL NOT EXCEED 6". 16.PROVIDE MINIMUM 10% SPARE CIRCUITS IN EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. PANEL IN LIKE NEW/GOOD WORKING ORDER. PROVIDE BREAKER LOCKOUTS FOR A.C. UNITS AND SEPARATE CIRCUIT OUTLETS AT TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. 17.TELEPHONE PANEL TO BE MOUNTED ON A 18" X 24" PTD. PLYWOOD SHEET MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. W/ AN OUTLET MOUNTED AT 60" A.F.F. 18.LL PANELS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS IN PANELS SHALL BE LABELED IN A CLEAR LEGIBLE MANNER. 19.ALL WORK MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE GUARANTED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. NOTE: ELECTRICAL OUTLETS & WALL PLATES COLOR REF. ALL NEW ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND WALL PLATES IN SALES AREA SHALL BE LUTRON 'DECORA' STYLE W/ 'DESIGNER' COLOR WALL PLATES; - AT TYP. SALES AREA WALLS - SW (SNOW, SATIN FIN.)ALL NEW ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND WALL PLATES IN STOCKROOM AREA SHALL BE WHITE. GC MUST CONFIRM COLOR SPECS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING COVER PLATES. NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY LOSS PREVENTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS W/ P.M. GC TO COORDINATE ONSITE AS NECESSARY. (E) EXISTING (N) NEW (R) RELOCATED NOTE: LOW VOLTAGE TELECOM SYSTEM G.C. TO RUN LINES FROM THE SPECIFIED NETWORK JACK LOCATIONS TO THE I.T. CABINET TELE/DATA PATCH PANEL IN THE STOCK ROOM (TYP). TERMINATION PROVIDED BY L'OCCITANE VENDOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR ADD'L DETAILS SYMBOL LEGEND NOTE: ELECTRICAL OUTLETS & WALL PLATES COLOR REF. ALL NEW ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND WALL PLATES IN SALES AREA SHALL BE LUTRON 'DECORA' STYLE W/ 'DESIGNER' COLOR WALL PLATES; -AT TYP. P-1 SALES AREA WALLS - (CUSTOM COLOR- P-4) PROVIDED BY L'OCCITANE, INSTALLED BY G.C. -AT WT-1 SALES AREA TILED WALLS - BR (BROWN, ARCHITECTURAL MATTE , FIN.) -AT TYP. P-6 GWB CEILING - SW (SNOW, SATIN, FIN.) ALL NEW ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND WALL PLATES IN STOCKROOM AREA SHALL BE WHITE G.C. MUST CONFIRM COLOR SPECS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING COVER PLATES. NOTE: CUSTOM COLOR OUTLETS P-4 P-4 CUSTOM OUTLETS PROVIDED BY L'OCCITANE, INSTALLED BY G.C. TOTAL P-4 COUNT:8 T J V A SS F.A. $ GFI SYMBOL B S WAP ST SYMBOL THERMOSTAT JUNCTION BOX ALARM KEYBOARD FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION LOCATED AS PER CODE AFF FIRE ALARM STROBE/SPEAKER SIGNAL DEVICE LOCATED AS PER CODE AFF DATA CABLES/FAX LINE RECEPTACLE DOUBLE JACK TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE POWER PANEL LOCATED AS PER CODE AFF VOLUME CONTROL COMBINATION VOICE/DATA OUTLET/RECEPTACLE GROUNDED 15 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT INDICATOR 15 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ISOLATED GROUND 15 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (ORANGE) - DEDICATED OUTLET GROUNDED 15 AMP DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUNDED 15 AMP QUAD MTD. IN CLG. - FLUSH MTD. LIGHT SWITCH REMARKS GROUNDED 15 AMP DUPLEX MTD. IN CLG. - FLUSH MTD. DOOR CHIME AT CEILING @ STOCKROOM & CASHWRAP FIXTURE PUSH BUTTON FOR STOCK ROOM DOOR GROUNDED 15 AMP DUPLEX FLOOR RECESSED- FLUSH MTD. GROUNDED 15 AMP DUPLEX FLOOR RECESSED-CLOCK STYLE. (DISPLAY PODIUM FIXTURES) TEMPERATURE SENSOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT TRAFFIC CONTROL SEE MECH. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING LOCATED IN REST ROOM SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING, ARNEV PRODUCTS RECESSED FLUSH MOUNT BOX: AP-1102-58 (RECTANGULAR- DOUBLE FOR CONCRETE FLOORS) W/ AP-6304-DP BRASS COVER PLATE FSR - FL-200 FLOOR BOX W/ BRASS COVER. GC TO VERIFY (E) SLAB CONDITION & SELECT BOX DEPTH ACCORDINGLY. BOX MUST FIT OUTLET(S) AND FIXTURE TRANSFORMERS. SEE MECH. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING TENANT LEASE LINE, V.I.F. 'J' BOX FOR STOREFRONT SIGNAGE TO REMAIN. TRAFFIC COUNTER TO REMAIN. EXISTING POWER FOR LIGHT BOX TO REMAIN AND MODIFIED AS REQUIRED. DASHED LINE OF SHELVING ABOVE. OUTLET ON WALL FOR LIGHTBOX, TRANSFORMER (IF REQUIRED) TO BE LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE SPACE BEHIND. G.C. TO PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL LOCATE TO ALLOW FOR AIR CIRCULATION. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, HEIGHT AS PER MANUFACTURE'S SPECIFICATION. THERMOSTAT(S) AND SENSOR(S) TO BE RE-LOCATED AS REQUIRED, G.C. TO ENSURE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. REFER TO MEP FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (TYP). RELOCATE CASHWRAP POWER AND OUTLET FOR NEW POS SYSTEM PER NEW LAYOUT. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PROVIDE JBOX FOR INSTA HOT WATER HEATER AT SINK. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS + SINK SHOP DRAIWING FOR MORE INFO. RELOCATE MAIN LIGHT SWITCH. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO. NOTE: ALL SIGNAGE AND DISPLAY WINDOW LIGHTING SHALL BE ILLUMINATED DURING MALL HOURS AND CONTROLLED BY SEPARATE TIME CLOCK. REFER TO STOREFRONT & ELECTRICAL DWG'S FOR FURTHER DETAILS. G.C. TO VERIFY WITH L'OCCITANE PM & MALL OPERATIONS IF STOREFRONT SIGNAGE & WINDOW DISPLAY LIGHTING IS TO BE WIRED TO NEW DEDICATED CIRCUIT/TIMER. GC TO PROVIDE NEW POWER AT CIRCUIT. NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY LOSS PREVENTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS W/ P.M. G.C. TO COORDINATE ONSITE AS NECESSARY. NOTE: LOW VOLTAGED DATA TELECOM SYSTEM G.C. TO RUN LINES FROM THE SPECIFIED NETWORK JACK LOCATIONS TO THE I.T. CABINET TELE/DATA PATCH PANEL IN THE STOCK ROOM (TYP). TERMINATION PROVIDED BY L'OCCITANE VENDOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWG'S FOR ADD'L DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 POWER PLAN KEY NOTES DESCRIPTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION / DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 2A NEW DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A003) 3 A005 2 A005 3 A005 X X X SYMBOL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) SYMBOL LEGEND LEASE LINE (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) PARTITION TYPE, SEE DETAILS, SHEET A004 EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR WIRING ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER, SEE ROOM SCHEDULEHC FTG RM 105 NEW PARTITIONS WALL AREA OF TRENCH IN TOPPING (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING FIRE RATED MALL CHASE TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) TRUE NORTH N POWER/SIGNAL PLAN NOTES Date:04.29.2025 STANDARD UNIT LOWER PART 11 L'OC DC GC 55TS4SHELVES 4 SHELVES 11 L'OC DC GC RESTANQUE UNIT: UPPER PART 4 L'OC DC GC RESTANQUE UNIT: LOWER PART 4 L'OC DC GC CUSTOM BENCH 0 L'OC DC GC CASH DESK MODULE 1 0 L'OC DC GC CASH DESK MODULE 2 0 L'OC DC GC CUSTOM SINK 1 L'OC DC GC KENDU LIGHT BOX 1 2018_ DWR_ STOOL BIANCO OAK 1 L'OC DC GC POS UNIT 3 L'OC DC GC LIBRARY UNIT 2 L'OC MW GC BACK OF CASHIER UNIT PLANTER 0 L'OC DC GC LOW STONE PODIUM 0 L'OC DC GC STONE PODIUM 0 L'OC DC GC BACK OF CASHIER UNIT GARDENER 0 L'OC DC GC 3 VARIES HEIGHT WOOD PODIUMS 1 L'OC DC GC REFILL UNIT A-402 0 L'OC DC GC TREE TABLE 1 L'OC DC GC WINDOW TABLE 2 L'OC DC GC BRAND HAND CREAM 0 L'OC DC GC ANIMATION TABLE 2 L'OC DC GC GIFT WRAPPING CABINET 2 L'OC DC GC BENCH 1 L'OC DC GC WINDOW HANGING LIGHTBOX4 0 L'OC DC GC 933173 2'-6X3'-4' COCOA MAT W/L'OCCI 0 *L'OC DC GC HAND CREAM DISPLAY CUSTOM + 20 HAND CREAM RACKS 1 L'OC DC GC SYMBOL FIXTURE SKU #DESCRIPTION DETAIL REF.QTY.FURNISH INSTAL L A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 55'-111 2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 2 2 ' - 0 " LE A S E L I N E T O L E A S E L I N E ADJACENT TENANT LC K R S 15 " x 4 8 " 15"x48"15"x36"15"x36"15"x36" 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " 15 " x 3 6 " MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSENOT IN SCOPE 44'-11" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 12 " x 3 6 " ( N ) 101STOCK ROOM 100SALES AREA102TOILETROOM 30 " x 4 8 " C L E A R A N C E 30"x 4 8 " C L E A R A N C E 1 21 22 22 1 1 1 3 3 5 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 213A33A33A33A3 4 23 26 200 16 19 19 1 2 1 2 18 21 21 9 2 10 10 10 11 11 7 8 6 -STOCK SHELVING (SEE PLAN/ELEV'S FOR SIZES)1 GC GC SYMBOL FIXTURE SKU #DESCRIPTION DETAIL REF.QTY.FURNISH INSTAL L FIXTURE PLAN A-104 FIXTURE SCHEDULE FIXTURE PLAN KEY NOTE LEASELINE CUSTOM SINK TABLE TO BE INSTALLED IN THIS LOCATION. COORDINATE W/ MWK SHOP DRAWINGS. NO VISIBLE ANCHORS. PROVIDED BY L'OCCITANE + INSTALLED BY GC. NEW WIDE LIGHT BOX, PROVIDED BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. LOCATION OF KENDU LIGHTBOX. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFO. KENDU LIGHT BOX PROVIDED BY VENDOR + INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO ELEC. + INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFO. NEW KENDUE STRETCHED FABRIC LIGHT BOX, PROVIDED BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. MIRROR AND GLASS SHELVES TO BE PROVIDED BY MILLWORKER AND INSTALL BY G.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 * L'OC DC - L'OCCITANE DISTRIBUTION CENTER 1.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AS TO ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. 2.GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. GC MUST PATCH AND REPAIR AT DEMISING WALL TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. 3.ALL WOODWORK ATTACHED TO THE PREMISES, BLOCKING, GROUNDS ETC., SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT AND COMPLY WITH THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND GOVERNING BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4.ALL MILLWORK IS TO CONFORM TO A.W.I. PREMIUM STANDARDS. 5.ALL WOOD FIXTURES SHALL BE KILN-DRIED, MILL QUALITY FINISH AND ALL WOOD SHALL RECEIVE A FIRE RETARDANT COATING OR TREATMENT AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 6.ALL CABINET AND DRAWER INTERIORS TO BE CLEAR MAPLE LACQUERED PLYWOOD VENEER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7.ALL FINISHED VENEERED WOOD SHALL BE FREE FROM KNOTS, SHAKES AND OTHER DEFECTS AFFECTING EITHER DURABILITY OR APPEARANCE, & SHALL BE CAREFULLY SELECTED FOR GRAIN & COLOR FOR MARKED VARIATIONS AT JOINTS BETWEEN VENEERS. 8.MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND PROVIDE CONCEALED GROUNDS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CUTOUTS IN FIELD FOR OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 9.ALL MILLWORK HARDWARE TO BE FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR U.O.N. 10.MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH & INSTALL RUBBER BUMPERS ON ALL DOORS AND DRAWERS. 11.MILLWORK CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH FIXTURE SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT & PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. SEE GENERAL NOTES ON COVER SHEET AND AS03. 12.NO FIELD FINISHING OTHER THAN MINOR TOUCH-UPS OF MILLWORK WILL BE PERMITTED. 13.MILLWORK IS TO BE FURNISHED UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT BY TENANT U.O.N. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE SCHEDULING WITH MILLWORKER, ACCEPT FIXTURE DELIVERY AT SITE & CONFIRM FIXTURE COUNT AGAINST PLAN. 14.GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. GC MUST PATCH AND REPAIR AT DEMISING WALL TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. 15.GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL ALL FIXTURES U.O.N. 16.GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN STORE AT TURN OVER AND PRIOR TO OPENING OF SPACE. 17.GC SHALL PROVIDE 5 LB FIRE EXTINGUISHER TYPE "ABC" ALL-PURPOSE CHEMICAL IN ACCORDANCE TO LATEST ADDITION OF NFPA 10 FOR SPRINKLER BUILDING. INSPECTED AND TAGGED ANNUALLY BY A LICENSING AGENCY. 18.ALL FIXTURES MUST BE FASTENED TOGETHER BY GC. BASE SECTIONS - GC TO REMOVE TOP DRAWER, SCREW FIXTURES TOGETHER THROUGH THE SIDE, AND LEVEL BOTTOM OF FIXTURES WITH LEVELERS. UPPER SECTIONS - GC TO SCREW TOGETHER AT INCONSPICUOUS LOCATIONS. ALL FASTENINGS MUST BE HIDDEN FROM SALES AREA FIXTURE PLAN GENERAL NOTES WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 FIXTURE PLAN DESCRIPTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION / DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER PARTITION TYPE, SEE DETAILS, SHEET A0042A EXISTING PARTITIONS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A003) 3 A005 2 A005 3 A005 X X X SYMBOL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) SYMBOL LEGEND LEASE LINE (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW PARTITIONS WALL ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER, SEE ROOM SCHEDULEHC FTG RM 105 AREA OF TRENCH IN TOPPING (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING FIRE RATED MALL CHASE TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) TRUE NORTH N STOCK & STAFF ROOM SCHEDULE Date:04.29.2025 1 A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 55'-111 2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 2 2 ' - 0 " LE A S E L I N E T O L E A S E L I N E ADJACENT TENANT MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSENOT IN SCOPE 44'-11" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 101STOCK ROOM 100SALES AREA102TOILETROOM 1 1 1 3 3 5 CT2 P2 P2 P2P2WD1 WD1 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 CT 2 P2 CT2 CT-3 P2 ST1 ST1 ST1ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 T4 ST1 ST1 ST1 T4 EX. ST1 ST1 SOFFIT P2 ST1 SOFFIT P2 ST1 SOFFIT EX/ P-2ES EX. EX.EX. / VB1 ST-1/P-2/CT-2 U.O.N.P-6 T-4 WB-1 66 P2 ST1 5 2 2 3 CT2 CT2 8 8 8 4 4 7 7 4 4 4 2 P7 7 7 CT2 ALL SIDES -P-6 T-4 - ENTRY 000 KEY DESCRIPTION NOTES FLAME SPREAD LOCATION RESPONSIBILITY WALL BASE WB-1 1/2" x 4" WALL BASE - MATCH: EUROPEAN WHITE OAK, MADERA TRADE - BROOKLYN 'GRAND ARMY'; SQUARE EDGE GC TO PROVIDE SAMPLE AS SPEC'D, ALL CORNERS TO BE MITERED GC TO RUN BASE BEHIND FIXTURES, TYP. SEE DETAIL 4/A105 SALES AREA FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. VB-1 ARMSTRONG 4" H VINYL BASE, COLOR - #46 CONCH NOT IN PUBLIC VIEW STOCKROOM FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. WALL FINISHES P-2 BENJAMIN MOORE - "PALE ALMOND" OC-2 LATEX PAINT GET ST-1 CALIFORNIA KNOCKDOWN FINISH STOCK ROOM FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. P-6 BENJAMIN MOORE - "DECORATOR'S WHITE" LATEX PAINT REFER TO FINISH PLAN, USED AS WALL COVERING WALL PREP.SALES AREA / BOH / RESTROOM FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. P-7 BENJAMIN MOORE - #200 WESTMINISTER GOLD ' LATEX PAINT - EGGSHELL FINISH (MATCH EXISTING)FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING STOCKROOM FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. ST-1 PRE-MIXED STUCCO, PAINTED W/ FLAT FINISH. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR PAINT DESIGNATIONS.CALIFORNIA KNOCKDOWN AS ALTERNATE SALES AREA FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. CT-2 CARRELAGE TIMELESS MARFIL NATURALE REF 746802. L'OCCITANE TILE 11 5/8" X 23 5/8" X 3/8". TILE TO BE LAID PER STOREFRONT ELEVATION CUT-IN FIELD AS REQUIRED. SET TILES USING BOSTIK "TILE MATE" (GRAY-760) OR OTHER THIN SET MORTAR COMPLYING W/ ANSI A1181. GROUT JOINTS SHALL BE 1/8"MAX. IN LATICRETE 39 MUSHROOM & SEALED W/ MP90 ECO PLUS, MAT FINISH, G.C. TO TREAT ON SITE. PROVIDE 3/8" CONTINUOUS EXPANSION JOINT AGAINST DEMISING WALLS AND INTERIOR PARTITIONS. CAULK EXPANSION JOINT WITH LIGHT GRAY LATEX AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE TILING STARTING POINTS WITH LOCATION OF ENTRANCE DOORS SEE FINISH PLAN. G.C TO GROUT AT DIVINE WALL UNIT SEE A105 FOR MORE INFO. SALES AREA WALL TILE FURNISHED BY L'OCCITANE, INSTALLED BY GC. GC TO PROVIDE ADHESIVE, GROUT AND SEALER (TYP). CT-3 TILES OF LUCCA, HANDMADE MOROCCAN ZELLIGE 2X6 COTTON WHITE PLINTHE TERRACOTTA TILE. MB-LI-811P SALES AREA FURNISHED BY L'OCCITANE & INSTALLED BY GC CT-4 TILES OF LUCCA, FLUTED BEIGE LIMESTONE HONED MOSAIC TILE, MB-LI-106F LATRICRETE 39 MUSHROOM GROUT SALES AREA FURNISHED BY L'OCCITANE & INSTALLED BY GC WD-1 WHITE OAK WOOD FINISH TO MATCH STANDARD 'TRUE STORIES CONCEPT' FIXTURES TO MATCH L'OCCITANE STANDARD 'TRUE STORIES' CONCEPT FIXTURES SALES AREA FIXTURES FURNISHED BY L'OCCITANE & INSTALLED BY GC MT-1 METAL - BRUSHED BRASS FIXTURES FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY GC FLOORING T-4 CERDOMUS - OSTUNI MULTIFORMAT, COLOR AVORIO, ARRANGED IN A VERSAILLES PATTERN, OSUTNI USES A MIX OF 8"X8" , 8"X16" , 16"X16" AND 16" X 24" TILES TO CREATE A VERSAILLES PATTERN. GROUT JOINT SHALL BE 1/8" MAXIMUM IN LATICRETE 39 MASHROOM & SEALED WITH MP90 ECO PLUS, MAT FINISH SALES AREA TILE FURNISHED BY L'OCCITANE, INSTALLED BY GC. GC. TO PROVIDE ADHESIVE, GROUT AND SEALER (TYP) STOREFRONT MT-3 CLADDING COLOR TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE- SUNSHINE 2021-30 STOREFRONT FURNISHED AND INSTALL BY GC STUCCO FLAT, U.O.N. WOOD BASEDOORS (MTL)SEMI-GLOSS, U.O.N. GWB- WALLS EGGSHELL, U.O.N. GWB- CLG FLAT, U.O.N. FINISH KEY: M = MATTE G = GLOSSY SG = SEMI-GLOSSE = EGGSHELL F = FLAT NOTE: 312" 12" FINISHES ALL PAINTS, STAINS, LACQUERS AND SEALANTS ARE TO BE LOW OR ZERO V.O.C. CONTENT TO MEET GS11 GREEN SEAL STANDARDS. WATER CLOSETS/WET AREAS: TENANTS G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL THE FOLLOWING: - CEMENT BOARD FROM FLOOR TO 4'-0" AFF IN ALL WET AREAS; - WATERPROOF MEMBRANE ON THE FLOOR, RETURNING 4" HIGH UP BASE; - FLOOR DRAIN IN ALL PREMISES ON UPPER LEVEL (2ND FLOOR) GWB. SEE ELEVATION AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFO. THIN BEAD OF CAULK BETWEEN BASE AND STUCCO FINISH FOR CLEAN EDGE BASE AT SALES FLOOR, SEE ELEVATION AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFO EXPANSION JOINT BETWEEN WALL AND FLOOR TILE SHALL BE CONCEALED BY BASE AND SHOULD NOT BE VISIBLE FLOOR FINISH AS SCHEDULED 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT FINISH PLAN & DETAILS A-105 TENANT LEASE LINE, V.I.F. BOH & RESTROOM FINISHES ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN, PAINT NEW WALL, COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING. LINE OF SOFFIT. G.C. TO PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES. EXISTING MALL TILE TO REMAIN, PROTECTS DURING CONSTRUCTION, PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. G.C TO LEAVE 1/4" GAP BETWEEN WALL AND TILE TO ALLOW FOR ANY MOVEMENT THAT MAY OCCUR IN FUTURE, FILL GAP WITH GRAY CAULK (TYP.) EXISTING STOREFRONT ACM PANEL TO BE RECLADDED - MT3, REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATION FOR MORE INFORMATION. PROVIDE 1/2" X 1/2" SATIN BRASS ANGLE TILE EDGING TRIM. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS BASET2WB-1 100SALES AREA ST-1/ P-2/ P-7 P-6 CEILING KEY: FLOOR WALL FINISH KEY & AREA CALCULATIONS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 FINISH PLAN FINISH SCHEDULE & LEGEND FINISH PLAN KEY NOTE WALL FINISH ST-1/ P-2/ P-7 T3 ALL WALLS FLOOR FINISH SALES AREA 594 SF NOTE: AREAS GIVEN IN NET SQUARE FEET. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL AREA CALCULATIONS INITIAL VIF DESCRIPTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER SECTION / DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER PARTITION TYPE, SEE DETAILS, SHEET A004 ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER, SEE ROOM SCHEDULE 2A EXISTING NON-RATED DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A003) 3 A005 2 A005 3 A005 X X X HC FTG RM 105 SYMBOL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) SYMBOL LEGEND LEASE LINE (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) NEW PARTITIONS WALL 1.ALL INTERIOR FINISHES ON WALLS IN PREMISES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLASS II FLAME SPREAD RATING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 2.ALL ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS, INTERIOR PAINTS AND COATINGS, CARPET SYSTEMS, COMPOSITE WOOD AND LAMINATE ADHESIVES, MATERIALS, FURNITURE AND SEATING USED IN THE BUILDING INTERIORS SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE VOC CONTENT LIMITS AS SET FORTH IN THE GUIDELINES PRESCRIBED BY LEED IEQ CREDITS 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 AND 4.5. 3.EXAMINE ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AND SEE THAT THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES HAS BEEN LEFT OR INSTALLED IN A SATISFACTORY CONDITION TO RECEIVE PAINT OR SPECIFIED FINISH. 4.INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD SURFACES SHALL BE WIPED WITH A DAMP CLOTH JUST PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF THE FIRST COAT OF PAINT IN ORDER TO LAY FLAT ANY NAP WHICH MAY HAVE FORMED IN SANDING. 5.PAINTER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF HARDWARE, SWITCH AND OUTLET COVERS, ETC., AND REINSTALLATION OF SAME AFTER PAINTING. 6.FOR PAINTING APPLICATION PROCEDURES SEE SPECIFICATIONS. 7.AT COMPLETION OF PAINTING, ALL PAINT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REMOVED, ALL PAINT SPOTS REMOVED, AND ALL AREAS THOROUGHLY CLEANED. ANY DIRT OR DEBRIS CAUSED BY WORK SHALL BE CLEANED UP AS WORK PROGRESSES. 8.RETOUCH OR REFINISH SURFACES DAMAGED BY SUBSEQUENT WORK AS DIRECTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE COST OF SUCH RESTORATION WORK SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. 9.WIPE CLEAN ALL SURFACES WITH A DAMP CLOTH. 10.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING PROPER PROTECTION AGAINST DAMAGE TO EXISTING FURNITURE, ADJACENT FINISHED WORK, FLOORING, ETC. 11.REFER TO DETAIL SHEETS FOR APPLICABLE FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS 12.THE FINISHED FLOORING IS TO BE PROTECTED BY G.C. FOLLOWING INSTALLATION. 13.THE FLOORING CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE WORKING WITH THIS TYPE OF PRODUCT. 14.THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF ALL FINISHES IN THE STORE. G.C. SHALL TOUCH UP ALL CORNER BEADS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORING AS REQUIRED, INCLUDING ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY OTHER TRADES INCLUDING MILLWORKER, PRIOR TO TURNOVER 15.G.C TO LEAVE 14: GAP BETWEEN WALL AND TILE TO ALLOW FOR ANY MOVEMENT THAT MAY OCCUR IN THE FUTURE. FILL GAP WITH GRAY COLORED CAULK (TYP) 16.G.C. SHALL CAULK BETWEEN MILLWORK AND GYPSUM BOARD WALLS IF REQUIRED TO CREATE A SMOOTH FINISH. 17.ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS MUST BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. THE USE OF PLASTIC, VINYL, OR RUBBER TRANSITION STRIPS IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TENANTS MUST UTILIZE A HARD SURFACE TRANSITION. NO RUBBER OR VINYL BASE IS PERMITTED IN THE SALES AREA OF THE PREMISES. 18.PRIOR TO INSTALLING P-1 PAINTED STUCCO, GC TO CONSTRUCT MOCK-UP OF FINISHED SURFACE FOR APPROVAL BY CONSTRUCTION PM. MOCK-UP TO BE 10' HIGH x 3' WIDE ILLUSTRATING SURFACE FINISH & COLOR.LOCATE WHERE DIRECTED BY CONSTRUCTION PM. MOCK-UP MAY REMAIN AS PART OF THE WORK. AREA OF TRENCH IN TOPPING (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) EXISTING FIRE RATED MALL CHASE TO REMAIN (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) TRUE NORTH N SCALE:6" = 1'-0"2 TYPICAL BASE DETAIL (SALES AREA) SCALE:N.T.S.3 TYPICAL VERSAILLES FLOOR PATERN FINISH NOTES Date:04.29.2025 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 11'-3" B.O, CEILING SOFFIT EQ.EQ. 7' - 2 " E.L. 13'-0" B.O, CEILING LEASE LINE MALL CONCOURSE 5' - 6 " 1' - 3 1 8" ST1 P2 ST1 P2 CT-2 CT-2ST1 P2 ST1 P2 ST1 P2 ST1 P2 ST1 P2 WD1 WD1 WB-1 WB-1 ALL SIDESALL SIDES ALL SIDES ALL SIDES CT-2 3' - 8 5 8" (TYP.)(TYP.) ST1 P2 MIRROR AND GLASS SHELVES PROVIDED BY MILLWORKER AND INSTALL BY G.C. NEW SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT 5' - 1 0 " EQ.EQ. P-6 BOTTOM OF THE SOFFIT EQ.EQ. CL CL 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 11'-3" B.O, CEILING SOFFIT E.L. 13'-0" B.O, CEILING LEASE LINE MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE 2 WD1 WD1 WD1 WD1 WD1 WD1 WD1 WD1 ST1 P2 ST1 P2 WD1 2'-4 14" 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 11'-3" B.O, CEILING SOFFIT E.L. 13'-0" B.O, CEILING MALL CONCOURSE OPEN TO MALL CONCOURSE ST1 P2 CT3 ST1 P2 ST1 P2 ST1 P2 WB-1 (TYP.) P-6 SOFFIT BOTTOM ST1 P2 A-200 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"1 SALES INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"3 SALES INTERIOR ELEVATION WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS SALES AREA INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"2 SALES INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. Date:04.29.2025 NEW WINDOW TABLE 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 11'-3" B.O, CEILING SOFFIT E.L. 13'-0" B.O, CEILING EXISTING OPENING SLIDING GRILLE OPEN TO MALL CONCOURSE ST1 P2 P-6 SOFFIT BOTTOM ST1 P2 ST1 P2 CT3 MALL CONCOURSE SALES AREA LEASE LINE ST1 P2 ST1 P2 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 11'-3" B.O, CEILING SOFFIT E.L. 13'-0" B.O, CEILING EXISTING STOREFRONT WB-1 (TYP.) CT-2 3' - 8 5 8" 10 ' - 0 " ST1 P2 CT3 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 11'-3" B.O, CEILING SOFFIT E.L. 13'-0" B.O, CEILING NEW WINDOW TABLE MALL CONCOURSE SALES AREA LEASE LINE ST1 P2 WB-1 (TYP.) EQ.EQ. P-6 BOTTOM OF THE SOFFIT 5' - 1 0 " CL A-201 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS SALES AREA INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"1 SALES INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"2 SALES INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"3 SALES INTERIOR ELEVATION Date:04.29.2025 2 3 4 5A-203 2 (E) LAVATORY CL CL SOAP DISPENSER (E) MIRROR PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER CL CL 8'-61 2" 5'-61 2" MIN. 1'-6" 7'- 8 " 4'-61 2"3'-0" 3' - 4 " 8'-61 2" 7' - 6 " 1' - 0 " 4' - 1 0 " 1'-6" 3' - 6 " CL 1'-0"2'-0"6" CLCL (E) 1-1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR, SEE 6/A202 FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. (E) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER. (E) W.C. 1'-0" 5/8" GYP. BD. ON METAL STUD FRAMING 1 3/8" O.D. SOLID IN-WALL BLOCKING SECURED TO STUDS 11 2" VB1 E.L. 8'-0" B.O. (N) GYP. BD P2 (E) 1-1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR, SEE 6/A202 FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. (E) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER. CL (E) W.C. 3'-0" MIN. 6" MIN. 17 " - 1 9 " 2'-0" MIN. 1'-0" MIN. 1'-6" 34 " - 3 6 " T. O . B A R CL (E) MIRROR HOT WATER SUPPLY LINE & DRAIN LINE @ BASIN TO BE WRAPPED W/INSULATION TO COMPLY W/ADA REQUIREMENTS. 3' - 4 " M A X B. O . R E F L E C T I V E S U R F A C E . 2'- 1 0 " MA X 1'-6" 40 " M A X . TO O P E R A B L E P A R T S (E) SOAP DISPENSER (E) LAVATORY AND FAUCET (E) (E) 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR VB1 P2 E.L. 8'-0" B.O. (N) GYP. BD (E) MIRROR 2'- 1 0 " M A X . 3' - 4 " (E) PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 40 " M A X . TO O P E R A B L E P A R T S (E) FAUCET (E) LAVATORY 6" MAX. 9"MI N 27 " M I N . 8" MIN 11" MIN. 3'-4"(E) (E) CL 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR VB1 2 48 " F R P E.L. 8'-0" B.O. (N) GYP. BD (E) (E) P2 VB1 6 A-202 P2 (E) 1-1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR, SEE 6/A203 FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. (E) TOILET PAPER DISPENSER. CL 1'- 5 " 17 " M I N - 19 " M A X 2' - 1 1 " 34 " M I N . - 3 6 " M A X . 2' - 0 " 7"-9" 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 8'-0" B.O. (N) GYP. BD (E) CL NOTE: INSULATE ALL WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS TO THE BOTTOM OF THE MIRROR'S REFLECTIVE SURFACE, PER CBC 11B-603.3. TO O P E R A B L E P A R T S TO O P E R A B L E P A R T S TO P O F S E A T ALL DIMENSIONS TAKEN FROM FINISH SURFACES. NOTE: FLUSH VALVE AT WIDE SIDE OF THE FIXTURE. FINISH FLOOR SINGLE ACCOMADATION TOILET FACILITY FIGURE 11B-604.5.1 SIDE WALL GRAB BAR AT WATER CLOSETS FIGURE 11B-604.5.2 REAR WALL GRAB BAR AT WATER CLOSETS FIGURE 11B-604.7.1 DISPENSER OUTLET LOCATION FIGURE 11B-604.7.2 DISPOSAL UNIT LOCATION CL TOILET DISPENSER SANITARY NAPKINS SEATS SHALL BE 2'' HIGH MAX CL BLOCKING CL TRANSFER SIDE BLOCKING BLOCKING CL CL 18'' MIN, OR 24'' FOR AN EXTERIOR DOOR. NOTE: A 60'' MIN WIDE AND 48'' DEEP MANEUVERING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET. A 60'' MIN WIDE AND 60'' DEEP MANEUVERING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET WITH SIDE OPENING DOOR SWINGING-IN. FIGURE 11B-604.8.1.1.1 NOTE: THE REQUIRED 1 1/2" MIN. CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN THE ENDS AND UNDERSIDE OF THE GRAB BAR AND ANY OBSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING TOILET TANK/FLUSH VALVE. SPACE BETWEEN GRAB BARS AND PROJECTING OBJECTS ABOVE SHALL BE 12'' MIN. SEATS SHALL BE 2'' HIGH MAX PARTITION PARTITION (a) ELEVATION ADULT (b) ELEVATION CHILDREN (c) PLAN FIGURE 11B-604.8.1.4 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT TOE CLEARANCE (b) STALL TYPE (a) WALL HUNG TYPE FIGURE 11B-605.2 HEIGHT AND DEPTH OF URINALS TOE & KNEE CLEARANCE SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"2 RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"4 RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"5 RESTROOM ELEVATION A-202 SCALE:3" = 1'-0"6 GRAB BAR DETAIL SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"1 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"3 RESTROOM ELEVATION BOBRICK - SURFACE MOUNTED ANGLED, MODEL #B-293.2436 BOBRICK - SURFACE MOUNTED, MODEL #B-2620 BOBRICK - DOUBLE ROLL, MODEL #B-2740 ITEM NOTESMANUFACTURER / MODEL NUMBER RESTROOM FIXTURE SCHEDULE MIRROR PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER BOBRICK - MODEL #B-5806, 1 14" dia. x18 BOBRICK - MODEL #B-5806, 1 14" dia. x36 BOBRICK - MODEL #B-5806, 1 14" dia. x42 AMERICAN STANDARD - MODEL # 2467.100, CADET FLOWISE LEFT HEIGHT ELONGATED PRESSURE-ASSISTED TOILET 1.1 GP AMERICAN STANDARD - LAVATORY, MODEL # 0955.000 AMERICAN STANDARD - LAVATORY SHROUD/ KNEE GUARD, MODEL # 0059.020 AMERICAN STANDARD - FAUCET, MODEL # 6059.105 - HARDWIRED McGUIRE - TRAP, MODEL # 8902 P-TRAP McGUIRE - GRID DRAIN, MODEL # 155A McGUIRE - SUPPLY, MODEL #2165 LK 1/2" ANGLE SUPPLIES GRAB BARS WATER CLOSET LAVATORY KOALA CARE KB 300-01 BOBRICK - MODEL #B-4063 (CONTURA SERIES) WHITESOAP DISPENSER BABY CHANGING TABLE NOTE: ALL TOILET ROOM FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES F/I BY GC. RESTROOM PLAN & ELEVATIONS SCALE:N.T.S.7 ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS SCALE:N.T.S.8 STANDARDS HEIGHTS 20-3/4" H X 36" W X 4" D, 21-1/4" D WHEN OPEN WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS TRUE NORTH N Date:04.29.2025 9'-11" EXISTING LIGHTBOX 44'-111 2" LEASE LINE 13'-111 2" EXISTING OPENING MALL CONCOURSE EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING TO REMAIN. G.C. TO CLEAN AND BRING TO 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION. SEE ELEVATION FOR MORE INFO. 1 A300 SALES AREA NEW SURFACE MOUNTED ILLUMINATED L'OCCITANE SIGN EXISTING SLIDING GRILLE TRACK 14'-37 8" EXISTING GLAZING 11"1'-0"4'-101 2" 5 A-101 6 A-101 NEW STONE CLADDING EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUIRED (TYP.) NEW STONE CLADDING NEW KENDUE STRETCHED FABRIC LIGHT BOX EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUIRED (TYP.) EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUIRED (TYP.) NEW SURFACE MOUNTED ILLUMINATED L'OCCITANE SIGN NEW LIGHTBOX AND GRAPHICS NEW STONE CLADING 2 A300 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 13'-11 1/2" MALL CEILING LEASE LINE NEW STOREFRONT LIGHTBOX AND GRAPHICS NEW STONE CLADDING 7'-0"EQ.EQ. NEW SURFACE MOUNTED ILLUMINATED L'OCCITANE SIGN MT-3 MT-31' - 7 " EQ . EQ . EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUIRED (TYP.) OPEN TO SALES AREA E.L. 13'-0" TOP OF FASCIA E.L. 10'-0" ENTRY SOFFIT EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING TO REMAIN, G.C. TO CLEAN AND BRING TO 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION. SEE ELEVATION FOR MORE INFO. EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUIRED (TYP.) RECLADE EXISTING ACM, COLOR TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE - "SUNSHINE" 2021-30. LINE OF SOFFIT BEHIND STOREFRONT GLAZING, SOFFIT FACCAD TO RECEIVE P2- AND ST-1 FINISH CT-2 3 A301 P-6 BOTTOM OF THE SOFFIT 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR LEASE LINE NEW STONE CLADDING CT-2 E.L. 13'-0" TOP OF FASCIA E.L. 10'-0" ENTRY SOFFIT EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUIRED (TYP.) RECLADE EXISTING ACM, COLOR TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE - "SUNSHINE" 2021-30. A-300 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"1 STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"3 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS STOREFRONT PLAN & ELEVATION TRUE NORTH N SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"2 STOREFRONT ELEVATION Date:04.29.2025 24'-75 8" LEASE LINE MALL CONCOURSE NEW STORE CLADDING 1 A301 EXISTING SLIDING GRILLE TRACK NEW STONE CLADDING ON ALL SIDES OF THE COLUMN 3 A-101 2 A-101 NEW ILLUMINATION SIGN NEW ILLUMINATED L'OCCITANE SIGN NEW LIGHT BOX AND GRAPHICS PROVIDE 1/2" X 1/2" SATIN BRASS ANGEL TILE EDGING TRIM ON ALL COLUMN CORNER EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL FRAME TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUIRED (TYP.) LEASE LINE 7'-0"EQ.EQ. EXISTING PRE- FINISHED BREAKMETAL FASCIA TO MALL CEILING (P-3) MT-3 CT-2 1' - 7 " EQ . EQ . OPEN TO SALES AREA EXISTING KNOX BOX TO REMAIN RECLAD EXISTING ACM COLOR TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE - "SUNSHINE" 2021-30. 0'-0" FINISHED FLOOR E.L. 13'-11 1/2" MALL CEILING E.L. 13'-0" TOP OF FASCIA E.L. 10'-0" ENTRY SOFFIT EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL FRAME TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUIRED (TYP.) NEW SURFACE MOUNTED ILLUMINATED L'OCCITANE SIGN 3 A301 P-6 BOTTOM OF THE SOFFIT NEW STONE CLADING EXISTING MALL CEILING SLIDING GRILLE RAIL. NEW 5/8" GYB. EXISTING 14" THK. METAL FACED ACM COMPOSITE STOREFRONT PANEL TO REMAIN ENSURE FIRM ADHESION AND THAT NO OIL CANNING OCCURS LEASELINE 13'-0" TOP OF STOREFRONT 10'-2 5/8" B.O OF FRAMING 1'-0"2'-8" 6 1/4" 6 1/2"NEW 5/8" GYB. RECLAD EXISTING ACM, COLOR TO MATCH BENJAMIN - "SUNSHINE" 2021-30. GYB. TO BE ALIGN WITH THE SECURITY GRILLE TRACK NEW FIRE RATED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED P6 X2 2 X1 1 EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL FRAME TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUITED (TYP.) EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL FRAME TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUITED (TYP.) NEW FIRE RATED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED EXISTING PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL FRAME TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQUITED (TYP.) A-301 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"1 STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"2 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS STOREFRONT PLAN & ELEVATION TRUE NORTH N SCALE:1" = 1'-0"3 STOREFRONT SECTION Date:04.29.2025 COMPLETE UNIT (TYP) 2C A400 1'-115 8"1'-115 8"1'-115 8" 5'-107 8" 378" 6' - 1 0 5 8" 5 8" 5 8" 5 8" 5 8" 11 " 858" 858" 858" 918" 2'- 7 1 2" ST A N D A R D U N I T LO W E R P A R T 4' - 3 1 8" ST A N D A R D U N I T UP P E R P A R T GC TO SECURELY FIX UPPER SECTIONS OF UNITS TO WALL. GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. (TYP). SEE NOTE: BLOCKING FOR WALL FIXTURES. REFER TO DETAIL 3/A400. AL I G N C. SECTIONB. ELEVATION - SIDEA. ELEVATION - FRONT DOMAIN HEADER AL I G N AL I G N AL I G N AL I G N AL I G N 1'-75 8" 2' - 7 1 2" ST A N D A R D U N I T LO W E R P A R T 6' - 1 0 5 8" 378" 2' - 1 1 4" 3 4" 158" 11 5 8" 914" 914" 10 1 2" 118" 914" 101 4" 103 4" 3 8" 4' - 2 " ST A N D A R D U N I T UP P E R P A R T : W H I T E P A N E L 11 " 1'-115 8" 378" 6' - 1 0 5 8" 11 " 858" 858" 858" 5 8" 5 8" 5 8" 5 8" 158" 2' - 7 1 2" 1'-73 4" 3 4" 918" GC TO SECURELY FIX UPPER SECTIONS OF UNITS TO WALL. GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. (TYP). SEE NOTE: BLOCKING FOR WALL FIXTURES. COMPLETE UNIT (TYP) 418" 418" 6" 4A A400 5 A400 MOUNTING CLIPS C. BACK ELEVATION B. TOP VIEW A. FRONT ELEVATION DOMAIN FRAME DOMAIN HEADER FRAMES & TEXT BARS PROVIDED BY L'OCCITANE, INSTALLED BY G.C. PER DIRECTION OF L'OCCITANE PM & MERCHANDISING 378" 1'-61 2" 218" 21 8" 378" 1'-61 2" A. DETAIL CONNECT SHELVING UNIT TO WALL WITH #12 SCREWS AT EACH STUD. 3/8" DIA. HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ w/ 2" EMBENMENT MIN. AT 24" O.C. MAX. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB (4" THICK MIN.) STEEL STUD WALL. 7'-0" MAX. T.O. PERIMETER UNIT SHELVING UNIT. 2' - 0 " 2'-0" WINDOW TABLE ELEVATION 2'- 8 " 1'-0" PODIUMS SIDE ELEVATION 2' - 0 " TABLE ELEVATION 2' - 1 0 " 1'-0" 1'-0"1'-0" 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 2'-0" 1' - 4 " 2'-0" PODIUMS PLAN 3'-11" 2' - 8 " 2'-0" WINDOW TABLE PLAN 3'-11" 2' - 0 " CT-4 2'-8" 3' - 8 " 6'-0" 6'-0" 2'-8" A. PLANB. ELEVATION FRONT 1'-6" 2'-6" 3'-6" NEW TREE G.C. TO TILE BASE OF TREE TABLE CT-4 ON SITE 2' - 8 1 2" A-400 SCALE:1" = 1'-0"2 PERIMETER FIXTURE DETAILS SCALE:1" = 1'-0"1 PERIMETER FIXTURE DETAILS SCALE:1" = 1'-0"4 FIXTURE DETAIL SCALE:N.T.S.5 FIXTURE DETAIL SCALE:N.T.S.3 PERIMETER FIXTURE ANCHORAGE DETAILS WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS FIXTURE DETAILS SCALE:1" = 1'-0"6 SALES AREA TABLES & PODIUM SCALE:1" = 1'-0"7 CUSTOM TREE TABLE DETAILS Date:04.29.2025 30" x 4 8 " C L E A R A N C E CT-3 HANDMADE MOROCCAN ZELLIGE 2X6 COTTON WHITE PLINTHE TERRACOTTA TILE. 1 A401 NEW LIMESTONE COUNTER TOP 1-1/4" THK. EXISTING COLUMN 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS WITH 5/8" CEMENT BOARD KINGSTON BRASS FSC1973AL FAUCET - BRUSHED BRASS FINISH, (TYP). UNDER-MOUNT SINK (K-2349). 5/8" CEMENT BOARD TYP. 6 A401 3 A401 2' - 6 " C L E A R A N C E 4'-0 " CLE A R A N C E 5/8" CEMENT BOARD ON 3-5/8" METAL STUD. 3-5/8" METAL STUD. CT-3 HANDMADE MOROCCAN ZELLIGE 2X6 COTTON WHITE PLINTHE TERRACOTTA TILE. 13'-0" A.F.F. B.O. EXISTING CEILING E.L. 0'-0" FINISH FLOOR LINE 2 A401 KINGSTON BRASS FSC1973AL FAUCET - BRUSHED BRASS FINISH, (TYP). UNDER-MOUNT SINK (K-2349). LIMESTONE COUNTER 1-1/4" THK. 2' - 1 0 " FF L T O T O P O F L I M E S T O N E C O U N T E R 2' - 8 3 4" FF L T O T O P O F S I N K C O U N T E R NEW CIRCULAR COLUMN ENCLOSURE, 3-5/8" METAL STUDS W/5/8" CEMENT BOARD. CT-3 HANDMADE MOROCCAN ZELLIGE 2X6 COTTON WHITE PLINTHE TERRACOTTA TILE. WD-1 3'- 0 7 8" 44 " M A X T . O . O P E R A B L E P A R T C. SECTIONB. ELEVATION - FRONT 4" 938" 1 8" 938" 1 8" 938" 1 8"112" 2' - 1 0 " MA X . 1'-23 4" 1'-71 2"1' - 3 3 4" 3 4" 812" 3 4" 812" 3 4" 10 1 2" 3 4" 10 1 2" 3 4" 10 1 2" 3 4" 10 1 2" 3 4" 1'- 5 1 4" 3 4" 8' - 2 " 81 2" 2'-41 2"2'-41 2" 5 A401 3"2'-41 2"3"2'-41 2"3" 5'-6" 2C A400 3 8" 58" D. DETAIL 2'- 5 " 2'- 9 " 4" 2'-81 4" 1'-91 8" 55 8" 8" MIN. 6" MAX. 9" MI N . 2'- 3 " MI N . 11" MIN. 3' - 0 7 8" 44 " M A X . T . O . O P E R A B L E P A R T S 3' - 2 7 8" A. PLAN 3'-0" CLEARANCE 2' - 6 " CL E A R A N C E 4'-0" CLEARANCE A-401 FIXTURE DETAILS WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS SCALE:3" = 1'-0"2 CUSTOM BOTANICAL COLUMN SECTION SCALE:6" = 1'-0"6 CUSTOM BOTANICAL COLUMN DETAIL SCALE:1-1/2" = 1'-0" 1 CUSTOM BOTANICAL COLUMN ELEVATION SCALE:N.T.S.5 PERIMETER FIXTURE DETAILS SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 CUSTOM SINK SECTION Date:04.29.2025 5 A-500 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/29/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/29/25 BUILDING COMMENTS P-7 SHERWIN WILLIAMS 8784, CUSTOM COLOUR MATCH - RAL # 1003 "SIGNAL YELLOW" R4-NEW RED [-, 17, 1, -]; Y1-YELLOW [10, 6, -, -]; Y3-DEEP GOLD [-, 40, 1, -] P-8 SHERWIN WILLIAMS 5011 STEEL BLUE SIGNAGE WHITE FACE WHITE ACLYRIC T-3 ALAIN VAGH TERACOTTA TILES 6" X 6". TILE TO BE LAID PER FINISH FLOOR. MATERIALS SAMPLE BOARD T-4 CERDOMUS - OSTUNI MULTIFORMAT, COLOR AVORIO, ARRANGED IN A VERSAILLES PATTERN Date:04.29.2025 A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE S ADJACENT TENANT ADJACENT TENANT 18"X12"12"x12" 8"Ø(E) 8"Ø(E) 8"Ø(E) 8"Ø(E) 8"Ø(E) SD(E), 8"Ø 200 CFMRD(E)RD(E)RD(E) 8"Ø(E) 8"Ø(E) 6"Ø(E) CO S 1 1/4" = 1'-0" HVAC PLAN MECHANICAL SCHEDULES5 NTS MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES MECH CODED NOTES CODED NOTES: 1.REPLACE EXISTING UNIT WITH NEW AIR HANDLING UNIT IN THE SAME LOCATION AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO RECONNECT EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK TO UNIT AS REQUIRED. 2.PROVIDE AND INSTALL REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR AHU-1 CONTROL MOUNTED AT 4'-6" AFF. 3.PROVIDE AND INSTALL THERMOSTAT FOR AHU-1 MOUNTED AT 4'-6" AFF. 4.ROUTE NEW REFRIGERANT PIPING FROM NEW HP-1 TO NEW AHU-1 AS REQUIRED. SIZE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 5.MOUNT NEW 3 TON CONDENSING UNIT HEAT PUMP ON ROOF PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 6.CONNECT NEW CONDENSATE PIPING TO EXISTING CONDENSATE PIPING AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. # 2 NTS 4 1.THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL EXTENT OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION AND PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS AND FITTINGS WHICH MAY REQUIRED DUE TO SPACE CONSTRAINTS OR OTHER CONDITIONS. 2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTING STEEL, ETC. FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. 3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS, ETC. WITH THE GENERAL TRADES CONTRACTOR. 4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY WORK. 5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF CEILING GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 6.DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE LOCATED OVER THE TOP OF ANY ELECTRIC PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. 7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN HARD CEILINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH REQUIRES ACCESS, SUCH AS: FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS, SMOKE DETECTORS, BALANCING DAMPERS, VAV BOXES, ETC. MECHANICAL LEGEND SUPPLY OR OUTDOOR AIR DUCT RTU ROOFTOP UNIT CD CEILING DIFFUSER EX, (E)EXISTING EF(E)EXISTING EXHAUST FAN RG RETURN GRILLE SD SUPPLY DIFFUSER LD LINEAR DIFFUSER POINT OF CONNECTION EQUIPMENT TAG THERMOSTATT MECHANICAL LEGEND SENSORS 3 NTS N RG(E)SD(E), 8"Ø 200 CFM SD(E), 8"Ø 200 CFM SD(E), 8"Ø 150 CFM SD(E), 8"Ø 175 CFM RD(E) SD(E), 8"Ø 200 CFM AHU-11 HVAC SCOPE LIMITED TO REPLACING THE EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM WITH A NEW SPLIT SYSTEM OF LIKE KIND IN THE SAME LOCATION. ALL OTHER HVAC IS EXISTING TO REMAIN. REMARKS: 1.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: CARRIER, DAIKEN, JCI, LENNOX, OR TRANE. 2.MOUNT ON VIBRATION SPRING ISOLATORS ON PREFABRCATED CURB. 3.PROVIDE SALT SPRAY ANTI-CORROSION COATING ON EXPOSED ALUMINUM COMPONENTS. HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE (OUTDOOR UNIT) MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL NOMINAL TONS TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) HEATING CAPACITY @47°F (MBH)REFRIGERANT TYPE NO. OF STAGES SEER ELECTRICAL OPERATING WEIGHT (LBS)REMARKSMCAMOCPVOLT.PH. HP-1 TRANE 5TWA4036 A3000 3 32.9 32.8 R-454B 1 14.3 16.6 25 208 3 255 1,2,3 REMARKS: 1.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES: CARRIER, DAIKEN, JCI, OR TRANE. 2.PROVIDE WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION AND INTEGRAL DISCONNECT. 3.PROVIDE WITH DRAIN PAN WITH FLOAT SWITCH & CONDENSATE PUMP. ROUTE CONDENSATE TO MOP SINK WITH 1/2" AIR GAP. AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE (DX/HEAT PUMP) MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE SERVICE SUPPLY FAN / RETURN FAN (CFM) MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR (CFM)ESP ("WC) SUPPLY FAN COOLING COIL TOTAL CAPACITY (MBH) COOLING COIL SENSIBLE CAPACITY (MBH) COOLING COIL EAT (DB/WB-°F) COOLING COIL LAT (DB/WB-°F) FILTER EFFICIENCY (%) REFRIGERANT TYPE ELECTRICAL OPERATING WEIGHT (LBS)REMARKSBHPRPMMCAMOCPVOLT.PH. AHU-1 TRANE 5TEM6B03AV21 HORIZ TENANT 980 195 0.5 0.5 773 32.9 23.6 80.0 / 67.0 60.20 / 57.40 30 R-454B 5 15 208 1 125 1,2,3 AHU 1 3 TONS HP 1 3 TONS CD RL RS RLRS 4 2TAHU-1 3 4 5 6 MECHANICALPLANS M-100 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 M - 1 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 7 : 3 5 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 HEAT PUMP DETAIL N.T.S. S THREADED RODS ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PROVIDE ACOUSTIC LINING IN FIRST 10'-0" OF SUPPLY DUCTWORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FLEXIBLE CONN. VIBRATION ISOLATORS SUPPORT CHANNEL PRIMARY CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH TRAP RETURN AIR INLET WITH FILTER SUPPLY MAIN RETURN MAIN SHUT-OFF VALVES CONTROL VALVE BY HEAT PUMP MFGR.MANUAL AIR VENT BALANCING VALVE SMOKE DETECTOR INSTALL AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE FOR SLOPING OF CONDENSATE DRAIN. PROVIDE WITH CONDENSATE PUMP IF SLOPE CANNOT BE MET. HIGH PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE PAD MOUNTED CONDENSING UNIT ANCHORING DETAIL N.T.S. NOTE: IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS DETAIL THAT THE CONTRACTOR PROPERLY INSTALL THE CONDENSER TO COMPLY WITH ALL SEISMIC DESIGN CONSTRAINTS OF THE IBC AND ASCE 7-05. 1/4" DIA. BOLTS, NUTS, AND LOCK WASHERS BOLT EQUIPMENT TO STEEL STRAP PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS CONDENSING UNIT ROOF SHIM TO PROVIDE LEVEL MOUNTING MINIMUM OF 3 PER SIDE 1" WIDE, 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL STRAP ALL AROUND 1/4" DIA. LAG BOLTS (TAP CONS) BOLT EQUIPMENT TO CONCRETE LINTEL BEAM PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS MECHANICAL DETAILS1 NTS HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATIONS MECHANICALDETAILS M-200 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 M - 2 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 7 : 5 2 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 9. 8. 3. 7. 6. 5. 4. 2. 1. D. A. C. B. DUCT SIDE OF MAXIMUM RECTANGULAR 36" 48" 24" 60" OVER 60" WITH THE CONDITIONED GROUND SPACE OR IN BASEMENTS; CEMENT SLAB OR WITHIN RETURN DUCTS IN AIR PLENUMS NONE REQ'D NONE REQ'D NONE REQ'D NONE REQ'D ON EXTERIOR OF BLDG. ON ROOF AND CRAWL SPACES SPACES IN WALLS , WITHIN FLOOR-CEILING ATTICS, GARAGES %%UTABLE 6-D: DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE MECHANICALLY CODED %%UCALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE 3 DUCT LOCATION A AND V A AND V 2 2 INSULATION TYPES C, V AND W 2 B AND W C AND W A AND W INSULATION TYPES HEATING ONLY I II III II III I A B A A B A HEATING ZONE II III I 1 SAME GAGE AS GALVANIZED x 1/8" ANGLE 1 SPACED NOT MORE THAN 8 FEET ON CENTERS 2" x 2" x 1/8" SPACED VERTICALLY NOT MORE THAN 12 FEET ON CENTERS SPACED HORIZONTALLY NOT MORE THAN 10 FEET ON CENTERS B. A MATERIAL WITH AN INSTALLED CONDUCTANCE OF 0.24 OR THE EXAMPLE OF MATERIALS CAPABLE OF MEETING THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS: 2 INCH, 0.60 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER BLANKETS. 1 INCH, 1.5 TO 3 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER BLANKET DUCT LINER. 1 INCH, 3 TO 10 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER BOARD. C. A MATERIAL WITH AN INSTALLED CONDUCTANCE OF 0.16 OR THE EQUIVALENT THERMAL RESISTANCE OF 6.3 EQUIVALENT THERMAL RESISTANCE OF 4.2 THE EXAMPLE OF MATERIALS LISTED UNDER EACH TYPE IS NOT MEANT TO LIMIT OTHER AVAILABLE THICKNESS AND DENSITY COMBINATIONS WITH THE EQUILALENT INSTALLED CONDUCTANCE OR RESISTANCE BASED ON THE INSULATION ONLY. W. APPROVED WEATHER PROOF BARRIER. 3 INCH, 0.60 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER BLANKETS. 1 1/2 INCH, 1.5 TO 3 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER BLANKET DUCT LINER. 1 1/2 INCH, 3 TO 10 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER BOARD. 0.5 PERM. ALL JOINTS TO BE SEALED. EXAMPLE OF MATERIALS CAPABLE OF MEETING THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS: V. VAPOR RETARDERS: MATERIAL WITH A PERM RATING NOT EXCEEDING ZONE I BELOW 4500 D.D. ZONE II 4501 TO 8000 D.D. ZONE III OVER 8000 D.D. NOTE: WHERE DUCTS ARE USED FOR BOTH HEATING AND COOLING, THE MINIMUM INSULATION SHALL BE AS REQUIRED FOR THE MOST RESTRICTIVE CONDITION. VAPOR RETARDERS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON SUPPLY DUCTS IN SPACES VENTED TO THE OUTSIDE IN GEOGRAPHIC AREAS WHERE THE SUMMER DEW POINT TEMPERATURE HEATING DEGREE DAYS: INSULATION TYPES: WITHIN A WALL OR FLOOR CEILING SPACE WHERE: 3.2 THE SPACE IS NOT VENTILATED. INSULATION MAY BE OMITTED ON THAT PORTION OF A DUCT WHICH IS LOCATED 3.1 BOTH SIDES OF THE SPACE ARE EXPOSED TO CONDITIONED AIR. 3.3 THE SPACE IS NOT USED AS A RETURN PLENUM. 3.4 THE SPACE IS NOT EXPOSED TO UNCONDITIONED AIR. CEILINGS WHICH FORM PLENUMS NEED NOT BE INSULATED. A. A MATERIAL WITH AN INSTALLED CONDUCTANCE OF 0.48 OR THE EQUIVALENT EXAMPLE OF MATERIALS CAPABLE OF MEETING THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS: 1 INCH 60 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER, ROCK, SLAG OR GLASS BLANKETS. 1/2 INCH, 1.5 TO 3 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER BLANKET DUCT LINER. 1/2 INCH, 3 TO 10 LB/ CU. FT. MINERAL FIBER BOARD. THERMAL RESISTANCE OF 2.1 TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 60 DEG. F. BASED ON THE 2 1/2% COLUMN OF DRY-BULB AND MEAN COINCIDENT WET-BULB x 1/8" ANGLE 2" x 2" x 1/8" 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" ANGLE 1 OVER 60" 1 60" 3 2 1/8" STEEL x 2" 3/16" STEEL x 2"1 1 1 80" 4 ON 6' CENTERS ON 4' CENTERS SAME GAGE AS GALVANIZED STEEL DUCT, 1 1/2" WIDE STEEL DUCT, 1 1/2" WIDE 1" x 1/8"2 OVER 60" 60" 2 3 1 84"3/8" ROUND ROD OR 1" x 1" x 1/8" ANGLE ANGLE 2" x 2" x 1/8" 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/8" HORIZONTAL SUPPORT 2" x 2" x 1/8" PART 3 - HORIZONTAL DUCTS:TRAPEZE - TYPE SUPPORTS %%UDUCT SUPPORT SCHEDULE GALVANIZED STEEL 2" WIDE GALVANIZED STEEL 2" WIDE METAL STRAP OR ANGLE BRACKET 1 1/8" x 1 1/8" 1" x 1" x 1/8" 1" x 1/8" (STRAP) ANGLE 1 10"1 20" 40" DUCTS MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF ROUND 0.047" (NO. 18 GAGE) 0.058" (NO. 18 GAGE) 1/8" STEEL x 1 1/2" 1 1 1 STRAPS 60" 48" 30" 18" STEEL WIRE) ON 10' CENTERS AROUND DUCT ON 10' CENTERS SAME GAGE AS GALVANIZED STEEL DUCT, 1" WIDE OR (NO. 8 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE) TIED TO 1" GALVANIZED STEEL BAND (NO. 18 GAGE GALVANIZED SAME GAGE AS GALVANIZED STEEL DUCT, 1" WIDE OR 1" x 1/8" 1" x 1/8"2 2 1" x 18 GAGE 1" x 18 GAGE 2 2 40" 20" 10" MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OR SIDE OF RECTANGULAR ROUND DUCT 48" 60" DUCT 36" 5/16" ROUND ROD OR 1" x 1" x 1/8" ANGLE 1/4" ROUND ROD OR 1" x 1" x 1/8" ANGLE 1/4" ROUND ROD OR 1" x 1" x 1/8" ANGLE 3 HANGER EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 111 THROUGH 119 IN CALIFORNIA ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARD. ANY APPLIANCE FOR WHICH THERE IS A CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION ESTABLISHED IN THE APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY STANDARDS MAY BE INSTALLED ONLY IF THE MANUFACTURER HAS CERTIFIED TO THE COMMISSION, AS SPECIFIED IN THOSE REGULATIONS, THAT THE APPLIANCE COMPLIES WITH THE APPLICABLE STANDARD FOR THAT APPLIANCE. INCLUDED ARE REFRIGERATORS AND FREEZERS, GAS SPACE HEATERS, WATER HEATERS, GAS COOKING APPLIANCES, PLUMBING FIITINGS, ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS, AND CENTRAL AIR CONDITIONERS (REGARDLESS OF CAPACITY, EXCEPT THAT REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER-SOURCE HEAT PUMPS WITH COOLING CAPACITY OF 135,000 BTU/HR), AND DUCT FURNACES SHALL HAVE BEEN CERTIFIED TO THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION BY ITS MANUFACTURER TO COMPLY WITH THE APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY STANDARDS. THE FOLLOWING SPACE CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT MAY BE INSTALLED ONLY IF THE MANUFACTURER HAS CERTIFIED THAT THE EQUIPMENT MEETS OR EXCEEDS ALL APPLICABLE EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN TABLE 1-C, 1-D OF THE ENRGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS: ALL AIR CONDITIONERS, AIR COOLED HEAT PUMPS AND CONDENSING UNITS > 135,000 BTU/HR; AND ALL WARM AIR FURNACES AND COMBINATION WARM AIR FURNACES/AIR CONDITIONING UNITS > 225,000 BTU/HR FAN-TYPE CENTRAL FURNACES SHALL NOT HAVE A PILOT LIGHT. PIPING, EXCEPT THOSE CONVEYING FLUIDS AT TEMPERATURES BETWEEN 60 DEG. F AND 105 DEG. F, OR WITHIN HVAC EQUIPMENT, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS SECTION 123. AIR HANDLING DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, INSTALLED, SEALES, AND INSULATED AS PROVIDED WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND IN CHAPTER 10 OF THE UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE. EACH SPACE CONDITIONING SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH AN AUTOMATIC TIME SWITCH WITH AN ACCESSIBLE MANUAL OVERRIDE THAT ALLOWS OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM DURING OFF-HOURS FOR UP TO FOUR (4) HOURS. THE TIME SWITCH SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PROGRAMMING DIFFERENT SCHEDULES FOR WEEKDAYS AND WEEKENDS; INCORPORATE AN AUTOMATIC HOLIDAY "SHUT-OFF" FEATURE THAT TURNS OFF ALL LOADS FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS, THEN RESUMES THE NORMALLY SCHEDULED OPERATION; AND HAS PROGRAM BACK-UP CAPABILITIES THAT PREVENT THE LOSS OF THE DEVICE'S PROGRAM AND TIME SETTING FOR AT LEAST TEN (10) HOURS IF POWER IS INTERRUPTED. EACH SPACE CONDITIONING ZONE SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY AN INDIVIDUAL THERMOSTATIC CONTROL THAT RESPONDS TO TEMPERATURE WITHIN THE ZONE. WHERE USED TO CONTROL HEATING, THE CONTROL SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE DOWN TO 55 DEG. F OR LOWER. FOR COOLING, THE CONTROL SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE UP TO 85 DEG. F OR HIGHER. WHERE USED IF A CIRCULATING HOT WATER SYSTEM IS INSTALLED, IT SHALL HAVE A CONTROL PUMP(S) WHEN HOT WATER IS NOT REQUIRED. LAVATORIES IN RESTROOMS OF PUBLIC FACILITIES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH: OUTLET DEVICES THAT LIMIT THE FLOW OF HOT WATER TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.50 GALLONS PER MINUTE. FOOT ACTUATED, OCCUPANCY SENSOR OR OTHER OUTLET DEVICE THAT LIMIT THE FLOW OF HOT WATER TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.75 GALLONS PER MINUTE. SELF-CLOSING VALVE THAT LIMIT THE FLOW OF HOT WATER TO A MAXIMUM OF 2.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE, AND 0.25 GALLONS/ CYCLE (CIRCULATING SYSTEM). SELF-CLOSING VALVES, AND OUTLET DEVICES THAT LIMIT THE FLOW OF HOT WATER TO A MAXIMUM OF 2.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE, AND 0.75 GALLONS/CYCLE (FOOT SWITCHES, AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROLS). LAVATORIES IN RESTROOM OF PUBLIC FACILITIES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH CONTROLS TO LIMIT THE OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 110 DEG. F. %%uMECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES ROUND DUCT SUPPORT TRAPEZE TYPE SUPPORT SEISMIC BRACING %%uDUCT SUPPORT DETAILS SCALE: NONE SEISMIC BRACING 45° 45° ADD PIPE SLEEVE THAT HAS AN INSIDE DIAMETER, 14"± LARGERTHAN OUTSIDE DIA. PIPE HANGER ROD CLIP CONNECTION 1 14" TO S T R U C T U R E M E M B E R "L " 6 ' - 0 " M A X . ADD FRAMING CHANNEL OR ANGLE WHEN "L" IS GREATER THAN MAX. LENGTH. PIPE HANGER SAME AS OPPOSITE SIDE INSULATED PLUMBING PIPES. RIGID MOLDED FIBERGLASS INSULATION METAL PROTECTION SHIELDS HANGING RODS 12" MIN. NUTS & LOCK WASHERS SUPPORT CHAIR BOLTED TO CHANNEL STEEL CHANNEL ADEQUATE TO CARRY LOAD PIPE LENGTH OF SHIELD 8" 12" LENGTH OF SHIELD SEE SCHEDULE PIPE SIZE 12" TO 6" 8" TO 12" SHIELD SCHEDULE 16 GA. GALV. STEEL SHIELD ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER FIBERGLASS INSULATION TYPICAL FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING %%UCABLE BRACING DETAIL SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE VERTICAL SEISMIC BRACING. CONNECT TO ROOF STRUCTURE. SUPPORT ROD RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM ROOF STRUCTURE ROUND DUCT SUPPORT ROD SPACING BETWEEN RODS SEISMIC BRACING CONNECT TO TOP OF NEXT SUPPORT ROD ROUND DUCT VERTICAL SEISMIC BRACING RECTANGULAR DUCT SUPPORT ROD RIGIDLY SUPPORTED HORIZONTAL ANGLE MEMBER SPACING BETWEEN SUPPORTS SEISMIC BRACING SEISMIC BRACING HORIZONTAL ANGLE MEMBER SEISMIC NOTES: SEISMIC BRACING FOR PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: 1.ALL PIPING 2.5" DIAMETER AND GREATER SHALL HAVE SEISMIC SUPPORT. 2.ALL GAS PIPING 1" DIAMETER AND GREATER SHALL HAVE SEISMIC SUPPORT. (EXCEPTION: ALL PIPING SUSPENDED BY INDIVIDUAL SUPPORT WHERE THE HANGER IS 12" OR LESS IN LENGTH FROM THE TOP OF PIPE TO THE POINT OF ATTACHMENT OF THE HANGER TO THE STRUCTURE.) 3.THE SIZE, TYPE, SPACING AND METHOD OF INSTALLATION OF ALL SEISMIC BRACING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST "SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL-GUIDELINES FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS". 4.GAS PIPING IS TO BE CLASSIFIED UNDER "SEISMIC HAZARD LEVEL A" IN THE SMACNA MANUAL. ALL OTHER PIPING SYSTEMS ARE TO BE CLASSIFIED UNDER "SEISMIC HAZARD LEVEL C" IN THE SMACNA MANUAL. SMACNA SEISMIC MANUAL NOTES: 1.REFER TO CHAPTER 3 FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.REFER TO PAGE 4.19 FOR LONGITUDINAL BRACING. 3.REFER TO TABLES 5-7, 6-7 OR 7-7 FOR VERTICAL HANGERS, DIAGONAL BRACING, SIZE, CONNECTION TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, AND SPACING OF BRACING. CMC COMPLIANCE PORTIONS OF SUPPLY-AIR AND RETURN-AIR DUCTS CONVEYING HEATED OR COOLED AIR LOCATED IN ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING SPACES SHALL BE INSULATED TO A MINIMUM INSTALLED LEVEL OF R-8. 1.OUTDOORS; OR 2.IN A SPACE BETWEENT HE ROOF AND AN INSULATED CEILING; OR 3.IN A SPACE DIRECTLY UNDER A ROOF WITH FIXED VENTS OR OPENINGS TO THE OUTSIDE OR UNCONDITIONED SPACES; OR 4.IN AN UNCONDITIONED CRAWLSPACE; OR 5.IN OTHER UNCONDITIONED SPACES. PORTION OF SUPPLY-AIR DUCTS THAT ARE NOT IN ONE OF THESE SPACES, INCLUDING DUCTS BURIED IN CONCRETE SLAB, SHALL BE INSULATED TO A MINIMUM INSTALLED LEVEL OF R-4.2 (OR ANY HIGHER LEVEL REQUIRED BY CMC SECTION 605.0) OR BE INCLUDED IN DIRECTLY CONDITIONED SPACES. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT PRODUCTS MUST INCLUDE LABELS, IN MAXIMUM INTERVALS OF 3 FEET, SHOWING THE THERMAL PERFORMANCE R-VALUE FOR THE DUCT INSULATION ITSELF (EXCLUDING AIR FILMS, VAPOR RETARDER, OR OTHER DUCT COMPONENTS). 1 N.T.S. MECHANICAL SEISMIC DETAILS SEISMICDETAILS M-300 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 M - 3 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 8 : 1 5 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 Section 200500 - General Requirements A.General 1.Specifications are applicable to all contractors and/or subcontractors for all mechanical systems in Divisions 01, 20, 21, 22, and 23. 2.This contractor is also referred to the architectural, structural, electrical and all other drawings and specifications pertinent to this project and fully coordinate with all other trades, owner and architect requirements. All of the above mentioned drawings and specifications are considered a part of the contract documents. 3.Conform to all Instructions to Bidders, general and special conditions of contract as specified by architect and/or owner. 4.Refer to “Alternate Proposals” for possible changes affecting the extent of this section of work. 5.Before submitting a bid, each contractor is requested to visit the job site to familiarize themselves with construction condition, check facilities and conditions and make all necessary observations and measurements. Note conditions under which work is to be performed and take all items into consideration in bid. No consideration will be given for his failure to do so. 6.Systems are to be complete and workable in all respects, placed in operation and properly adjusted. 7.Each contractor shall provide for his own clean-up, removal and legal disposal of all rubbish daily. 8.Each contractor shall protect his work, his existing and adjacent property against weather. 9.Each contractor shall protect his work, materials, apparatus and fixtures from damage. Any work damaged by failure to provide protection required, shall be removed and replaced with new material at the contractor's expense. 10.Each contractor must confirm all utility company requirements and connection points in field, prior to starting work. Each contractor shall include cost of utility companies work in their bid. 11.Each contractor must confirm size, location and materials at point of tie in connections in the field prior to rough-in of new work. 12.Arrange for and obtain owner's and insurance representative's permission for any service shutdowns. 13.Each contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, sequences of construction and the safety of workmen. 14.No piping, ductwork, wiring, etc., shall be installed or routed above or below electrical panels and equipment, or stairways unless these items serve these areas only. 15.All contractors shall coordinate with the electrical contractor and obtain a written approval identifying the electrical characteristics of all mechanical equipment prior to ordering of equipment. No additional payment will be made for lack of contractor coordination of electrical characteristics. 16.Each contractor shall include modifying existing conditions to complete the project. During construction the contractors may uncover an existing condition that will have to be modified. Any such work which comes under the jurisdiction of this contractor shall be done by this contractor without extra cost to the owner and project. 17.Work related to the existing building shall be coordinated to minimize interference or interruption of normal building use by the owner. Refer to architectural plans for phasing requirements. 18.Ceiling grid systems shall not be supported from ductwork, heating or plumbing lines or any other utility lines, and vice versa. Each utility and the ceiling grid system shall be a separate installation and each shall be independently supported from the building structure - concrete, steel or masonry. Where interferences occur, in order to support ductwork, piping, ceiling grid systems, etc., trapeze type hangers or supports shall be employed which shall be located so as not to interfere with access to such mechanical equipment as valves, regulators, mixing boxes, fire dampers, etc. B.Work Coordination and Scope 1.Each contractor under this division shall familiarize himself with the work to be done under other divisions of this specification and their related drawings and shall so coordinate and schedule his work as not to cause delays or interference with the work of others. Such coordination and scheduling shall accomplish the installation of mechanical and plumbing equipment and piping with a minimum of cutting through masonry and other adjustments. 2.Work included under this division shall consist of furnishing all materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation and facilities and performing all labor and services necessary for the complete installation of the mechanical systems of plumbing, fire protection, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and specialty systems. 3.The contractor under this division shall report discrepancies in the work of others which affect his work. Any changes made necessary by failure or neglect to report such discrepancies shall be made by and at the expense of the contractor of this division. Obtain written instructions for changes necessary to accommodate work of others. 4.The contractor under this division shall be responsible for proper size and location of anchors, chases, recesses, opening, etc., required for the proper installation of his work. 5.The division of responsibility under separate mechanical, fire protection and plumbing contracts for tie-in points shall be as follows: a.The plumbing contractor shall provide domestic water to within five feet (5'-0”) of equipment connection furnished by the mechanical or electrical contractor, final connection by mechanical or electrical contractor. On the water lines, the plumbing contractor shall provide the shut-off valve, check valve, backflow preventor and pressure regulator. On the gas lines, the plumbing contractor shall provide the shut-off valve and pressure regulator. b.Plumbing contractor shall run the water and sanitary to points as noted on the drawings. c.Fire protection, plumbing and mechanical contractor shall provide sleeves to the general contractor for placement in floors, walls, etc. and coordinate such location. The plumbing contractor shall be responsible for flashing at vent roof terminals. d.The fire protection, plumbing and mechanical contractor shall check with the architectural drawings concerning the test borings to determine areas of rock which should be included in his excavation work. Failure to adjust for rock conditions shall not warrant cause for additional compensation. e.The plumbing contractor shall rough-in and connect all other fixtures and equipment where shown on the drawings but not previously mentioned. Provide with shut-off valves and p-traps with clean-out plug. f.Unless responsibility to provide or furnish is otherwise stated on the electrical or mechanical drawings and electrical and mechanical specifications the contractor, under these divisions shall provide motors, special controls, disconnects, transformers, starters and relays as required for the proper operations of all equipment furnished under this division. All electrical equipment shall conform to requirements set forth under the electrical division and be suitable for operation on 60 cycle current available at the site. g.All motors 1/3 HP and smaller shall be single phase motors, 1/2 HP and larger, shall be three phase motors except where otherwise specified. Thermal overload protection for all motors shall be provided. Combination fused disconnect and magnetic line starters with auto-off-test switch shall be provided for all three-phase motors. Thermal overload relays shall be sized for 115 percent of full load motor current. For motors with VFD; motors shall be inverter duty motors that meets current “MG 1 Part 31” specifications. Motors to have a minimum of 20:1 turn down ratio. Motors over 20 Hp shall have shaft ground rings. The installation of all motors, starters and other electrical work under this mechanical division shall be done so as to conform with the National Electric Code. Each motor shall be of squirrel cage type, open-drip proof, normal starting torque, having ball bearings unless otherwise specified. For manufacturers that use PMAC motors, this contractor shall supply VFD's to operate motor. 6.Each contractor shall provide OSHA approved handrail (Guard) system for all roof mounted equipment within 10'- 0” of roof edge where the roof edge does not have a 42” high parapet or higher. C.Codes, Permits, Standards and Regulations 1.Contractors shall install work in full accordance with rules and regulations of all applicable codes (local, city, county, state, national codes, NFPA, OSHA, etc.), government regulations, utility company requirements, and applicable standards having jurisdiction over premises. This shall include safety requirements of the state department. Do not construe this as relieving contractor from compliance with any requirements of specifications which are in excess of code requirements and not in conflict therewith. 2.Contractors shall secure and pay for all fees, permits, and certificates of inspection incidental to this work required by foregoing authorities. Arrange for all required inspections and approvals. 3.Contractor shall be responsible for payments to all public utilities for work performed by them in connection with provision of service connections required under this division of specifications. 4.Deliver all permits and certificates to architect in duplicate. D.Design Drawings 1.The design drawings, as submitted, are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact location of equipment, piping and ductwork unless dimensions are given. Piping and ductwork are to be installed along the general plans shown on the drawings while conforming to actual building conditions. Each contractor shall confirm all dimensions by field measurement. 2.Before entering into a contract, the successful bidder may be required to submit satisfactory evidence to show that the manufacturer of all parts of the equipment offered have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of such equipment for three (3) years and have not less than three (3) installations of a similar type which have been in successful operation under conditions similar to those specified for not less than two (2) years. 3.All equipment, piping and material specified herein after as shown on the drawings shall be furnished and installed by the contractor, unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Installation shall comply with all required “Building Codes” and “Reference Standards.” 4.If this contractor proposes to install equipment requiring space conditions other than those as specified with all required “Building Codes” and “Reference Standards.” 4.If this contractor proposes to install equipment requiring space conditions other than those as specified and/or shown on the design drawings, or to rearrange the equipment, he shall assume full responsibility and submit drawings for the rearrangement of the space and shall obtain the full approval of the architect prior to start of any work. 5.The exact locations for fixtures, equipment and piping which is not covered by drawings shall be obtained from the architect or his representative in the field and the work shall be laid out accordingly. 6.Drawings and specifications are intended to supplement one another. Any materials or labor called for in one but not the other shall be furnished as if both were mentioned in the specifications and shown on the drawings. E.Base Bid Equipment, Materials and Substitutions 1.All equipment and materials shall be new, free of defects and UL labeled. 2.Base bid manufacturers are included in the specification or listed in schedules on the drawings. All other manufacturers are considered substitution. 3.The name or make of any article, device, material, form of construction, fixture, etc., stated in this specification, whether or not the words "or approved equal" are used, shall be known as a "standard". 4.All cost shall be based on "standards" specified. 5.The equipment schedules on the drawings indicate manufacturer and their equipment model numbers that this design has been based on. Each contractor is required to bid upon the basis of design and furnish the makes specified. 6.Where more than one make or name is mentioned as being acceptable, it shall be understood that only the name or make referring to the manufacturers model numbers or sizes shall be considered the “Specified Standards.” It shall be further understood that other makes and names, even though mentioned, have not been checked for detail and that their size and arrangement are the contractor's responsibility the same as a proposed substitute item. The use of other manufacturer's equipment that is listed as acceptable alternates that entails general trades, structural, mechanical, electrical, etc., revisions is this contractor's responsibility to provide revisions. Any additional cost of such changes shall be paid by the contractor submitting the acceptable alternates which necessitates changes in installing such submitted alternate equipment, even though such costs may be part of another division of work. 7.Bids concerning the use of substitute products must be accompanied by complete specifications and performance characteristic covering these products. Contractor shall provide all available test data and experience records which may be helpful to the architect in evaluating the quality and/or suitability of alternate products. 8.Contractor is also invited to bid on any other similar products the contractor desires to propose as substitutions, stating any difference in cost (add or deduct from base bid cost) for each proposed substitution on the substitution sheet. If the architect decides to accept any of the proposed substitutions, proper notations thereof shall be made in the written contract. Where several makes are mentioned in the specifications and the contractor fails to state that he prefers a particular make in his bid, the owner shall have the right to choose any of the makes mentioned without change in price. No consideration will be given to proposals for alternative products unless submitted with the original bids. 9.Substitutions are subject to the approval of the owner. If a substitution is submitted, it is the contractor's responsibility to evaluate it and certify that the substitution is equivalent in all respects to the base specifications. 10.If substitutions are approved, notify all other contractors, subcontractors, etc., affected by the substitution and fully coordinate with them. Any costs resulting from substitution, whether by this contractor or others, shall be the responsibility of and paid for by the substituting contractor. Approved shop drawings do not absolve this contractor from this responsibility. 11.All equipment shall be installed in full accordance with the manufacturer's data and installation instructions and service clearances. It is this contractor's responsibility to check and confirm these requirements prior to starting of any work. F.Warranty 1.Fully warrant all materials, equipment and workmanship and the successful operation of all equipment and apparatus installed by this contractor for one (1) year from date of final acceptance. 2.Extend all manufacturers' warranties to owner; including five (5) year compressor and ten (10) year heat exchanger extended warranty on HVAC equipment to include material and labor. 3.Repair or replace without material and labor charge to the owner all items found defective during the warranty periods. In the case of replacement or repair due to failure within the warranty period, the warranty on that portion of the work shall be extended for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of such replacement or repair. G.Shop Drawing Submittals 1.Submit shop drawings for mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, and control systems; including but not limited to sheetmetal, plumbing fixtures and equipment with adequate details and scales to clearly show construction. Indicate the operating characteristics for each required item. Clearly identify each item on the submittal as to mark, location and use, using the same identification as provided on the construction documents. 2.Sheetmetal and fire protection shop drawings shall be fully dimensioned and coordinated based on field verified building dimensions and clearances and architectural ceiling layouts. Indicate structural systems, lighting, ductwork and piping at all critical locations. 3.Contractor shall review and indicate his approval of each shop drawing prior to submittal for review. Shop drawings will not be reviewed by the engineer unless the contractor's approval is noted. Do not start work or fabrication until shop drawings have been reviewed by the engineer and returned to the contractor. 4.Submittals will be reviewed only for general compliance with the contract documents and not for dimensions or quantities. The architect and engineer will make every effort to detect and correct errors, omissions, and inaccuracies in such drawings, but the failure to detect errors, omissions, and inaccuracies shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for the proper and complete installation in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. The submittal review shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for purchase of any item in full compliance with the contract documents or its complete and proper installation. 5.Where submittals vary from the contract requirements, the contractor shall clearly indicate on submittal or accompanying documents the nature and reason for the variations. 6.Each manufacturer or his representative must check the application of his equipment and certify at time of shop drawing submittal that the equipment specified has been properly applied and can be installed, serviced and maintained where indicated on the drawings. Advise engineer in writing with submittal drawings of any potential problems. The manufacturer shall be responsible for any changes that might be necessary because of physical characteristics of equipment that have not been called to the engineer's attention at the time of submittal. 7.Submit a minimum of one (1) print and an electronic “pdf” of shop drawings to the architect. The architect and engineer shall review and return a pdf. The contractor shall distribute copies as required to properly conduct the work, including requirements of the operating manual. H.Record Drawings 1.Each contractor or subcontractor shall keep one (1) complete set of the contract drawings and equipment submittals on the job site on which he shall regularly record any deviations or changes from such contract drawings made during construction. All recording shall be done in color ink. 2.These drawings shall record the installed location of all concealed equipment, piping, electric service, sewers, wastes, vents, ducts, conduit, etc., by measure dimensions to each such item from column centerlines or readily identifiable and accessible walls or corners of the building. Plans also shall show invert elevation of sewers and top elevation of all other below-grade lines. 3.Record drawings shall be kept clean and undamaged and shall not be used for any purpose other than recording deviations from working drawings and exact locations of concealed work. 4.After the project is completed, these drawings shall be scanned to an electronic “pdf” format and pdf and hard drawings shall be delivered to the architect in good condition, as a permanent record of the installation as actually constructed. I.Supervision 1.The contractor shall have in charge of work at all times during construction a competent foreman or superintendent whose experience and background shall qualify him for the work to be performed under this division. Once assigned, the foreman or superintendent shall be retained until completion of the project and any consideration as to his removal on grounds of incompetence shall either be initiated by or referred to the architect for decision. Section 200510 - Basic Materials and Methods A.General 1.Provide all materials, labor, equipment, and accessories required to furnish and install the mechanical items identified in this section. 2.This section includes basic mechanical materials and methods to complement other division sections in this specification and requirements indicated on the mechanical drawings. B.Interferences 1.Before installing any work, contractor shall see that it does not interfere with clearance required for finish on beams, columns, pilasters, walls, or other structural or architectural members, as shown on architectural drawings. If any work is so installed and it later develops that architectural design cannot be followed, contractor shall, at his own expense, make such changes in his work as architect may direct to permit completion of architectural work in accordance with plans and specifications. 2.Install additional offsets on piping or ductwork where required to obtain maximum headroom or to direct to permit completion of architectural work in accordance with plans and specifications. 2.Install additional offsets on piping or ductwork where required to obtain maximum headroom or to avoid conflict with other work without additional cost to owner. 3.Report any interferences between work under this division and that of any other contractors to architect as soon as they are discovered. Architect will determine which equipment shall be relocated, regardless of which was first installed, and his decision shall be final. C.Protection of Work and Property 1.The contractor shall be responsible for safeguarding work, property, and facilities against damage, both his own as well as others with which he may come into contact in the performance of his work. 2.Stored materials shall be protected against damage from weather. Pipe, and duct openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All fixtures and equipment shall be covered and protected against damage. Any materials or equipment damaged at any stage in the construction shall be replaced or repaired. Final completion, all work shall be in a clean and unblemished condition. 3.During construction, all return air ductwork and transfer air openings serving new and existing air handling equipment and/or adjacent tenant spaces shall be protected. Openings which need to remain active shall be covered and protected with MERV 8 filtration media; openings which can remain inactive during construction shall be covered with plastic sheathing and sealed air tight. Filter media shall be replaced regularly as required during construction in order to ensure adequate airflow through all required active openings. In addition, at the end of each phase of construction and at the end of the construction project, all filtration media within each piece of equipment serving the space shall be replaced. D.Excavation and Backfill 1.Perform all excavation and backfill required for installation of below-grade piping and ductwork. 2.Excavate as required to install piping at required depth and pitch. Pipe to be laid on sand bedding to give uniform bearing along length of pipe (sand inside building and interlocking aggregate outside building). 3.Backfill with bedding material to a minimum of 12” above top of pipe and compact. Balance of backfill in outdoor grass areas shall be clean earth up to 6” above surrounding grades. Backfill below finished floors shall be sand. Backfill outdoors under paving shall be interlocking aggregate and shall be compacted in maximum 10” layers. 4.All other excavations shall be backfilled with clean earth, excluding rubbish and boulders. Backfill shall be thoroughly tamped and puddled. 5.Patch floor and paving to match existing adjacent surfaces. 6.Backfilling shall not be done until pipe lines are properly tested in the presence of the architect and/or inspection of the government agency having jurisdiction. 7.Control trench soil compaction during construction for compliance with the maximum density specified for the following areas: a.Building slabs, walkways, roadways, or public thorough-fares; compact top 12” of subgrade and each layer of backfill for fill material at 95 percent density for cohesionless soils, and 90 percent density for cohesive soil material. Tests to be performed by an independent testing service, with the compliance report submitted to the architect. 8.Pipe shall not be laid in water. Furnish all pumping equipment, power, temporary connections, etc., and do all pumping necessary to remove ground or casual water. 9.Where trenches cross roads, walks, or public thoroughfares, provide suitable barricades and bridges adequately protected by signs or red flags during day and lights as night. 10.Repave all streets or sidewalks disturbed at this contractor's expense to recommendations, procedures and satisfaction of architect and authorities having jurisdiction. E.Supports and Hangers 1.Hangers and supports are to be provided to properly support, secure and align piping and to meet field conditions and as manufactured by Grinnell, Michigan Hanger or Caddy. 2.All hangers, brackets, clamps, etc., shall be of standard weight steel. Perforated strap hangers shall not be used in any work. When two or more pipes are run parallel, they may be supported on unistrut-type trapeze hangers. Other hangers for pipe 3” in size and smaller shall be clevis. For pipe transporting medium above 150 degrees F and 4” in size and above, use pipe roll. Each hanger is to be sized to include pipe insulation saddle for protection. 3.Where building service lines enter or leave building such as water, sewer, gas, etc., and are installed on filled earth, provide continuous support on a reinforced concrete beam furnished and installed under this division. Support beam on building and with vertical support down to foundation footing and on undisturbed earth at other end. Gas main shall enter building above grade. 4.All vertical piping passing through floors shall be supported at the floor by a riser clamp. 5.Isolate all copper lines form ferrous hangers or supports by using foil filler or vinyl tape. 6.Spacing to comply with ASHRAE standards and code requirements. F.Pipe Sleeves, Floor and Ceiling Plates 1.All pipes passing through floors or masonry walls shall be provided with machine-cut schedule 40 pipe steel sleeves. The sleeves shall be so sized to allow at least 1/4" clearance between the inside sleeve wall and the pipe or insulation surface. Sheet metal sleeves shall not be used in this work. Pipe sleeves are to extend 2” above finished floor and sealed. Pipe sleeves are to be full wall thickness and sealed. 2.Unused sleeves shall be plugged and finished to match adjoining surface. G.Escutcheons 1.Fit all pipe passing through walls, floors or ceilings in finished rooms with steel or brass escutcheons. Where surface is to receive a paint finish, make escutcheons prime painted; otherwise, make escutcheons nickel or chrome plated. Where piping is insulated, fit escutcheons outside insulation. H.Pipe Identification and Tags 1.Identify each pipe, valve and controls in equipment rooms, above accessible ceilings and in accessible shafts. 2.Color code identification bands or marker backgrounds to identify contents of pipe with initials and direction of flow located near each valve and fitting, on both sides of pipe passing through walls and on long runs at not over 20'-0” intervals. 3.At place where pipe is to have marking, covered pipe shall be properly primed with clear lacquer. After marking is applied, coat with lacquer. Apply marking adjacent to valves and equipment at major changes in directions, where pipes pass through walls or floors. 4.Each piece of equipment shall be identified by a number, together with a brief description of its purpose, e.g. “Air Handling Unit - East Lobby.” Identification shall be embossed or engraved plastic or stamped brass strips firmly attached to the equipment or adjacent wall at the obvious location. The lettering for such strips shall be not less than 1/2" high. 5.All valves shall be provided with brass numbered tags attached to handle with a brass chain or ring. Wiring of tags will not be acceptable. At the completion of the work, a reproducible valve schedule shall be provided. Three (3) copies of this shall be mounted in metal, glass covered frames where requested by the architect. The schedule shall give a description of the line or equipment controlled; the normal position, emergency and/or shutdown position and location given either by description or diagram. 6.All controls, starters, switches, etc, shall be identified by embossed stencil or engraved plate as to purpose and/or equipment controlled. Control wiring shall be identified with program number and device it services. I.Access Panels 1.Each contractor shall be responsible for providing all required access panels necessary for his work. This includes any access panels required for HVAC, plumbing and fire protection. Each contractor shall also provide access panels for any existing conditions as required. 2.Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for type of access panel and coordinate locations prior to any work. 3.Contractor shall mark lay-in ceiling tiles, in a method approved by the architect, where access is required to such mechanical, plumbing, and fire protection equipment, valves, regulators, mixing boxes, fire damper, etc. J.Noise and Vibration Isolation 1.Furnish and install vibration isolating mountings to isolate from the structure, by means of resilient vibration and noise isolators, all mechanical equipment over 1 HP having rotating or reciprocating parts. Isolators shall be supplied by a single source, and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to provide isolation efficiencies in accordance with this specification. Selection shall be based on equipment purposed, power dissipated, frequency, weight distribution and nature of the building structure. Mountings shall be designed to permit attachment to the equipment base or pad and to the structure and shall be selected for uniform deflection allowing for unequal weight distribution. 2.Selection shall be made by the manufacturer of the mountings to provide a transmissibility not exceeding 10 percent. This contractor shall provide inertia pads for equipment where called for on drawings or recommended by the manufacturer of the mountings. These shall consist of reinforced concrete pads of suitable shape, of weight 1-1/2 times the weight of the equipment and provided with weld plates or channels at the corners to which the mountings may be secured. Vibration or noise created in any part of the building by the operation of any equipment furnished weld plates or channels at the corners to which the mountings may be secured. 3.Vibration or noise created in any part of the building by the operation of any equipment furnished and/or installed under this contract will be prohibited, and this contractor shall take all precautions by isolating the various items of equipment, pipe and sheet metal work form the building structure. The major items of equipment shall be isolated as called for on the plans and specified herein. The minor items shall be held the responsibility of this contractor. 4.Mechanical equipment not internally isolated by the manufacturer shall be isolated as follows: a.Connections from pump outlet and discharge nozzles to piping shall be made with flexible connectors. b.Centrifugal fans, air conditioning and/or heating and ventilating units up to 3”static pressure on grade shall be mounted on precompressed molded fiberglass, rubber-in-shear, or steel spring isolators. If the drive motor is not supported directly on the fan, both units shall be mounted on an integral structural steel base supplied by the isolator manufacturer, or sufficient rigidity to maintain alignment between the fan and the drive motor. The base shall, in turn be mounted on precompressed molded fiberglass, rubber-in-shear, or steel spring isolators. The fans' isolators shall provide isolation efficiencies as follows: Fan speed over 700 RPM 95 percent Fan speed between 450 and 700 RPM 90 percent Fan speed below 450 RPM, fan wheel over 48” diameter 80 percent Fan speed below 450 RPM, fan wheel under 48” diameter Noise isolation only c.Centrifugal fans, air conditioning and/or heating and ventilating units up to 3” static pressure above grade shall be mounted on steel spring vibration isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolation pads. If the drive motor is not supported directly on the fan, both units shall be mounted on an integral concrete inertia base, supplied by the isolator manufacturer, of sufficient rigidity to maintain alignment between the fan and isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolation pads. See “C” above for isolation efficiencies. d.Centrifugal fans, air conditioning and/or heating and ventilating units up to 3” static pressure ceiling suspended shall be mounted on a suitable platform and the platform in turn, suspended by threaded rods from the overhead structure. Resilient hangers incorporating steel springs and precompressed molded inserts shall be incorporated into each supporting rod. See “C” above for isolation efficiencies. e.Centrifugal fans, air conditioning and/or heating and ventilating units over 3” static pressure shall be mounted on a reinforced concrete inertia block whose weight is equal to or greater than that of the supported equipment. The concrete shall be poured into a welded steel channel frame with welded-in reinforcing bars and prelocated equipment anchor bolts, all supplied by the isolator manufacturer. The inertia block shall be mounted on steel spring vibration isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolation pads. See “C” above for isolation efficiencies. f.Pumps up to 5 HP shall be mounted on rails, incorporating precompressed molded fiberglass, rubber-in-shear, or steel spring isolators. The isolators shall provide 90 percent isolation efficiency. 5.Piping and ductwork shall be supported independently of the mechanical equipment and shall be isolated as follows: a.All suspended piping in the mechanical equipment and air handling rooms shall be supported from the overhead structure by threaded rods incorporating resilient hangers. The resilient hangers shall contain steel springs and precompressed molded fiberglass inserts, designed for static deflections of between 1” and 1-3/4” under operating conditions. b.All floor supported piping and pipe hangers in the mechanical equipment rooms shall be mounted on steel spring vibration isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolators, designed for minimum static deflections of 1”. c.Suspended piping entering or leaving mechanical or air handling equipment outside the equipment rooms shall be supported for the first three hangers away from the equipment by threaded rods incorporating resilient hangers from the overhead structure. The resilient hangers shall contain steel springs and precompressed molded fiberglass inserts, designed for static deflections between 1” and 1-3/4” under operating conditions. d.Floor supported piping entering or leaving mechanical equipment outside the equipment room shall be mounted on steel spring vibration isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolators, designed for minimum static deflections of 1” for the first three supports. e.Flexible connections shall be used between air handling equipment and ductwork. f.All ductwork within the mechanical equipment and air handling rooms shall be suspended with rod and rubber-in-shear hangers. 6.Isolation efficiency shall be based on the lowest operating speed of the supported equipment. The isolator manufacturer shall provide, as a part of his submittal data, and isolating efficiencies for the isolators supporting each piece of equipment. Isolators shall be manufactured by Consolidated Kinetics Corp., 401 Dublin Avenue, Columbus, Ohio, or Mason Industries, Inc., Hollis, New York. K.Expansion Joints 1.Expansion joints in piping for heating and domestic water system 2-1/2” and below shall be Flexicraft ML loop stainless steel for steel and copper pipe or Flexonics model H, stainless steel bellows, internal guides, anti-torque device for steel pipe and model HB, bronze bellows, internal guides, anti-torque device for copper pipe; end connections to match corresponding pipe construction. 2.Expansion joints in heating and domestic water systems 3” pipe size and above shall be flexonics corrugated bellows type with mated neck rings and control rings; allowable working pressure to be 300 PSIG at 850 degrees F. End connections to be flanged. 3.Pipe alignment guide to be steel spider (copper clad for copper pipe) housed in a steel sleeve with feet for attachment to structure. 4.Expansion loops shall be provided on all pipe runs over 100 ft in length. Size loop per manufacturer's recommendations or as scheduled. L.Thermometers and Gauges 1.Pressure gauges shall be provided in pipe lines and at inlets and outlets to equipment as called for or specified. These shall be installed to indicate pressure changes across equipment only. This means that they must have connections installed as close as possible to equipment flanges. These shall be bourdon tube type with 3” minimum dial 1/4 male NPT connection, steel cages with pressure ranges suitable for indicating the normal operating pressure at the two-third point of the scale range. Ashcroft, 3M or Taylor. Connections shall be made with shut-off cock and surge snubber. 2.Thermometers shall be a red mercury in glass-type with adjustable angle feature, 7” minimum scale length with range and bulb length suitable for the application and insertion well. These shall be located where they sense a true temperature and where they can be easily read and be installed with heat transfer grease. M.Miscellaneous Steel 1.Furnish and install all miscellaneous steel required for supports, hangers, anchors, guides, etc., required for installation of equipment and materials furnished and installed under this division. N.Painting 1.This contractor shall perform all painting incidental to this work. 2.All insulation shall be painted at the time of installation with one coat of Benjamin Foster “Lagtone” water base paint. At the completion of the work, all such insulation shall be given an additional coat of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 3.All uncovered black iron pipe, fittings, iron portions of valves, hangers, structural steel, expansion tanks, cooling tower sumps and all other black iron work shall be thoroughly cleaned and given two coats of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 4.All uncovered exposed sheet metal shall be thoroughly cleaned and neutralized and given two (2) coats of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 5.All painting shall be done with a brush or roller. Spray painting will be prohibited. 6.All finishing materials, thinners, etc., shall be the best quality, first line materials as manufactured by: a.E.I. Dupont De Nemours and Company b.Pratt and Lambert, Inc. c.The Glidden Company d.The Sherwin-Williams Company e.The Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company 7.All paint materials shall be delivered to the job in the manufacturer's original unopened and labeled containers, and they shall be used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 8.This contractor shall submit a list of materials to the architect. The list shall state the branch names of the materials that the contractor intends to use. This list shall be secured from the paint manufacturer and shall be on his stationery. 9.The architect's approval must be secured before any painting work is started. Section 200500 (cont.)Section 200510 (cont.)MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICALSPECIFICATIONS MP-400 Section 200510 (cont.) WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 M P 4 0 0 _ M P 4 0 1 _ M P 4 0 2 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 9 : 0 8 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 The architect's approval must be secured before any painting work is started. O.Clean-Up 1.Insofar as this contract is concerned, at all times keep premises and building in a neat and orderly condition: Follow explicitly any instructions of architect in regard to storing of materials, protective measures, cleaning-up of debris, etc. 2.Upon completion of work, this contractor shall thoroughly clean all apparatus furnished by him, pack all valves and thoroughly clean piping, fixtures and equipment removing all dirt, grease and oil. 3.Air systems shall not be operated without filters. Upon completion of work, replace all filters. P.Operating and Maintenance 1.This contractor shall furnish competent personal instruction to the owner's operating personnel for a period of two (2) days in the proper operation of the heating and air conditioning equipment. He shall also supply the owner with copies of an operation manual containing the following: a.Step-by-step procedures for start-up and shut-down for each system and piece of equipment. b.Performance data, curves, ratings. c.Wiring diagrams. d.Manufacturer's descriptive literature. e.Automatic controls with diagrams and written description of operation. f.Manufacturer's maintenance and service manuals. g.Plumbing fixtures. h.Spare parts and replacement parts list for each piece of equipment. i.Name of service agency and installer. j.Final approved shop drawings. Section 200523 - Piping and Valves A.General 1.Furnish all material, labor, equipment, and accessories as required to install complete fire protection, plumbing, and HVAC piping systems as indicated on drawings and in these specifications. 2.Install in full accordance with local code requirements, see other specification section for additional requirements and install in accordance to manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. B.Connections to Equipment Furnished by Others 1.Provide valved water and/or gas connection for equipment furnished by other contractors or owner. 2.Include accessories required by code, drawings and manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.Fully coordinate with lab equipment, pool equipment, kitchen equipment, and laundry equipment suppliers and confirm all rough-in requirements prior to starting work. C.Installation 1.All piping shall be installed parallel with or perpendicular to the building walls. All vertical risers shall be installed plumb and straight. All piping above accessible ceilings shall be installed as high as possible and at height to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. 2.All piping shall be installed with pitch in the direction of flow of not less than 1” in forty feet, except as otherwise shown. It must be possible to drain every portion of the piping system. 3.Run lines as direct as possible and avoid unnecessary offsets. However, if offsets are required in order to obtain maximum headroom or to avoid conflict with other work, they shall be made as required or as requested by the architect without addition cost to the owner. The architect reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of piping and equipment during the roughing-in, without additional cost to the owner. All changes proposed by others shall be approved by the architect. 4.Lines shall be cut accurately to measurement at the site and worked into place without springing or forcing. Sufficient offsets, pipe loops or expansion joints between anchor points shall be provided as needed, whether or not shown, to limit stresses and control movement of lines subject to the thermal expansion. 5.Before any piping is installed, it shall be up-ended and pounded to remove any foreign matter present, and shall be swabbed, if necessary, for thorough cleaning. After installation and before final connections made, all piping system shall be flushed with a material that is not injurious to either pipe or equipment. (See also “Tests and Adjustments.”) 6.Pipe to be threaded shall be cut square and full threaded with clean-cut tapered threads and shall be reamed after threading. Threaded connections shall be made with pipe thread compound applied to the wall threads only. 7.The edges of pipe to be welded shall be machine beveled wherever possible. Before welding, the surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. The piping shall be carefully aligned. No metal shall project within the pipe. Mitered joints are prohibited. Only factory formed fittings shall be used. Elbows shall be long radius type. Flanges shall be welding neck type. Mitering of the pipe to form elbows or the notching of straight runs to form the tee connection will not be permitted. 8.Unions or companion flanges shall be installed in all connections to equipment, automatic valves, etc., as necessary to permit removal of equipment and specialties for servicing, repairing or cleaning. It shall be possible to remove any piece of equipment by removing only one or two sections of piping. 9.Valves shall be provided in suitable locations at each item of equipment, branch circuit, riser, or section of piping as indicated or required for proper and safe operation of the system and to facilitate maintenance and/or removal of all equipment and apparatus. On horizontal pipe runs, install all valve stems vertically up where possible and in no case shall the stems be turned more than 90 degrees from the vertically up position. 10.Drain valves shall be provided at all low points, trapped section, and on the equipment side of all branch valves to permit draining of all parts of all liquid piping systems. Drain valves shall have threaded hose ends with cap and chain. Drain piping shall be provided from pump glands, relief valves, etc., to spill at the floor over floor drains or other acceptable discharge points. The drain line shall terminate with plain, unthreaded end with a minimum 2” air gap at floor drain. 11.Taps (half couplings or tees) shall be provided as necessary to permit the installation of temperature control instruments, thermometers, pressure gauges, air vents, etc. 12.Connections between copper piping and screwed ferrous equipment connections or screwed ferrous piping systems shall be made as follows: a.For stationary non-rotating, non-vibrating equipment connections: dielectric unions. b.For rotating or vibrating equipment connection: cast brass adapter and bronze flanges with dielectric separation of flanges and bolts. c.Connections between copper piping and ferrous equipment flanges or flanged ferrous piping systems shall be made using bronze companion flange with dielectric separation of flanges and bolts. d.Brass or bronze valves in ferrous piping will not require dielectric separation. e.Nipples between copper piping and equipment or fixture connection fittings shall be brass, not galvanized steel. 13.All pressure piping systems shall be installed to conform to the requirements of the local AHJ or state's pressure piping system code. 14.All excavations for installation of pipe shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until piping has been inspected, tested, and accepted. 15.All piping passing thru cast-in place concrete construction shall be sleeved to provide a minimum of 1/2"annular space around entire pipe to be sleeved. Space between sleeve and pipes in foundation walls shall be tightly caulked or mechanical seal to give a waterproof penetration. 16.Any piping resting on or coming in contact with building structure shall be insulated at that point to prevent telegraphing of sound. 17.Metal piping laid in corrosive fill shall be encased in concrete or in split tile. 18.Threaded joints shall conform to American Taper Pipe Thread ASA-B2.1-1960. All burrs shall be removed, pipe ends shall be reamed or filed to size of bore and all chips removed. Pipe cement shall be used only on male threads. 19.Unions shall have metal seats for drainage systems and metal to metal ground seats on water system. 20.Furnish and install valve in branches to sill cocks, toilet rooms and other fixture groups. Plumbing fixtures shall have wheel or screwdriver stops as specified. 21.All piping shall be rigidly supported and shall not be loose or shaky. D.Sanitary, Waste and Vent Sewers 1.Install sewers, stacks, vents, drains, etc., as indicated on the drawings. 2.All drainage and vent piping shall be constructed and run as direct as possible, protected from contact with slag or cinders and wherever practicable, shall be located so as to be accessible for inspection. The actual runs and locations of drains, soil waste, and leader piping shall be installed as to meet with the various conditions at the building and any work necessary to conceal pipes or clear pipes of other trades shall be done as directed by the architect. 3.Sewers to be pitched a minimum of 1/4" per foot for 3" sizes and under and 1/8" per foot for 4" sizes and larger or to slope as indicated on drawings. Kitchen sanitary waste shall be sloped ¼” per foot for all pipe sizes. 4.All piping shall be correctly aligned before joins are made. All changes of direction in drainage and vent piping shall be made by means of “Y” branches and 1/6, 1/8 or 1/16 bends. No lines shall be run with unnecessary bends or offsets and where changes in direction are unavoidable; they shall be made by use of proper fittings. Single and double sanitary tees, 1/4 bends and 1/8 bends may be used in vertical sections when direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Changes in direction and branch connections shall be made with approved drainage fittings compatible with the piping system material in which it is installed. Install cleanouts at base of each vertical waste and rainwater stack, each change in a direction of in which it is installed. 5.Install cleanouts at base of each vertical waste and rainwater stack, each change in a direction of piping greater than 45 degrees, within five feet (5'-0”) of main sewer after exiting the building, or as shown on drawings. Cleanouts on underground lines shall extend up flush with finished floor or grade. Provide cleanouts not over 50'- 0” on center along straight runs. Cleanouts shall be size of pipe to which it is installed up to 6” in diameter. Pipe over 6” in diameter shall have a 6” cleanout. 6.Vent terminals shall be terminated at least 18” above roof. Each vent terminal shall be made water tight with the roof by using sheet copper (8 ounces PSF) with base not less than 16” diameter and collar full height of pipe or rubber boot pipe flushing. Where vents are 4” or larger, flashing may be turned over into top of pipe without gap. Furnish flashing to general contractor for building into roofing material. 7.All fixtures and sanitary drains shall be vented as indicated on drawings and in accordance with code. Vent pipes, where not vertical shall have continuous slope up to vent through roof. 8.Openings in pipes shall be properly plugged when work is not in progress 9.Sewers shall be laid with full length of each section resting on a solid bed. Where necessary to obtain a firm support, the pipe shall be bedded on select material and thoroughly tamped. As pipe is laid, care shall be exercised to keep interior of pipe clear of foreign matter. Where trenching for pipe is excessively wide, the contractor shall, at his own expense, embed the pipe in concrete to support the added load of backfilling. 10.Pipe Schedule: a.Below grade inside building 1)Service weight - cast iron pipe ASTM A-74-82 with ASTM C-564-80 neoprene compression joints or no-hub CISPI with clamps. All kitchen sanitary shall be cast iron only. b.Above grade and vent material shall be as follows: 1)No-hub cast iron pipe CISPI 1-301-78. 2)1-1/4” and smaller, SCH. 40 galvanized steel pipe ASTM A-53/A53M, Type E with screwed fittings ASME B-16.4, class 125. f.Expansion Joints and deflection fittings 3)Ductile-Iron, flexible expansion joints; AWWA C110 or AWWA C153 with two gasketed ball-joint sections and one or more gasketed sleeve sections rated for 250 psig minimum. 4)Ductile-Iron expansion joints; three-piece assembly of telescoping sleeve with gaskets and restrained-type, ball-and-spigot end sections; AWWA C110 or AWWA C153; rated for 250 psig minimum. 5)Ductile-Iron deflection fittings; compound coupling fitting with ball joint, flexing section, gaskets, and restrained joint ends; AWWA C110 or AWWA C153; rated for 250 psi minimum and up to 15 degrees of deflection. 12.PVC piping shall not be installed unless permitted by code and shall not be installed in return air plenums. E.Domestic Water Piping 1.Install domestic water piping as indicated on drawings. Include all fittings, valves, hangers, and other accessories including water meter and backflow preventer. Extend domestic water piping to all fixtures and equipment required for complete installation. 2.Include unions, or other disconnect means, stops or valves for isolation of fixtures and equipment. Valves to be fully compatible with piping for service intended as manufactured by Nibco, Crane or Milwaukee. Include hose or drain valves at low points where fixtures cannot be used for drainage. 3.Install shock absorbers at each quick closing fixture and where required to prevent water hammer as manufactured by J.R. Smith, Sioux Chief or Zurn. Absorbers shall be installed in vertical upright position. 4.Hangers on insulated pipe to be outside of insulation, sized accordingly with a sufficient saddle to protect insulation as manufactured by Grinnell or Michigan. 5.Pipe Schedule: a.Below grade inside building (2-1/2” and less) 1)Soft copper ASTM B88, Type “K” without joints. 2)Piping may be routed inside a larger conduit so pipe can be removed without excavation. b.Above grade (2” and less) 1)Type “L” hard copper ASTM B 88-832 with wrought copper fittings ASTM B 16.22 1980 and non-lead or antimony solder joints. 6.Flush, vent and sanitize all water piping with chlorine as required per AWWA, local building department and health department codes. 7.Domestic hot and cold water piping under concrete floor to be covered with sand so that piping will not become embedded in the floor slab. 8.All piping under concrete floor shall be type "K" soft copper, continuous. Splices or fittings will not be allowed. 9.Extreme caution must be taken so that no copper piping and insulation under concrete floors becomes crushed, cut, split or deformed during the pouring of the floor slab. 10.Allow 1-1/4” per 100 feet of length for expansion in domestic hot water lines. 11.All piping in return air ceiling plenums or walls shall be plenum rated materials. Section 200593 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing A.General 1.After installation, check all equipment and perform start up in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2.All piping shall be tested and free of leaks as required by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3.Work that is scheduled to be concealed or insulated shall remain uncovered until required tests have been completed. If the construction schedule requires, arrange for tests on sections of the system at a time. 4.Balance all systems, calibrate controls, check for proper operation and sequence under all conditions and make all necessary adjustments. 5.Instruct owner in operation of systems and submit operating and maintenance manual for all equipment and systems. 6.Submit air and water balance report from independent AABC or NEBB certified subcontractor for all air and water systems per AABC or NEBB standards. 7.Submit duct leakage test report from independent AABC or NEBB certified contractor. 8.Before start-up, the HVAC water systems shall be cleaned as follows: a.Heating Water Systems: Fill entire system and add commercial chemical cleaning agent at the minimum rate of two (2) pounds per 100 gallons of system water. Operate heating system for four (4) hours. Vent system during cleaning, drain system to remove all foreign matter; remove and clean all strainers. Fill system and add chemical treatment after analysis of system water is made. b.Chilled Water System: Same as heating water except operation time to be six (6) hours. 9.When the contractor is ready to run capacity tests, he shall notify the architect. When this notice is given, the architect will assume that the contractor has made preliminary tests and is satisfied that the plant will develop specified and guaranteed capacities. It will be the contractor's responsibility to furnish any and all instruments required to obtain test data which shall include thermometers, electric meters, pressure gauges, etc. 10.Work under this division of the specifications shall not be considered complete until the contractor has obtained required inspection, performance tests, made necessary adjustments and has submitted satisfactory evidence of the architect or his representative will make spot checks to determine the accuracy and completeness of final adjustments. Should spot checks indicate more than a reasonable deviation from design requirements, the contractor shall repeat tests and adjustments to the satisfaction of the engineer. 11.During one complete heating and one complete cooling season, the contractor shall make any minor adjustments that may be necessary to ensure uniform temperatures throughout the spaces. 12.Test results shall be submitted to the architect/engineer. 13.The Test and Balancing contractor shall adjust all sheaves or provide new sheaves and belts as required in order to properly balance all air handling equipment. B.Balancing, Start Up and Instructions 1.After equipment is placed in operation, systems shall be balanced to within 10% of design flow with report submitted to owner. Balancing shall be performed by an independent AABC or NEBB certified contractor. 2.Balance the air systems prior to balancing hydronic, steam, and refrigerant systems. 3.Test, adjust and balance cooling systems during summer season and heating systems during winter season. Balance systems when the outside air conditions are within 5 degrees F wet bulb temperature of the maximum summer design condition and within 10 degrees F dry bulb temperature of the minimum winter design condition. 4.Start up and place all systems in operation and tag all switches and controls with permanent labels. 5.Train and instruct owner on proper operation and preventative maintenance of system. C.Piping: Testing to be done by the contractor. 1.All piping shall be given the following pressure test without appreciable pressure drop: Contractor shall use recording line charts to record all pressure testing outcomes. *A minimum notice of 48 hours shall be given the architect prior to purging of any gas lines. Purging shall be to the outside of building at a safe location. 2.During the final inspection of the building, the contractor may be asked to remove at least one water closet in the presence of the architect so that it can be checked for a proper installation. If the one toilet is found to be installed in a defective manner, the contractor shall remove and properly reinstall all toilets. 3.Care shall be exercised in installation of air piping so as not to allow contamination. 4.Minor leaks in welded joints shall be corrected by chipping out the weld and rewelding. A general sweating of a weld joint will be considered sufficient cause for rejection. Defects that may develop in screwed joints under test shall be corrected by replacing the fitting or thread or both. Caulking of defective threaded joints will not be permitted. 5.During the testing period, this contractor shall maintain on the job a competent individual thoroughly familiar with all phases of plumbing for as long as may be required to thoroughly adjust all of the systems and to demonstrate to the architect that they are functioning properly. 6.Adjust all flush valves and balancing valves for proper flow. 7.All hydrostatic and/or air tests shall be made before piping is concealed or covered. This contractor shall be responsible for completely draining the systems after hydrostatic tests are performed. Any damage from freezing prior to acceptance of the completed installation shall be repaired at the sole expense of this contractor. 8.All materials and installations under the plumbing system shall be inspected by the inspector to ensure compliance with requirements of the plumbing code. 9.This contractor shall notify the plumbing inspector whenever work is ready for test and inspection. 10.When work for the plumbing permit is issued and completed, this contractor shall request final inspection. Such request shall be made before the building is occupied or used but not more than 30 days after completion of the work. 11.Before approving the plumbing system, the plumbing inspector may require that the system in whole or part be tested to prove sufficiency. All equipment, material, power and labor necessary for inspections and test shall be supplied by the plumbing contractor. 12.All piping of plumbing system shall be tested with water or air per testing schedule. a.Drainage system water test: provide fitting at property line or termination point for purpose of test plug. Water test shall be applied to entire system or by section. When tested in sections, at least the lower 20 feet of the next section above shall be retested so that every section tested shall have at least a 20-foot head test. Hold without pressure loss for 15 minutes. b.Drainage system air test - attach air apparatus to suitable opening, close all other inlets and outlets, and then force air into the system until there is uniform pressure, sufficient to balance a column of mercury 10” in height or 5 pounds gauge pressure on the entire system. Hold without pressure loss for 15 minutes. c.No part of system shall be covered before inspection is made and approved. If covered before test, contractor shall pay for cost of uncovering so test can be made and accepted. d.Defective work or materials shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated within three days. 13.Certificates of approval of satisfactory completion and final inspection shall be obtained by the plumbing contractor. One copy of each approval shall be given to the architect. 14.Damages which result from breakage or faulty installation shall be the responsibility of the plumbing contractor. 15.After the system has been in service for a two-week period and again before the system is turned over to the owner, all dirt pockets, traps, and strainers shall be cleaned, removed, and reinstalled. D.Water Using Equipment: All water using equipment, such as but not limited to, cooling coils and convertors, shall be balanced to obtain the required water pressure drop and flow. This contractor shall list the flow rate and required pressure drop and the observed pressure drop for each piece of equipment. E.Pumps: For each pump, the contractor shall list all the pump design data and shall obtain by measurement and furnish to the architect/engineer the pump motor voltage, amperage, and pump heads with no water flow and with full water flow. 1.Submit four copies of manufacturer's pump curves for each pump indicating operating points. F.Air Handling Equipment: For each piece of air handling equipment, this contractor shall list the data of the fan, motor and drive and shall obtain by measurement and furnish to the architect/engineer the fan speed, motor voltage, operating amps, for cfm and static pressure as determined from the manufacturer's fan curves. This contractor shall also determine the fan cfm by means of a velocity traverse which shall be taken a minimum of three fan diameters from fan outlet. Before running any tests, the contractor shall have installed all the components of the system and shall ensure the cleanliness of the filters. G.Diffusers, Registers, Grilles: After completion of the air distribution systems and final adjustments, the contractor shall adjust all dampers and air supply, return and exhaust outlets so that each outlet handles its proper quantity of air. Supply registers and diffusers shall be adjusted to provide for the proper throw and a uniform distribution pattern. 1.For supply, return and exhaust air outlets, the velocity shall be measured with a heated wire resistance type anemometer held 1” from the face of the outlets; the air velocity shall be the average of velocity readings taken at points no more than 6” apart. The area shall be the net core area of the outlet. 2.Test readings shall be taken for each register, grille and diffuser. For each of these units, obtain and furnish information on manufacturer, testing equipment used, procedure followed, location, size, average, velocity, gross and net core areas, observed cfm and specified cfm. Separate tabulations shall be furnished for each manufacturer, each system and each type of register, grille and diffuser. H.Mixing Dampers: Mixing dampers shall be adjusted on the basis of the temperature of the mixed outside and return airstreams. 1.The minimum fresh air damper position shall be set to obtain a mixed air temperature determined from the following equation: Mixed Air Temperature = (Outside Air Temp.) x (Min. Percent Outside Air) + (Return Air Temp.) x (1 - Min. Percent Outside Air) 2.Percentage of air quantity shall be expressed as a fraction of the total air supply. I.Holes in ducts and casings used for static pressure and velocity readings shall be provided with removable closures. J.During the testing period, this contractor shall maintain on the job a competent individual thoroughly familiar with all phases of air conditioning, including refrigeration, temperature control and distribution, for as long a period as may b required to thoroughly adjust all of the systems and to demonstrate to the architect that they are functioning properly. K.The testing and balancing engineer shall, as part of his work, perform a “Spot” re-check balancing conditions between 30 to 90 days after both summer and winter balancing operations at which time a representative of the temperature control manufacturer capable of performing adjustments to his system shall accompany the balancing engineer. This operation shall include a check of space temperature, calibration of controls, pump and fan performance and the necessary adjustments thereto. Fire Hot Water Air Sanitary Sewer Cold Water Main Water Service SERVICE Water Service Piping Condenser Water Condensate Fire Protection See Fire Protection Section Water Water 125 psi 125 psi 6 6 TIME (HOURS) 6 AWWA Procedure 24 24 12 24 TEST MEDIUM Water Water Water Water Air As per State Plumbing Code or Local Authority Water MIN. PRESSURE 125 psi 125 psi 125 psi 125 psi 125 psi 150 psi Section 200700 - Insulation A.General 1.Furnish all material, labor and equipment as required to install complete plumbing and HVAC insulation as indicated on mechanical drawings and in these specifications. 2.Install in full accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B.Scope: This contractor shall furnish and install all insulation necessary to the project and in accordance with the following requirements. All insulation and accessories used in an air plenum space, and all duct covering and lining, regardless of physical location, shall have a composite (insulation, jacket, and adhesive) fire and smoke hazard rating as tested under procedure ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723, not exceeding a flame spread 25 and smoke developed 50. All other areas shall have insulating materials and accessories on pipes and vessels rated at a flame spread 25 and smoke developed 150 as tested by the same procedure. All calcium silicate shall be asbestos free. C.Workmanship: 1.All insulation shall be installed over clean, dry surfaces. Insulation must be dry and in good condition. Wet or damaged insulation will not be acceptable. No insulation shall be applied prior to pressure test completion of the respective piping and/or duct system. 2.All pipe insulation shall be installed with joints butted firmly together. All valves and fittings shall be insulated using mitered sections of insulation equal in density and thickness to the adjoining insulation, or with an insulation cement equal in thickness to the adjoining insulation or premolded insulated fittings. The insulation applied to the valves and fittings shall be covered with the same type of covering as used on the pipe insulation. No staples. 3.All insulation ends shall be tapered and sealed regardless of services. 4.All insulated, exposed piping 8'-0” and below to the finished floor shall include a 0.020” thick vinyl jacket. This jacket is in 3.All insulation ends shall be tapered and sealed regardless of services. 4.All insulated, exposed piping 8'-0” and below to the finished floor shall include a 0.020” thick vinyl jacket. This jacket is in addition to the normal finish for the respective service. 5.Rigid duct insulation shall be impaled over welded pins and secured with white insulation caps. All seams shall be firmly butted and sealed with white pressure sensitive vapor barrier tape. No staples. 6.Wrap around duct insulation shall be applied with all joints butted firmly together. Insulation shall be cemented to the surface with fireproof adhesive applied in 6” wide strips on 12” centers. All joints in the insulation covering shall be sealed with adhesive. Where ducts are over 24” wide, the ductwrap shall be additionally secured to bottom of rectangular or oval ducts with mechanical fasteners on 16” centers to prevent sagging. Vapor barrier shall be legibly printed by the manufacturer to show nominal thickness and type of insulation. Aluminum corner angles shall be used to prevent over compressing insulation during installation. 7.Ductliner insulation shall be applied with joints precoated with adhesive and butted firmly together. Lining shall be cemented to ductwork with a minimum of 75 percent coverage of fire resistant adhesive. Mechanical fasteners on 16” centers and adhesive shall be used when duct width exceeds 12” or when duct height exceeds 24”. 8.All round diffuser duct drops connected to lined ductwork shall be insulated the same as “ductwork” schedule non-lined. 9.All flexible elastomeric insulation shall have all fittings, butt ends, and seams sealed with vapor barrier adhesive. 10.Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must be opened periodically for maintenance including metal vessel covers, fasteners, flanges, chilled water pumps, frames and accessories. 11.Repair all damaged sections of the existing piping and mechanical insulation damaged during this construction period. Use insulation of same thickness as existing insulation. Install new jacket lapping and seal over existing. 12.Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units. D.Plumbing Insulation (as manufactured by Owens Corning, Knauf or Schuller) 1.Insulate all above-grade hot water, hot water return and cold water piping with 1” thick molded fiberglass having an all service jacket. 2.Insulate all above-grade, horizontal air conditioning condensate floor drains and waste lines, overflow roof drains and piping, roof drains and piping and roof drain sumps with 1” thick molded fiberglass having an all service jacket. 3.Include insulation of fittings and valves. Keep vapor barriers intact. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. 4.Insulate all exposed waste and water supply piping under lavatory with safety covers per ADA requirements (as manufactured by Plumberex Specialty Products, McGuire or Truebro). E.HVAC Insulation (as manufactured by Owens Corning, Knauf) 1.All insulation to be applied in full accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and comply with 25/50 flame and smoke hazard ratings per ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. 2.Insulate all supply, return, outside and exhaust air ducts with 3/4" thick lined insulation or less to none with 1-1/2" thick, 1.5 pcf, R-6, foil faced reinforced kraft jacket fiberglass duct wrap fully secured to duct. Lap and tape seams and secure tightly to the ducts with wire or stick pins. Exposed ductwork in conditioned spaces without ceilings shall not be insulated, unless otherwise noted to be insulated. Ductwork in ceiling plenum space shall be insulated. 3.Insulate all supply, return, outside and exhaust air ducts lined or not lined located in the attic space with 3” thick, 0.75 pcf nominal density, R-10, foil faced reinforced Kraft jacket, fiberglass duct wrap fully secured to duct. Lap and tape seams and secure tightly to the ducts with wire or stick pins. 4.Insulate all supply, return, outside and exhaust air ducts lined or not lined exposed to weather outside with 3” thick mineral-fiber board, 3 pcf nominal density, R-13. Provide a venture clad insulation jacketing, color as selected by architect, field-applied jacket. 5.Insulate all condenser water piping on systems where the loop temperature may drop below 60 degrees F with 1” thick molded fiberglass insulation. Insulate all tower water piping with 2” thick molded fiberglass insulation, C = 0.22. All piping exposed outside shall have an aluminum roll jacketing or venture clad insulation jacketing with color as selected by architect, field-applied jacket. 6.Insulate all air conditioning condensate drain piping with 1" thick molded fiberglass insulation, C = 0.22. 7.Insulate all hot water tanks, converters, cold water storage tanks, chilled water pumps and chilled water air separators with a 2” thick fiberglass service board 6 pcf nominal density, R-10, with field applied 8-1/2 oz. glass cloth lagging wrap. Devices may be insulated with 2” thick flexible elastomeric insulation, C = 0.24. All cold water devices shall have a vapor seal. Section 211000 - Fire Protection Systems A.General 1.Furnish all labor, materials and equipment as required to install a complete fire protection system for project. 2.Field-verify sizes and location of existing sprinkler piping before fabrication of new. 3.This contractor shall be responsible for the removal and reinstallation of existing ceiling tiles, as required, for the installation of work shown in areas where existing ceilings are to remain. See architectural drawings for areas where existing ceilings are to remain. 4.This removal and reinstallation of existing lay-in ceiling tiles shall be the responsibility of the fire protection contractor (under the supervision of the general contractor) as required to perform his work. Any damage to existing ceiling tiles or supports shall be the responsibility of the general contractor. Ceiling tiles may be left out of the ceiling areas under construction only if stored in areas as directed by the owner so as not to hinder the daily operations of the building's occupations. 5.This contractor shall modify and relocate sprinkler piping and provide new sprinkler piping and heads, as required, to accommodate new mechanical work in full compliance with NFPA 13. This contractor shall also perform hydraulic calculations for sprinkler piping in the remodeled areas in accordance with NFPA 13. B.Design Basis 1.Design basis for system shall be per NFPA 13 (latest edition) building code requirements, local water department, local fire department, state fire marshal, local code, and owner and owner's fire insurance underwriter requirements. 2.System shall be hydraulically calculated as required by code. 3.Pipe sizes indicated on drawing are approximate and shall be verified per the contractor's hydraulic calculations. C.Drawings and Calculations 1.Contractor shall prepare submittal drawings and hydraulic calculations with a 10% factor of safety for building in accordance with owner's insurance company building department, and local fire authority requirements, tenant's requirements for design density, whichever is most stringent. 2.Contractor shall perform a flow test data on water main and submit data with calculations. 3.It is the fire protection contractor's responsibility to verify each tenant's design density with agreed upon lease documentation and that tenant's prototype or insurance underwriters requirements. 4.Provide wet standpipe system for project in accordance with NFPA 14 requirements. 5.Contractor and designer shall be state certified. 6.Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with ductwork and equipment above ceilings and other construction that penetrates ceilings, including but not limited to light fixtures, speakers, HVAC equipment, doors and partition assemblies. No sprinkler piping shall be routed beneath equipment above any ceilings that must be dropped directly down for service, repair, or replacement. 7.Examine areas and conditions under which fire protection materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer. Schedule rough-in installations with installations of other building components. 8.Shop drawings review does not relieve fire protection contractor from responsibility to meet each tenant's requirements for sprinkler coverage. 9.Fire protection contractor is responsible for verifying any high pile storage requirements of future tenants and providing an incoming sprinkler service size and risers to meet the requirements for adequate sprinkler coverage. D.Piping 1.All piping shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 14 (latest edition) and local code requirements. 2.Fire protection piping shall be as follows: a.Inside building - pipe and tubing shall be steel or copper in accordance with NFPA requirements. b.Piping shall match existing building standards. c.Contractor shall arrange with owner and insurance underwriter prior to shut down of existing systems. d.Flush all piping upon completion of project and test per NFPA requirements. e.No piping shall be installed at locations subject to freezing. 3.Excavation and backfill - see Section 200510, Basic Materials and Methods. E.Sprinkler Heads 1.Sprinkler heads shall be UL listed, match existing building standards and be manufactured by Central, Star or Viking. 2.Sprinkler heads shall be as follows: a.Areas with exposed structure 1.Upright - rough brass. b.Areas with ceilings 1.Recessed Pendent - chrome plated with matching two (2) piece, flush escutcheon. 2.Concealed - brass finish with off-white ceiling cover plate. 3.Sidewall - chrome plated with off-white, two (2) piece, semi-recessed escutcheon. 3.Install concealed heads with white flush mounted cover plate in (sales area). 4.Install higher temperature sprinkler heads where required by code or application. Sprinkler heads shall be located in the center of ceiling tiles or the center of an area of a 24” x 24” tile MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICALSPECIFICATIONS MP-401 Section 200510 (cont.)Section 200523 (cont.)Section 200593 (cont.)Section 200710 (cont.) WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 M P 4 0 0 _ M P 4 0 1 _ M P 4 0 2 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 9 : 2 8 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 Install higher temperature sprinkler heads where required by code or application. 5.Sprinkler heads shall be located in the center of ceiling tiles or the center of an area of a 24” x 24” tile section. See architectural reflected ceiling plans. 6.Submit samples of sprinkler heads to architect prior to fabrication of any piping. 7.Install inspector's test connection with valve and terminate drain through exterior wall with text fitting and splash block. F.Valves 1.Install all valves as required by NFPA 13, UL or FM listed and as manufactured by Grinnell, Hammond or Milwaukee. 2.All shut-off valves shall be fitted with tamper switches by fire protection contractor and wired by electrical contractor. Tamper switches shall be as manufactured by Notifier, Potter or Viking. 3.Install flow switch in riser as manufactured by Notifier, Potter or Viking and wired by electrical contractor. 4.Install UL listed alarm check valve with all required trim, including water motor alarm bell and drains as manufactured by Central Star or Viking. G.Extra Materials 1.Valve wrenches: Furnish to owner, 2 valve wrenches for each type of sprinkler head installed. 2.Sprinkler heads and cabinets: Furnish 2 extra sprinkler heads of each style included in the project. Furnish each style with its own sprinkler head cabinet and special wrenches. 3.Obtain receipt from owner that extra stock has been received and give architect a copy of this receipt. Section 224000 - Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment A.General 1.Furnish all fixtures and equipment indicated and scheduled on drawings, complete with all accessories, controls, etc., as required. 2.Provide factory-fabricated fixtures of type, style and material indicated. For each type fixture, provide fixture manufacturer's standard trim, carrier, seats and valves as shown by their published product information and indicated in the plumbing fixtures schedule; either as designed and constructed or as recommended by manufacturer and as required for complete installation. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer's option, but all fixtures of same type must be furnished by single manufacturer. Where type is not otherwise indicated, provide fixtures complying with governing regulations. 3.Where fittings, trim and accessories are exposed or semi-exposed, provide bright chrome-plated or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass where not exposed. 4.Water Outlets: At locations where water is supplied (by manual, automatic or remote control), provide commercial quality faucets, valves or dispensing devices of type and size indicated and as required to operate as indicated. Include manual shut-off valves and connecting stem pipes to permit outlet servicing without shut-down of water supply piping systems. 5.Vacuum Breakers: Provide with flush valves where required by governing regulations, including locations where water outlets are equipped for hose attachment. 6.Water Hammer Arrestors: Provide water hammer arrestors where shown on the drawings and as required to prevent water hammer and excessive vibration in the domestic water system. Arrestors to be of size indicated or as recommended by the manufacturer. 7.P-Traps: Include removable P-traps (with clean out plug) where drains are indicated for direct connection to drainage system. 8.Carriers: Provide cast iron supports for fixtures of either graphitic gray iron, ductile iron or malleable iron as indicated. 9.Fixture Bolt Caps: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fixture bolt caps finished to match fixture finish. 10.Escutcheons: Where fixture supplies and drains penetrate walls in exposed locations, provide chrome-plated sheet steel escutcheons with friction slips. 11.Aerators: Provide aerators of types approved by Health Department having jurisdiction. 12.Comply with additional fixture requirements contained in fixture schedule on drawings. B.Refer to plumbing plans for plumbing fixture specifications. Section 230900 - Instrumentation and Controls General 1.Furnish and install complete temperature control for all HVAC systems. 2.Provide new control devices including thermostats, humidistats, damper operators, motors, temperature sensors, staging relays, and other related devices for a complete operational system per the operating sequence and industry standards. 3.Mount all controls furnished as accessories to equipment and provide all control wiring required for proper operation. All wiring shall be in conduit per N.E.C. and local code requirements. 4.Mechanical contractor shall install all duct-mounted smoke detectors. Electrical contractor shall furnish and wire photo-electric duct smoke detectors at each unit to shut down fan upon activation. Detector shall be located in the supply/return air duct downstream/upstream of the unit connection. Detector will have manual reset and will activate a local alarm panel. 2.Split system AHU with Air Source Heat Pump - (AHU-1/HP-1) a.Wall mounted seven day programmable thermostat shall sequence heating , cooling, and dehumidification. Provide with sub-base to manually select heating, cooling, fan on-off, or auto operation. b.Unit shall operate in occupied or unoccupied modes based upon time clock sequence as determined by owner. c.Unoccupied mode - The supply fan will be off, the outdoor air damper will go to 100% closed position and unit will cycle on with a call for heating, cooling or dehumidification. During the unoccupied mode, RTU shall remain off during the cooling season. During the heating season, RTU shall cycle on with outside air dampers remaining closed to maintain a space set-back temperature of 60 degree F (adjustable) as sensed by a night setback space temperature sensor. d.Occupied mode - The supply fan shall run continuously, the outdoor air damper will modulate to the required position based on ventilation sequencing, and the unit will go into the heating or cooling mode based upon room thermostat setpoints. 1)Upon a call for heating, if the outdoor air temperature is above 30 degree F, open the reversing valve and the compressor shall energize. Stage 1 heating shall be enabled when the zone temperature drops 1.5 degree (adjustable) below setpoint. 2)Upon a call for cooling, the stage 1 compressor shall energize. Stage 1 cooling shall be enabled when the zone temperature rises 1.5 degree (adjustable) above setpoint. 3)The unit shall be provided with APR Control on the primary cooling circuit for part load conditioning and enhanced dehumidification capabilities. e.All points and settings shall be adjustable. A.Existing Exhaust Fans 1.Exhaust Fan (EF(E)) a.Interlock fan with light switch to operate when lights are turned on (interlocking wiring) by electrical contractor. Section 233000 - Air Distribution Systems A.General 1.Furnish all materials, labor, equipment and accessories required to install complete air distribution systems. 2.Contractors bidding this project shall visit this site and familiarize themselves with all condition affecting their work. Submission of a bid on this project shall be construed as having such knowledge. 3.Verify exact conditions in field and coordinate with these drawings and other trades before beginning new work. 4.Determine exact locations for all new and relocated ductwork and accessories in field. 5.Coordinate work of this contract with other trades. 6.Any discrepancies between what is shown on drawings or specified and the actual conditions in the field shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect before proceeding. 7.Building and surfaces damaged during installation shall be repaired, replaced, and/or restored to original condition after completion of work and before acceptance by owner. 8.This contractor is also referred to the appropriate mechanical and plumbing specification sections the items of equipment to be bid as a part of this project. B.Ductwork 1.Fabricate and erect all ductwork to ASHRAE and SMACNA standards from galvanized steel. Comply with NFPA 90A requirements. 2.Ductwork shall be SMACNA low pressure construction 2" static pressure rating with Seal Class B seams and joints, unless otherwise noted. 3.Include all acoustic, airfoil shaped perforated aluminum turning vanes, manual dampers, flexible connectors, grilles and diffusers, acoustic lining, and other sheet metal accessories for the project. 4.Changes in direction, in low velocity supply air rectangular ductwork, shall be made with full radius elbows with radius equal to 1_1/2 times the horizontal width of the duct, or with square elbows with turning vanes. Turning vanes shall be constructed of the same material as the surrounding ductwork and two (2) gauge numbers heavier. Furnish and install all manual balancing dampers, splitter dampers, extractors, and deflectors required 5.Furnish and install all manual balancing dampers, splitter dampers, extractors, and deflectors required to properly distribute the air. All dampers, extractors and deflectors shall be constructed of the same material as the surrounding ductwork, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. All manual balancing dampers shall be the opposed blade type. 6.Furnish and install all automatic control dampers unless noted otherwise on the drawings, all control dampers shall be opposed blade type and shall have leakage of less than 1 percent when closing against 4" water column static pressure and when sized for 2000 fpm velocity. 7.All manual balancing dampers, splitter dampers, extractors and deflectors shall be controlled by Young No. 1 or Ventlock No. 688 regulators. If ductwork is accessible, mount the regulator on the ductwork. If ductwork will be inaccessible after the installation of the ceiling or walls, mount the regulator in a steel, flush mounted box specifically designed for this purpose. Provide all linkage, top bearings and/or gear drives required for the remote installation of the regulator. 8.All branch connection fittings in rectangular ductwork shall be 45 degree transition type, conical fittings or spin-in fittings with integral air scoops. Butt fittings are not acceptable. 9.Exhaust duct outlets shall be installed a minimum of 10'-0" from all outside air intakes. 10.All exposed round ductwork shall be spiral seam ductwork and painted a color as selected by the architect. C.Duct Liner 1.Acoustic line all rectangular ducts indicated on drawings with 1” thick non-flaking, coated medium density liner, apply to manufacturer's recommendations. 2.Duct dimensions indicated on drawings are clear inside dimensions (free area). 3.Duct liner shall comply with NFPA 90A and 90B (latest edition) requirements. E.Duct Accessories 1.Flexible ductwork (as manufactured by Clevaflex, Flexmaster or Wiremold). a.Flexible ducts shall be independently supported from the structure and connected with plastic draw bands and tightened. Flexible ducts shall be limited to 48" maximum straight length. Flexible ducts shall be constructed of 1 1/2" insulation with vinyl vapor barrier jacket and rated at 10" W.C. for sizes though 12", UL listed, and meet 25/50 flame and smoke test. Flexible ducts are not permitted in rooms without ceiling. 2.Dampers (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Standards. Provide end bearings and locking, indicating quadrant regulators. Blade to be single thickness with continuous hinge or rod. 3.Control Dampers (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a.Fabricate blade of double thickness sheet metal, opposed blade type with self-aligning rod and end bearing suitable for use with an actuator. 4.Backdraft Dampers (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a.Multiple blade, parallel type damper constructed of galvanized steel with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges, ball bearings, pivot pin and adjustment device for varying pressures. F.All grilles, registers, diffusers and louvers shall be of the sizes, type, etc., as shown on the plan and schedules. G.Grilles, registers, louvers and diffusers as manufactured by Krueger, Anemostat or Titus Company will be considered provided dimensions, capacities, construction and sound characteristics are compatible and so shown by shop drawings and performance specifications. All grilles, registers and diffusers shall be finished a color as selected by the architect. Section 235000 - Heat Generation Equipment A.General 1.Furnish all material, labor, equipment, and accessories as required to install equipment as indicated on mechanical drawings. 2.Install in full accordance with local code requirements, other specification section requirements, and manufacturer recommendations. B.See equipment schedules on mechanical drawings. Section 236000 - Refrigeration Equipment A.General 1.Furnish all material, labor, equipment, and accessories as required to install equipment as indicated on mechanical drawings. 2.Install in full accordance with local code requirements, other specification section requirements, and manufacturer recommendations. B.See equipment schedules on mechanical drawings. Section 237000 - HVAC Systems and Equipment A.General 1.Furnish all equipment, material, labor, tools, etc., for the complete HVAC system. Install complete and place in operation. 2.Contractors bidding this project shall visit this site and familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work. Submission of a bid on this project shall be construed as having such knowledge. 3.Verify exact conditions in field and coordinate with these drawings and other trades before beginning new work. 4.Determine exact locations for all new and relocated equipment, piping, conduits and ductwork in field. 5.Coordinate work of this contract with other trades. Conflicts shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect. Architect's resolution to conflicts shall be final. 6.Any discrepancies between what is shown on drawings or specified and the actual conditions in the field shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect before proceeding. 7.Building and surfaces damaged during installation shall be repaired, replaced, and/or restored to original condition after completion of work and before acceptance by owner. B.Equipment 1.Mechanical contractor to furnish all HVAC equipment indicated and/or scheduled on the drawings complete with bases, isolators, supports and other required accessories. 2.Install complete and place in proper operation per manufacturer's recommendations, lubricate and adjust as required. Furnish and install clean set of filters prior to balancing. 3.Equipment to be make and model as scheduled unless alternate equipment of equivalent quality and performance is submitted as a substitution prior to bidding. All substitutions are subject to acceptance without qualification by owner, engineer and architect. 4.Contractor shall perform routine service inspection of all existing HVAC equipment to remain. Lubricate bearing, service control systems, replace fan belts and install new filters in each rooftop unit. 5.Submit service report to any major component failures or malfunctions. Report shall include cost to service all malfunctioning or damaged items listed. Cost shall include parts and labor. Equipment shall be placed in full operation with controls calibrated upon completion of project. C.See equipment schedules on mechanical drawings. MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICALSPECIFICATIONS MP-402 Section 211000 (cont.) WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 M P 4 0 0 _ M P 4 0 1 _ M P 4 0 2 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 9 : 4 8 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 MECHANICALTITLE 24 M-500 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 M - 5 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 8 : 3 7 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE J J J J J E E E E E E E J E J E T.C $ J DBL 83" S DBL DBL S DBL DBLDBL DBL DBL DBL DBL DBL DBL DBL DBL DBL ADJACENT TENANT ADJACENT TENANT 1 1/4" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 1.ALL SURFACES WITH EXISTING OUTLETS TO BE REMOVED, SHALL BE PATCHED FLUSH WITH ADJACENT WALL SURFACES. 2.EXCEPT WHERE NOTED, ALL ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, AND DATA OUTLETS ARE TO BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY 18" A.F.F. 3.CENTERLINE TO CENTERLINE DIMENSIONS OF ANY OUTLET PAIR OR GROUP SHALL NOT EXCEED 6". 4.PROVIDE MINIMUM 20% SPARE CIRCUITS IN EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. PROVIDE BREAKER LOCKOUTS FOR A.C. UNITS AND SEPARATE CIRCUIT OUTLETS AT TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. 5.LL PANELS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS IN PANELS SHALL BE LABELED IN A CLEAR LEGIBLE MANNER. 6.ALL WORK MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE.7.ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS DIMENSIONED ON THIS PLAN. ANY DISCREPANCIES AS TO THE LOCATION BETWEEN PLAN AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BECLARIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 8.ALL ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE ELECTRICAL CODE. NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS, PUBLIC UTILITIES COMPANY, TELEPHONE COMPANY, AND ALL OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 9.ALL NEW ELECTRICAL OR TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE RECESSED MOUNTED. THERESHALL BE NO NEW SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT OR OUTLETS. 10.IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATING ELECTRICALSYSTEM. G.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED. 11.ALL WIRING INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE TESTED FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS, SHORT CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS PRIOR TO TURNING OVER WORK AS A COMPLETE UNIT. 12.SEE COLOR REFERENCE NOTE ON PLAN FOR OUTLET COVER PLATE SPECIFICATIONINFORMATION. 13.THE E.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING, OUTLET INSTALLATION, AND CONNECTION OF POWER FEED OUTLET BOX AT ALL LOCATIONS. NOTE: OUTLETS & WALL PLATES COLOR REF. ALL NEW ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND WALL PLATES IN SALES AREA SHALL BE LUTRON 'DECORA' STYLE W/ 'DESIGNER' COLOR WALL PLATES; - ALL OUTLETS TO BE "SNOW WHITE" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY LOSS PREVENTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS W/P.M. G.C. TO COORDINATE ON SITE AS NECESSARY. NOTE: LOW VOLTAGE/DATA/TELECOM SYSTEMG.C. TO RUN LINES FROM THE SPECIFIED NETWORK JACK LOCATIONS TO THE I.T. CABINET TELE/DATA PATCH PANEL IN THE STOCK ROOM (TYP.) TERMINATION PROVIDED BY L'OCCITANE VENDOR. POWER PLAN GENERAL NOTES2 NTS 3 NTS ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND NOTES NOTE: ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. 1.NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN IN THIS LEGEND MAY APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.WHERE CEILINGS DO NOT EXIST TO STUB CONDUITSABOVE FOR LOW VOLTAGE, CONDUITS SHALL BE STUBBED UP TO BOTTOM OF / ABOVE STRUCTURE ABOVE. IN FINISHED AREAS, PROVIDECOMPLETE CONDUIT PATHWAYS, INCLUDINGPULL-BOXES, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES AND THE LIKE SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH AREAFINISHES. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED IN STRAIGHT RUNSWITH 90 DEGREE BENDS. 3.WHERE HARD INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS EXIST, PROVIDE COMPLETE CONTINUOUSCONDUIT PATHWAYS, INCLUDING PULL-BOXES, AND ACCESS PANELS, FOR LOW VOLTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. PROVIDE CONDUIT SLEEVES TRAVERSING OVER INACCESSIBLE CEILINGSBETWEEN AREAS WITH ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, AS REQUIRED. VERIFY JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS ARE WITHIN REACHOF THE ACCESS PANEL AND CAN BE ACCESSIBLE PERN.E.C. AND LOCAL CODE. ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND NOTES:ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL 20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 20A - 125V GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GFI JUNCTION BOX - TYPE AND SIZE AS REQUIRED BY NECJ s s 20A - 120V/277V SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. IF APPLICABLE, LOWER CASE SUBSCRIPT "x" - KEYS SWITCH TO FIXTURES BEING CONTROLLED (TYPICAL OF ALL SWITCH SYMBOLS) 20A - 120V/277V THREE WAY SWITCH MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. x LINE VOLTAGE PASSIVE INFRARED WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR MOUNTED 48"AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (OC2 = DUAL RELAY). MANUFACTURER SHALL BE WATTSTOPPER, HUBBELL, SENSOR SWITCH, COOPER CONTROLS, OR LUTRON. OC OCs LOW VOLTAGE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. LOCATE AS DIRECTED PER MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDE STANDARD VS. EXTENDED COVERAGE RANGE AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER. REFER TO TYPICAL LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM ON SHEET EXXX. (1 = DUAL TECHNOLOGY 360° COVERAGE PATTERN, 2 = DUAL TECHNOLOGY CORNER MOUNTED WITH WIDE VIEW COVERAGE PATTERN, 3 = PIR NARROW HALLWAY COVERAGE PATTERN). MANUFACTURER SHALL BE WATTSTOPPER, HUBBELL, SENSOR SWITCH, COOPER CONTROLS, OR LUTRON. x 3 BACKBOX FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA DEVICE(S) MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE 1"C WITH PULLWIRE FROM JUNCTION BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT BUSHINGS. BACKBOX FOR DATA DEVICE(S) MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE 1"C WITH PULLWIRE FROM JUNCTION BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT BUSHINGS. PANELBOARD SURFACE MOUNTED 6'-6" TO TOP. SEE SPECIFICATIONS, PANEL SCHEDULES AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER. SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONDUIT WITH WIRING RUN CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR. CROSS HATCHING INDICATES NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (#12 AWG - MINIMUM). PROVIDE A CODE-SIZED GROUND WIRE IN ALL CONDUITS IN ADDITION TO THE CONDUCTORS SHOWN. SHADED DOT INDICATES CODE-SIZED ISOLATED GROUND WIRE IN CONDUIT. CONDUIT WITH WIRING RUN CONCEALED IN OR ABOVE CEILING OR WALL, OR RUN EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED AREAS. CROSS HATCHING INDICATES NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (#12 AWG - MINIMUM). PROVIDE A CODE-SIZED GROUND WIRE IN ALL CONDUITS IN ADDITION TO THE CONDUCTORS SHOWN. SHADED DOT INDICATES CODE-SIZED ISOLATED GROUND WIRE IN CONDUIT. #POWER CODED NOTES: 1.E.C. SHALL PROVIDE POWER TO LIGHT BOX. REWORK/EXTEND EXISTING LIGHT BOX BRANCH CIRCUIT, IF POSSIBLE. VERIFY HEIGHT AND LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 2.SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE. LOCATED PER NEC.TC TIME CLOCK WITH ENCLOSURE RATED FOR APPLICATION. PROVIDE 120V CIRCUIT TO POWER EQUIPMENT. INSTALL AND WIRE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. TYPE AND RATINGS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. ADJUST SETTINGS PER OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS. SPEAKER ASSEMBLY CEILING MOUNTED. PROVIDE SUPPORT SYSTEM FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED. FURNISH AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SP LIGHTING CONTACTOR. SEE CONTACTOR SCHEDULE FOR CONNECTION DETAILS.C# NOTE: ALL CABLE LOCATED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. 3 A-10 (TIE) A-2 'd' A-8 A-25 A-6 A-26,28 A-15 (TIE) 'h'A-5 'f' A-3 'e' A-36 JA-27 TRAFFIC COUNTER E.C. SHALL STUB 1" CONDUIT TO THIS AREA FOR DATA CABLE AT THE FLOOR. A-7 'g' 2 2 1 1 1 A-29,31 A-33,35,37 AHU 1 5 MCA15 MOCP208V/1Ø HP 1 16.6 MCA25 MOCP208V/3Ø A-10 (TIE) 1 A-4 A-14 ELECTRICALPOWER PLAN E-100 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 E - 1 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 0 : 1 5 A M 1 1/4" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SP SP MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE E(F4/EM) E(F4/EM)E(F4) E(F4)E(F4) R R R R R R (R ) E X 1 (E)EX1 A(N) A(N) A(N) A(N)A(N)A(N) S ADJACENT TENANT B B B B B B B B B B BBBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B A(E)A(E)A(E)A(E)A(E) EM1 EM1 ADJACENT TENANT LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE2 NTS 1.ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. LABELS. 2.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE AN IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE ON TENANT'S MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION PANEL. NAMEPLATE MUST BE 1/8" THICK PLASTIC, BLACK ON WHITE ETCHED TO LEAVE WHITE LETTERS. THE SIZE SHALL BE ONE INCH HIGH BY REQUIRED LENGTH, WITH TENANT'S SPACE NUMBER ENGRAVED ON IT. PERMANENTLY AFFIX TO DISTRIBUTION PANEL.3.IF REQUIRED, ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE TENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES #P231 NOTE: SUSPENDED CEILING ALL CEILINGS SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM PURLINS, TOP CHORD OF BAR JOISTS, BEAMS AND/OR FLOOR DECKING. NO ATTACHMENT TO ROOF DECKING WILL BE PERMITTED. NOTE: ACCESS PANELS G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ACCESS PANELS THROUGHOUT THE LEASED PREMISES. G.C. SHALL AT MINIMUM PROVIDE 24" X 24" FLUSH MOUNT ACCESS TO PANELS IN THE CEILING WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES ATDAMPERS, HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE IN ORDER TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT. NOTE: SPEAKERS PROVIDE POWER AND WIRING TO SPEAKER RUNS TO STOCK ROOM, SPEAKER LAYOUT, QUANTITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS AS DETERMINED BY AUDIO CONSULTANT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT. NOTE: EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES AND LOCATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL. PROVIDE FIXTURE SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. NOTE: SEE MILLWORK DRAWINGS FOR ALL MILLWORK LIGHTING. NOTE: ALL IN-WALL CONDUIT FOR FIXTURE AND STOREFRONTLIGHTING TO BE FIRE RATED. NOTE: ALL ABOVE CEILING OR IN-WALL CONDUIT FOR STOREFRONT LIGHTS TO BE FIRE RATED. 3 NTS LIGHTING PLAN/GENERAL NOTES B1 14.6W 1 LED, 3000K LUCENT F4 32W 2 FLUORESCENT 3000K MERCURY LIGHTING L3 2.65 W/FT 1 LED, 3000K LUMINII EX1 2W 1 LED ENCORE 120V 120V 120V 120V PROSPEX TUBELED MINI A7100/2-LED-930 E-C-1-6-RW-W-U MP68232OCTASWELB120V LLFLEX18-30K-SL-SL-4 LINELED FLEX 18 HIGH OUTPUT LED STRIP. VERIFY LENGTHS IN FIELD PRIOR TOORDERING. PROVIDE WITH ALL COMPONENTS FOR A WORKING SYSTEM INCLUDING WALL MOUNTING KITS, RECTIFIER, POWER CABLES, AND PLUGS.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTION. VERIFY FINAL CONNECTIONS TO TYPE L3 LIGHT FIXTURES. SEE PLAN SHEET FOR DRIVER SIZES. CEILING MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. 120V NEW EDGELIT LED EXIT LIGHT. SEALED NICAD BATTERY. 120V PROSPEX 2.36" LED SPOTLIGHT WITH INTEGRAL DRIVER. AVAILABLE WITH MONOPOINT MOUNTING, AND 3 CIRCUIT TRACK ADAPTER. CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTIONMANUFACTURERVOLTAGETYPE LAMPS NO. LOAD (VA)TYPE EM 100W 1 LED ENCORE120V EMR-12-100-250-PT NEW EMERGENCY LIGHT DUAL HEAD, RECESSED, CONCEALED. SEALED LEAD CALCIUM BATTERY. 120V EX4 32W 2 LED ISI120V EXC2-32-X-R-U-W NEW UNIVERSAL THERMOPLASTIC COMBINATION LED EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHT. SEALED NICAD BATTERY. 120V VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL NOTES 1.REFERENCE VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 2.ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS BEING INSTALLED SHALL BE RATED TOCOMPLY WITH PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. SEISMIC SUPPORT DETAIL N.T.S. TYPICAL FIXTURE IN SUSPENDED CEILING #12 AWG TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING, TYPICAL. EM1 0.5W 2 LED EVENLITE120V APR25LCUI EMERGENCY LIGHTING WITH TWO HEADS C C H LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM N.T.S. T/C - TIMECLOCK, INTERMATIC #ET2000C SERIES MOUNTED ADJACENT TO PANEL "A". SIGNA-2 120V (A-30) T/C TC1 C1 C2 TC1 - OVERRIDE SWITCH SIGNA-16 STOREFRONT DISPLAY A-18 REC - SHOW WINDOW A-20 TRACK LIGHTING BOH/SALEA-17 TRACK LIGHTINGA-19 2 #CODED NOTES: 1.IN-LINE CURRENT LIMITER DEVICE2.ALL TRACK LIGHTING SHALL BE RECESSED IN TROUGH. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION. R R R R R R 7A A-11 'c' A-1 2 1 A-9 'a' A-13 'b' A 39W 1 LED NORDIC LIGHT120V 194-701-10 MEDIUM BEAM WHITE/BLACK TRIM GENERAL AMBIENT ACCENT RETRACTABLE/ROTATING RECESSED LED LIGHT R 60W 1 LED WEST ELM120V GLASS JAR PENDANT, TALL, GRAY #2747137 PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHTINGPLAN E-200 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 E - 2 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 0 : 2 6 A M MSB TYP. WP X'FMR W UV V UH UNO SPST TS TTBTV PVC SPKR PNL PRE NIC Ø or PH P.C. NL NTS MTD NFNEC HP LTG MFR MOD MCB M.C. MECH. MATV MAU KCMILK.E.C.KVA INCAND. JB IG F.P.C. GFI HOA GNDHID FS G.C. FC FLUORFPB FFAFACP EWC EWH CT EUH EH EMT EQ. ETR ELEC.EM EFE.C. DWG.(E) or EXIST. EBB DS CU CUH ATS CH CATV CCTV C BKRAWG ARCH. A AFG AHU AIC AFF AC ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS MCC MLO MOUNTED WATTS VOLTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW SPEAKER POWER ROOF EXHAUSTER NOT TO SCALE NIGHTLIGHT NOT IN CONTRACT TRANSFORMER WEATHERPROOF TYPE DEVICE UNIT VENTILATOR TYPICALTELEVISION TAMPER SWITCH POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PANELPLUMBING CONTRACTOR PHASE NON FUSEDNATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE CABINET UNIT HEATER GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING MAIN SWITCHBOARD GROUND ISOLATED GROUND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTORKILOVOLT AMPERE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MAIN LUGS ONLYMOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MANUFACTURER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER LIGHTINGMASTER ANTENNA TV MECHANICAL HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HAND-OFF-AUTOMATICHORSEPOWER INCANDESCENT JUNCTION BOX ONE THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS DRAWING ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER ELECTRIC BASEBOARD EXISTING EXISTING TO REMAIN FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERELECTRIC WATER COOLER FUSEFIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FAN COIL UNIT FLUORESCENTFAN POWER BOX (VAV) FLOW SWITCH EXHAUST FANELECTRIC HEATER EMERGENCYELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING EQUAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH COPPER CHILLER CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CONDUIT ABOVE FINISH GRADEABOVE FINISH FLOOR AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AMPS COOLING TOWER CONTRACTOR BREAKERAMERICAN WIRE GAGEAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH ARCHITECTURAL ASYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING CABLE TELEVISION AIR HANDLING UNIT ------------- ------------ ---------------------- ----------- ------------ ---------- --------------------------------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ---------------------- ------------ ------------ ----------- ----------------------------- ----------- ----------------------------------- --------------------------------- ------------ --------------------------------- ----------- ----------------------------------- ------------ --------------------- ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------------------- ----------- ------------ --------------------- ------------ ------------------------------- --------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------- --------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------------- --------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ---------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------ ---------- CONTR (NEMA 3R RATED) PROTECTION CURRENT UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY------------UL ROOF TOP UNIT-----------RTU ------------PB PULL BOX NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION----------NFPA ASSOCIATION MINIMUM-----------MIN METAL HALIDE------------MH MAXIMUM-----------MAX ------------KW KILOWATT -----------HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM-----------HPS FT.------------FOOT/FEET DN DOWN------------ ------------DE DUAL ELEMENT BUILDING----------BLDG. P -------------POLE ----------- AFC ABOVE FINISH COUNTER----------- TIE MULTIPLE OUTLETS WIRED ON------------SAME BRANCH CICRUIT RELOCATED-----------(R) (N)NEW----------- VD VOLTAGE DROP------------- BACK OF HOUSE----------BOH GENERAL NOTES 1.FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE MADE WITH GREENFIELD FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE 6'-0". 2.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES. CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF LIGHTING, SPEAKERS, AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, SPRINKLER HEADS & THE LIKE, WITH REFLECTED CEILING LAY-OUTS AS REQUIRED & DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. 3.ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, & THE LIKE, MUST BE GROUNDED BY USE OF A PROPERLY SIZED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL BONDS OF THE METALLIC RACEWAY SYSTEM SHALL ALSO BE MAINTAINED. 4.REFER TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECT SWITCH ASSOCIATED WITH EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC. 5.REFER TO DIVISION 15 (21, 22 & 23) SPECIFICATIONS, HVAC, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIREMENTS & COORDINATION. 6.ALL RECEPTACLES SHOWN BACK-TO-BACK IN WALLS SHALL BE SEPARATED HORIZONTALLY BY 8" MINIMUM. 7.WHERE OPEN WIRING METHODS FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS ARE PERMITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND LOCAL AUTHORITY, THE CONDUCTOR INSULATION MUST BE PLENUM RATED. 8.BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZES (& CONDUITS) SHALL BE INCREASED FROM THOSE INDICATED ON THE PLANS TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROP. BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH WIRES OF SUFFICIENT SIZE SO THAT VOLTAGE DROP BETWEEN THE PANEL & THE LOADS DO NOT EXCEED A LIMIT OF 3%. 9.REGARDLESS OF THE TEMPERATURE RATING OF THE CONDUCTOR INSULATION, ALL CONDUCTOR AMPACITY RATINGS FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE 75°C CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATINGS INDICATED IN THE NEC TABLES. WHERE EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES ARE PROVIDED WITH TERMINALS/LUGS RATED FOR 60°C, THE AMPACITY RATING OF THE 75°C CONDUCTOR SHALL BE LIMITED TO ITS ASSOCIATED 60°C RATING AS INDICATED IN THE NEC TABLES. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INCREASE THE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT SIZE AS REQUIRED. 10.ALL 120V BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEPARATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. SHARED NEUTRALS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR MULTI-CIRCUIT INSTALLATIONS. WHERE MULTIPLE CIRCUITS ARE RUN IN A COMMON RACEWAY, THE AMPACITY OF THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROPERLY DERATED & CONDUIT SHALL BE SIZED PER CODE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL MORE THAN SIX (6) CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS BE RUN IN A SINGLE CONDUIT. REFERENCE NEC ARTICLE AND TABLE 310.15(B)(3)(a). 11.ALL CONDUITS SHALL CONTAIN A GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC TABLE #250.122. WHERE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS ARE INCREASED IN SIZE FOR ANY REASON (I.E. VOLTAGE DROP, DERATING, ETC.), THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONATELY (ACCORDING TO CIRCULAR MIL AREA) FROM THE SIZE REQUIRED BY NEC TABLE #250.122. 12.ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, SPECIAL SYSTEMS AND OWNER EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED BY OTHERS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. OBTAIN EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS FROM INSTALLER/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR/OWNER FURNISHING EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, FOR REVIEW AND COORDINATION. CONTACT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 13.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL ACCESS PANELS, AS REQUIRED FOR SERVICING AND TESTING, FOR EQUIPMENT AND/OR DEVICES FURNISHED UNDER HIS CONTRACT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ACCESS PANELS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF EACH ACCESS PANEL WITH THE ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 14.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL CUTTING, TRENCHING AND PATCHING ASSOCIATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. 15.ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE SLEEVED AND FIRE-STOPPED USING A UL APPROVED METHOD. UL APPROVED METHOD SHALL MEET OR EXCEED FIRE RATING OF STRUCTURE BEING PENETRATED. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR FIRE RATED STRUCTURES. 16.NO CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, OR CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 1 1/2" OF THE LOWEST POINT OF THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECKING, NOR SHALL THEY BE INSTALLED CONCEALED WITHIN METAL-CORRUGATED ROOF DECKING. FOR EXISTING INSTALLATIONS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, AND CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. 17.ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FOR THIS PROJECT MUST BE UL LISTED. DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 18.ALL CONDUIT AND CABLING SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. FOR EXISTING INSTALLATIONS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT AND/OR CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. 19.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE PRIOR TO CUTTING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR CUT A STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB THICKER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENGINEER OF RECORD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY SLAB THICKNESS GREATER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY SAW CUTTING. PANELBOARD NOTES ∂ ALL BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A/1P, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ∂ ALL BREAKERS SHALL BE HACR RATED. NOTE: NOT ALL NOTES BELOW MAY APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. 1. INDICATES BREAKER SHALL BE "SWD" RATED. 2. INDICATES BREAKER SHALL BE COMBINATION "ARC-FAULT / GFI" TYPE. 3. INDICATES BREAKER SHALL BE "GFI" TYPE, WITH RATING AS REQUIRED BY NEC PER APPLICATION. PROVIDE 5mA RATING FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION. PROVIDE 30mA RATING FOR EQUIPMENT PROTECTION. 4. INDICATES BREAKER SHALL BE SHUNT-TRIP TYPE. 5. INDICATES BREAKER TO BE "ARC-FAULT" TYPE. 6. INDICATES BREAKER TO HAVE LOCK-ON CLIP. 7. INDICATES BREAKER TO HAVE LOCK-ON CLIP AND RED MARKING. 8. INDICATES CIRCUIT TO HAVE REMOTE 5mA GFI PROTECTION MODULE MOUNTED IN JUNCTION BOX WITH HINGED COVER ADJACENT TO PANELBOARD. MODULE SHALL BE LABELED AS TO THE CIRCUIT AND EQUIPMENT THAT IS BEING PROTECTED. 9. INDICATES BRANCH CIRCUIT ROUTED THROUGH EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER. 10. INDICATES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL HANDLE TIES FOR MULTIPLEXED CIRCUITS. 11. INDICATES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT USING EXISTING BREAKER. 12. INDICATES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW BREAKER. BREAKER SHALL MATCH EXISTING PANELBOARD MANUFACTURER, TYPE, AND AIC RATING. 13. INDICATES TO USE EXISTING SPARE BREAKER FOR NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT. 14. "C-#" INDICATES DESIGNATION OF CONTACTOR CONTROLLING CIRCUIT. SEE CONTACTOR SCHEDULE. 15. "RP-#" INDICATES DESIGNATION OF RELAY / LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM MODULE CONTROLLING CIRCUIT. SEE LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS. "5" "4" "3" "2" "1" "7" "6" "8" "9" "10" "11" "12" "13" ELECTRICAL CONTACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS, JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO CREATE WORKING CIRCUITS. FIELD VERIFY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE FIXTURE WATTAGE AND CONDUCT A FIELD TEST TO AVOID CIRCUIT OVERLOADS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 1920 WATTS FOR ANY SINGLE 20A/1P BRANCH CIRCUIT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 1440 WATTS FOR ANY SINGLE 15A/1P BRANCH CIRCUIT. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CIRCUITS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO WORK. 1" 3" STANDARD COLORS: 1.NORMAL POWER - WHITE BACKGROUND, BLACK LETTERS 2.EMERGENCY POWER - RED BACKGROUND, WHITE LETTERING 3.IN ADDITION TO THE FUNCTION NAMEPLATE, PROVIDE NAMEPLATES IDENTIFYING ALL "MAIN SERVICE NAMEPLATE DISCONNECTS" - RED BACKGROUND - WHITE LETTERING NOTE: NAMEPLATES ARE REQUIRED ON ALL SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION PANELS, PANELBOARDS, ENCLOSURES AND ELECTRICAL CABINETS, ACCESS DOORS/PANELS FOR CONCEALED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, EMERGENCY SYSTEMS/BOXES, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, ENCLOSED SWITCHES/CIRCUIT BREAKERS/CONTROLLERS, POWER-TRANSFER DEVICES, PUSH-BUTTONS, CONTACTORS, LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS, INVERTERS, GENERATORS, UPS, MONITORING EQUIPMENT, STARTERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, METER SOCKETS, RELAYS, TRANSFORMERS, AND JUNCTION BOXES GREATER THAN 4 11/16" SQUARE. ALSO PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON BRANCH SWITCHES/BREAKERS OF SWITCHBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION PANELS. NAMEPLATE DETAIL N.T.S. EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION OF SOURCE SUPPLYING THE DISCONNECT MEANS (AS APPLICABLE) ENGRAVED LAMACOID, 5/32" LETTERS, SECURE TO PANEL BOARD COVER WITH ADHESIVE TYPE FASTENER. LOCATION OF NAMEPLATE FOR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELS. FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED PANELS, INSTALL NAMEPLATE BEHIND DOOR. FED FROM EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION 27 29 0.9 0.3 25 23 0.6 0.2 AHU-1 TRAFFIC COUNTER LIGHT BOX TIMECLOCK/CONTACTORS 21 19 0.2 0.3 17 15 0.5 0.6 TELEPHONE BOARD TELEVISION LTG - BOH SIDE WINDOW FIXTURE 13 11 0.4 0.7 9 7 0.4 0.6 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD KVA SUB TOTALS 10.510.3 30.4 9.6 2.4 2.7 2.4 2.3 2.3 0.7 1.0 1.6 0.8 1.0 0.9 EWH-1 MANAGER'S DESK MANAGER'S DESK MANAGER'S DESK 1.2 REC - BOH REC - SALES CONV REC - SHOW WINDOW 28 301.5 2.1 262.1 2.1 24 22 20 2.1 0.4 18 16 0.4 0.4 14 120.5 10 8 0.4 0.4 3 DESCRIPTION 5 3 2.0 2.0 1 NO.CKT 2.0 KVA ACCU-1 AMPERE BUS 120/208 125 VOLTS DESCRIPTION WIRE SOLID NEUTRAL SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 1.8 B 0.8 A AMPERE MAIN125 PH.4 M.C.B. 0.8 C REC - POS SIDE WINDOW FIXTURE MOUNTING: FLUSH KVA 6 4 0.2 1.2 2 No.CKT 0.6 SURFACE - KVA X EXTERIOR SIGNAGE APANELBOARD DESIGNATION NOTES NOTES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (EXISTING) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 1.2 - 25 - - - MICROWAVE LIGHT BOX LTG - STORE FRONT LTG - SALES TRACK LTG - CASHWRAP/SALES - 97.3 AMPS 120/208V, 3Ø, 4W N.E.C.N.E.C. KVAFACTOR DEMAND N.E.C. KVA CONNECTED 1.00 DEMANDPOWERACTUAL FACTORKVA CONNECTED RECEPTACLES SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING LIGHTING DESCRIPTION MOTORS MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER TOTAL HVAC ****LOAD CALCULATIONS BASED ON MCA 208 x 1.73 35.0 X 1000 = MINIMUM FEEDER AMPERAGESYSTEM VOLTAGE x 3 N.E.C. DEMAND KVA x 1000 ** *KITCHEN EQUIPMENT LOAD IS CALCULATED USING DEMAND FACTORS LISTED IN NEC TABLE 220.56 NOTES = SUPPLY 1.00**** BASED ON CURRENT LIMITING DEVICES*** 1.00 1.25 (49' X 0.200**) 1.25 1.0 < 10KW0.5 REMAINING KW 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 EXISTING 125A SERVICE LOAD SUMMARY: EXISTING PANEL A TRACK LIGHTING 7A CURRENT LIMITER***1.00 N.E.C. ARTICLE 220.43 REQUIREMENT (200VA PER FOOT OF SHOW WINDOW) MINUS ACTUAL INSTALLED SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING VA. 8.4 30.4 7.8 1.5 0.0 - 5.8 6.2 0.7 8.4 35.0 1.9 - 5.8 6.2 0 7.8 4.9 8.4 30.4 7.8 1.5 0.0 - 5.8 6.2 0.7 FLOOR ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NTS TENANT SPACELANDLORD AREA PANEL A 120/208V-3Ø-4W 125A M.C.B. (EXISTING) 120/208V - 3Ø - 4W 39 41 - - 37 35 SPACE SPARE 33 31 0.9 - 2.0 - 2.0 2.2 1.5 REC - STOREFRONT REFRIGERATOR 40 42- - 38- -36 34 32 0.2 0.6- - - - - - - - - - - SPACE -SPARE - - SPARE EXISTING METER TO REMAIN EWH-2 M EXISTING WIRE & CONDUIT TO REMAIN TO LANDLORD SERVICE LTG - EM & NL STORE FRONT SIGN STORE FRONT SIGN0.6 0.6 0.2 15 20 20 SPACE ELECTRICALDETAILS E-300 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 E - 3 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 0 : 3 9 A M Section 260010 - General Provisions A.General 1.Requirements specified in Division 1,instructions to bidders,supplemental general conditions,special conditions, addenda,alternates,contract and proposal,along with Division 26,27,28 and all its sections,comprise the contract documents for the electrical contract,along with these specifications as though they were one.Anything implied by the specifications shall be interpreted as also implied by the drawings and vice versa.Provide necessary items for a complete installation of all electrically operated equipment listed in the specifications or shown on the contract drawings. 2.The architectural,structural,mechanical,plumbing,equipment drawings and specifications are incorporated into,and become a part of this division.This contractor shall examine all such drawings and specifications and become thoroughly familiar with the provisions contained therein. The submission of his bid shall indicate such knowledge. 3.Electrical drawings are diagrammatic.They are intended to show the approximate locations of equipment and conduit. Dimensions given on the plans,in figures,shall take precedence over scaled dimensions and shall be verified in the field. The electrical contractor shall layout all equipment rooms to make sure the equipment,as purchased,fits in the room or space shown.Exact location of all equipment shall be verified in the field and routing of conduits shall suit field conditions. 4.Until the time of installation,the architect reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of conduit and equipment without additional cost to the contract. 5.The electrical drawings and specifications are intended to supplement each other.Material and labor necessary to the project shall be furnished and installed even though not specifically mentioned in both.Labor and/or materials neither shown nor specified,but obviously necessary for the completion and proper functioning of the system,shall be furnished and installed by the electrical contractor. 6.Arrange all equipment substantially as shown on the drawings.Make deviations only where necessary to avoid interference. Check all equipment sizes against available space prior to shipment to avoid interference. 7.Examine the work of other trades insofar as their work comes in contact with or is covered by this work in no case attach to,or finish against any defective work or install work in a manner which will prevent proper installation of the work of other trades. 8.Electrical contractor shall verify with other trades all electrical characteristics of equipment requiring electrical connections,contractor shall verify voltage,phase,and horsepower and shall notify engineer of any discrepancies prior to start of work.Electrical contractor shall provide disconnecting means and overload protection for all equipment,unless furnished integral with equipment package. 9.It is the intent of these drawings that this be a complete electrical job,any errors or omissions shall be brought to the attention of the engineer prior to bidding the job. 10.In the case of conflict between drawings,notes,and specifications,or among drawings,the strictest provision or larger quantity shall govern. 11.The existing conditions of these documents are based upon existing drawings prepared by _____________dated __________and may not reflect current installations or as-built conditions.Prior to initiating material procurement and construction,it is the contractor's responsibility to verify existing conditions are consistent with the contract documents. This may require removal of existing finishes and possible selective demolition to verify as-built conditions. 12.Do NOT scale drawings. 13.The contractor shall make provisions for the delivery and safe storage of his/her materials and equipment in coordination with work of other trades.Materials and equipment shall be delivered at such stages of the work as will expedite the work as a whole and shall be marked and stored in such a way as to be easily checked and inspected.The arrival and inspection of large equipment items shall be scheduled early enough to permit entry and setting when there is no restriction or problem due to size and weight.Protection of all finishes during delivery is the responsibility of the contractor. B.Visit to the Site 1.This contractor shall visit the site of the work and familiarize himself with all conditions affecting his work.The submission of his proposal shall indicate such knowledge.No additional payment shall be made on claims that arise from a lack of knowledge of the existing conditions C.Code and Permits 1.Installation shall be in full accordance with all codes,rules,and regulations of municipal,city,county,state,public utilities, and all other authorities having jurisdiction over the premises. 2.Comply with any specification requirements that are in excess but not in conflict with code requirements. 3.The contractor shall secure and pay for all permits,plan reviews,and certificates of inspection in connection with his work,required by the foregoing authorities.Before final payment of the contract is allowed,all certificates shall be delivered to the architect in duplicate. 4.Electrical material and equipment shall bear the UL label except where UL does not label such types of material and equipment. D.Shop Drawings Submittals 1.The electrical contractor shall submit product data and shop drawing.Each submittal shall be identified using the respective specification numbering system and titles.Each submittal shall clearly identify which products and options are applicable.The submittals shall be submitted through the architect to the engineer and then,if necessary,resubmitted for final approval. Submittals shall be submitted for the following items: a.Wiring devices b.Switchboards,Panelboards,transformers,and safety switches including fault current study based on equipment being supplied. c.Lighting control system and devices. d.Lighting fixtures e.Fire / Supervisory alarm system 2.Electronic Submittals:Prepare submittals as PDF package,incorporating complete information into each PDF file.Name PDF file with submittal number. 3.Each submittal shall be provided with a cover identifying the following; a.Name of job. b.Location of the job, address, city, and state. c.Name and address of the company issuing the submittal. d.Date of the submittal. 4.All submitted product data and shop drawings (manufacturers'equipment descriptive sheets or vendors'prepared drawings)shall have the general contractor's or subcontractor's “stamp of approval”indicating that the item submitted is as called for on the plans and specifications,is approved by the general contractor or subcontractor,the date of approval and initialed by the person approving the submittal and the name of the company submitting said equipment for approval. 5.Any submittal not as specified shall be returned without review for corrections and re-submittal. 6.Every effort shall be made,in checking the shop drawings,to detect and correct all errors,omissions,and inaccuracies. Failure to do this will not relieve the electrical contractor of the responsibility for the proper and complete installation in accordance with the contract documents. E.As-Built Drawings 1.Submit three paper-copy set(s)of marked-up record prints to the architect.Contractor shall use red ink for all contractor mark-ups on record prints. 2.Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. Scanned record prints shall be in color. 3.Print and scan each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. F.Standards and Substitutions 1.Wherever the words "approved by","approved equal","as directed"or similar phrases are used in the following specifications,they shall be understood to refer to the owner as the approving agency.The name or make of any equipment or materials named in this specifications (whether or not the words "or approved equal"are used)shall be known as the "standard". 2.These specifications establish quality standard of materials and equipment to be provided.Specific items are identified by manufacturer,trade name,or catalog designation.This contractor shall submit his base bid price based upon standard specified equipment described herein and as detailed on drawings and associated contract documents.These specifications are not to be considered proprietary.The contractor may submit information on materials and manufacturers (other than those listed)for review by the architect and engineer no later than ten (10)days before bids are submitted.Manufacturers of products accepted by the architect and engineer will be listed in an addendum to the specifications as an acceptable substitution equipment accepted as detailed below and shall be shown as a separate add or deduct price to be factored into the base bid price by the architect and owner if accepted. 3.Should the contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than those specified or approved by addendum,submit a written request for substitutions to the architect at the bid opening.The request shall be an alternate to the original bid;be accompanied with complete descriptive (manufacturer,brand name,catalog number,etc.) and technical data for all items.Failure by this contractor to submit the requisite documentation detailed above shall be understood by the architect and engineer to indicate that substitute equipment will not be presented by the contractor for consideration.Such substitutions will not be considered after the bid opening date and delay of project will not be permitted for further inspection and evaluation after this date. 4.Where such substitutions alter the design or space requirements indicated on the drawings,include all items of cost for the revised design and construction including cost of all allied trades involved. 5.Acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitutions shall be subject to approval of the architect and engineer.If requested,the contractor shall submit (at his cost)inspection samples of both the specified and proposed substitute items. 6.In all cases where substitutions are permitted,the contractor shall bear any extra cost of evaluating the quality of the material and equipment to be provided. G.Testing and Placing in Service 1.Any material or equipment failing a test shall be repaired or replace at the contractor's expense. 2.Tests shall include the following: a.Measure the load on each phase of the main service and each phase of every feeder under full load conditions. b.Measure the no-load and full-load voltages (phase to phase,phase to neutral and phase to ground for each phase of each service, of each separately derived system, and at each panelboard or transformer). c.Measure the ground resistance of the main service grounding electrode and the ground resistance of each separately derived system's grounding electrode. d.Make insulation resistance tests on all dry type transformers and motors. 3.Provide performance testing as required per N.E.C. or local authority having jurisdiction. H.Interferences 1.Before the installation of any item begins,the electrical contractor shall carefully ascertain that it does not interfere with clearances for the erection of finish beams,columns,pilasters,walls,or other structural or architectural members as shown on the architectural drawings.If any work is installed and the architectural design cannot be followed,this contractor shall,at his own expense,make changes in his work as directed by the architect to permit the completion of the architectural work in accordance with drawings and specifications. 2.It shall be the duty of this contractor to report any interferences between his work and that of any of the other contractors as soon as they are discovered.The architect shall determine which equipment will be relocated,regardless of which was installed first. His decision will be final. I.Quality Assurance 1.All products shall be new and of the type and quality specified.Where materials,equipment,apparatus,or other products are specified by manufacturer,brand name,type of catalog number,such designation shall establish the standards of the desired quality and style.It is the intent of these specifications to establish a standard of quality of materials and equipment installed. J.Special Inspections 1.Special inspection (as applicable)is to be provided in addition to inspections conducted by the department of building safety and shall not be construed to relieve the owner of his/her authorized agent from requesting periodic and called inspections required by the building code. Special Inspection shall be paid by the owner. 2.Special Inspection shall meet the qualifications as stated in the applicable building code and shall perform the duties and responsibilities as outlined in the applicable building code. 3.The electrical contractor shall provide access to areas requiring testing or inspections,and provide requested documentation (if required by the Special Inspector). Section 260050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods A.Nameplates 1.General:Furnish and mount on each panelboard,switchboard (including branch devices),large junction box,safety switch,starter,remote control,push button station,and all similar controls,a nameplate descriptive of the equipment or equipment controlled 2.Provide black and white nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic with a white center core.Letters shall be engraved in the phenolic to form white letters 3/8" high. Fasten the nameplates with an adhesive type fastener. B.Mounting Accessories 1.This contractor shall furnish and install all angle iron,channel iron,rods,supports,hangers,concrete,or plywood required to install, mount, and support any electrical equipment or device called for on the plans. 2.Supporting material shall be complete with hangers,connectors,bolts,clamps,and necessary accessories to make a complete installation.Supporting material shall be galvanized,painted or otherwise suitably finished.Products by Binkley, Steel City, or Raco will be acceptable. 3.All surface-mounted equipment on block walls shall be mounted on 3/4"plywood backboard.All floor-mounted equipment shall be installed on a 4" high concrete housekeeping pad. C.Execution 1.The electrical work for construction proposed shall conform to all federal (OSHA),state,all specific safety requirements, and the requirements of the current edition of the NEC. 2.Review the HVAC and plumbing specifications for electrical requirements and include the same in the contract cost. 3.Equipment connections,starters,disconnect switches,control transformers,and pushbutton stations for the equipment furnished by the owner or under a separate contract shall be installed and connected under this division,as indicated on the contract drawings. 4.All cutting,patching,excavating,backfilling,and concrete work related to this contract will be the responsibility of the electrical contractor.This contractor shall assume the responsibility of and for their repair in an acceptable manner,as determined by the architect.All holes shall be core-drilled.Provide fire stopping materials,UL Listed for application,in all openings created through fire-rated walls,floors,or ceilings.Contractor shall field verify slab on grade floor construction type prior to cutting.Under no circumstances shall cut a structural floor slab thicker than 4”without prior written approval from Engineer of Record.Notify Engineer of Record of any slab thickness greater than 4”prior to proceeding with any saw cutting. 5.This contractor shall be responsible for providing all required access panels necessary for his work,coordinate with architect prior to installation. D.Materials and Workmanship 1.All work shall be installed in a practical and workmanlike manner, by mechanics skilled in the several trades necessary. 2.All materials shall be new and free from defects and shall be the best of their several kinds unless specified or indicated on the drawings to the contrary. 3.During each phase and at the completion of the construction,this contractor shall remove all debris and excess materials caused by his work. He shall leave the area of operation broom clean. 4.All electrical equipment shall bear the underwriters laboratories label or ETL label. 5.This contractor shall guarantee his workmanship and material (lamps excepted)for a period of one year from the date of building opening and leave his work in perfect order at the completion.Should defects develop within the guarantee period,the contractor shall,upon notice of the same,remedy the defects and have all damages to other work or furnishings caused by the repairs corrected at his expense to the condition before such damage. E.Scope of Work 1.The electrical contractor shall provide all labor,material,storage,unpacking,and placement;to include but not be limited to, the following items: a.Demolition b.Emergency lighting and power. c.Complete electrical distribution system including,but not limited to,switchboards,distribution and appliance panelboards, transformers, safety switches, and feeders. d.Complete branch circuit wiring system. e.Complete power wiring for all air conditioning equipment,plumbing equipment,heating equipment, ventilating, and exhaust equipment. f.Complete lighting fixture installation, including all lamps. g.Complete communications conduit system including but not limited to,back boxes,plates,j-hooks,cable trays, etc., as specified on the drawings and as required by the local service provider and/or owner. h.Temporary electrical power and lighting as required for construction. i.Testing of all cables and circuit wiring after installation. j.Exit light system. k.Wiring devices, floor boxes, and multi-outlet assemblies. l.Lighting control system and devices. m.Grounding and Bonding of the electrical system. n.Outdoor lighting and controls. o.Fire / Supervisory alarm system. p.Communication service q.Electric service. Section 260519 - Wiring and Cable A.Color code conductors (except control and instrumentation conductors) as follows: 208/120 480/277 System System Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutral White GreyGround Green Green 1.#12 and #10 conductors shall have continuous insulation color, as listed above. 2.Color code conductors larger than above,which do not have continuous insulation color by application of at least two laps of colored tape on each conductor at all points of access including junction boxes.Color tape shall be the equal of 3M products Scotch #35. 3.Conductors shall be soft annealed copper insulated for 600 volts unless specifically indicated otherwise.Aluminum conductors are not allowed on this project. B.Insulation type shall be type THWN for wire sizes #8 AWG and larger and THHN or THWN for #10 AWG and smaller.THHN shall not be used in wet or damp locations. C.Flexible cord shall be heavy duty type so with an equipment ground conductor in addition to the current carrying conductors. D.Provide #12 conductors, unless otherwise indicated. 1.Control conductors shall be #14 minimum foe NEC class I #16 for NEC class II. E.Conductors #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. F.Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. G.Install wiring in conduit. H.Connect #10 and smaller wires with constant pressure expandable spring type connectors,"Scotchlok"by 3M or B-Cap by Buchanan. I.Connect #8 and larger wires with compression connectors or splices as manufactured by Burndy or T&B. J.Insulate splicing connectors to at least 200%of the wire insulation.Use pre-stretched tubing connector insulators,3M PST for #2 and larger conductors. K.Pull conductors using recognized methods and equipment leaving at least 6" wire at all junction boxes for connections. 1.Clean out each conduit system before pulling wire. L.Form and tie all wiring in panelboards. M.There shall be no wirenut joints or splices made inside switchboards/panelboards. N.Branch circuit wire sizes (and conduits)shall be increased from those indicated on the plans to prevent excessive voltage drop.Branch circuits shall be installed with wires of sufficient size so that voltage drop between the panel and the loads does not exceed limit of 3%. O.Regardless of the temperature rating of the conductor insulation,all conductor ampacity rating for this project shall be determined from the 75°C conductor temperature ratings indicated in the NEC tables.Where equipment or devices are provided with terminals/lugs rated for 60°C,the ampacity rating of the 75°C conductor shall be limited to its associated 60°C rating as indicated in the NEC tables.The electrical contractor shall be responsible to increase the conductors and conduit size as required. P.Circuits may be multi-plexed in conduit provided wire is properly derated and conduit sized per code.Under no circumstances shall more than six (6) current carrying conductors be run in a single conduit. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding A.Ground all equipment per N.E.C. B.Ground each outside lighting pole separately with one ground rod and a #6 ground wire. C.Ground all dry type transformers as per drawings and NEC #450-10. D.All conduits shall contain a code-sized ground wire size per N.E.C.in addition to the conductors shown on the plans.Where circuit conductors are increased in size for any reason (i.e.voltage drop,derating,etc.),the ground wire size shall be increased proportionately (according to circular mil area). E.Where an isolated,insulated ground is required a separate isolated green ground shall be run from the panel isolated ground bus to the isolated ground connection of the device served.In no case shall the system ground (green wire and associated outlet boxes, conduit, and building steel) be allowed to contact the isolate ground (green wire with white stripe). Section 260533 - Raceways and Boxes A.Raceways 1.All wire shall be run in accordance with code in corrosion resistant,rigid,threaded,metal conduit,or electrical metallic tubing (E.M.T.) unless otherwise specifically stated herein. a.Conduit in exterior walls,below floor slab,or underground shall be rigid,threaded,galvanized,heavy wall type. b.Carlon PVC type 40 heavy wall conduit with ground wire may be used below floor slab or underground in lieu of rigid,threaded,galvanized conduit.PVC 40 conduit shall not be run in or above floor slab.PVC conduit shall terminate below floor slab with rigid,threaded metal conduit adapter.Conduit above slab shall be metal. c.Conduit run exposed to the weather shall be heavy wall, metal threaded type. 2.Conduit size shall be 3/4" minimum. 3.Conduit shall be securely fastened in place. 4.All conduit shall be concealed in walls,floor,and ceilings wherever possible.Exposed conduit in finished areas will not be permitted. Exposed conduit will be permitted in the unfinished areas with the specific approval of the architect. 5.Use flexible conduit for the connection to recessed or semi-recessed lighting fixtures (6'length maximum).Use liquid tight metal conduit for all connections to motors and other equipment subject to vibration and in areas subject to moisture. 6.Use watertight joints with buried and concrete encased conduit.All buried conduits outside of buildings shall have a minimum of 24" of cover. Metal conduits buried in earth shall be painted (two coats) with heavy asphaltum paint. 7.Support runs of conduit as detailed in the appropriate table of the national electrical code (NEC). 8.Installed exposed runs of conduit and conduit above lay-in ceilings parallel or perpendicular to the walls,structural members of intersections of vertical planes and ceilings.Provide right angle turns using fittings or symmetrical bends. Support conduits within 1" of all changes in direction. 9.If a conduit is suspended,it shall be supported on trapeze hangers which use "all-thread"rods from the structural steel. The use of ceiling support wire or similar material will not be accepted. 10.Install empty conduit for future use as indicated on the drawings.Conduit shall be complete with jetline or pull rope, junction/outlet boxes, tile rings, and appropriate cover plates. 11.Provide pitchpockets where conduits penetrate the roof. 12.Thread lubrication/sealant is required on outdoor and underground threaded metal joints. 13.Install fire seal fittings where conduits penetrate concrete floor slabs or masonry walls required to be fire rated. 14.Horizontal portion of conduit exposed on the roof and feeding equipment shall not be more than 5'-0"unless the written approval from architect or engineer is obtained. B.Pull and Junction Boxes 1.Install pull and junction boxes where shown on the drawings,and where required for changes in direction,at junction points, and to facilitate wire pulling. Furnish box sizes in accordance with NEC unless larger boxes are indicated. 2.Provide steel boxes and removable covers of code gauge,hot rolled sheet steel,hot dipped galvanized inside and outside, for above ground work. Furnish weatherproof boxes when installed above ground outside. 3.Provide cast iron boxes,hot dipped galvanized inside and outside where shown on the drawings.Furnish removable covers with gaskets and stainless steel, brass or bronze screws. 4.Provide concrete boxes for underground work unless otherwise indicated on the drawings.Furnish steel frames and covers with the cover attached to the frame with hexagon head,brass or bronze cap screws,3/8"in diameter.Provide a rubber gasket for sealing between the cover and the frame. Paint the cover with two coats of heavy asphaltum. C.Outlet Boxes 1.Use sheet steel boxes, zinc coated or cadmium plated, for concealed interior work. 2.Use cast boxes,zinc-cadmium finish malleable iron,for exposed interior work,and for exposed or concealed work in wet, damp, or exterior locations. Cast boxes shall be series FD by Crouse Hinds or Appleton. 3.Wall box sizes (minimum)shall be 4"square X 2-1/2"deep where wall construction permits.Where wall construction dictates, the depth may be reduced to 2-1/8" or 1-1/2" under special conditions. 4.Fixture outlets in ceilings (minimum)shall be 4"octagonal X 1-1/2"deep (4-11/16"octagonal X 2-1/2"deep where required to accommodate larger conduit or larger number of wires). 5.Ganged boxes shall be one piece (minimum), 2-1/8" deep. 6.Provide cast iron,concrete-tile floor boxes with adjustable covers set flush and level with the finished floor,with outlets as indicated on the drawings.Provide Hubbell #B-2400,4200,or 4300 series boxes with leveling screws.Flush type covers and openings to serve outlets used. Furnish flush caps for closing off box when not in use. 7.Flush mount boxes in all finished walls,install the plaster rings in drywalled plastered walls and raised covers as required in walls with other finishes so that the cover plates fit tightly against boxes or rings.3/16"maximum gaps are allowed for noncombustible walls. 8.Adjust location of outlets in masonry or tile construction to occur in the nearest joint to the height specified.Heights shall meet A.D.A. requirements. 9.Support all boxes to maintain proper alignment and rigidity. 10.Clean boxes of all foreign matter prior to the installation or wiring of devices. 11.Mounting heights on the drawings are to the top of the box unless otherwise noted. Section 262416 - Distribution and Panelboards A. Distribution Panels (Circuit Breaker Style) 1.Distribution panels shall be dead front type with features and rating as scheduled on the drawings. 2.Molded case circuit shall be as scheduled,of size and number indicated on the drawings.All breakers shall be bolt-on type. 3.All lugs shall be UL approved CU/AL type. 4.Panels shall be manufactured as a complete unit and not an assembly of parts secured from a supply house. 5.All panels shall be capable of accepting circuit breakers sized up to and including 400 amps. 6.Vertical bussing shall be extended the full length of the panel. 7.All bus bars shall be rectangular solid copper. 8.Distribution panels shall be G.E., Square D, Siemens, or Cutler-Hammer. 9.Install panels such that handle for the top breaker does not exceed 6'-6" above finished floor. 10.Provide phenolic labels for each panel. 11.All bolted connections shall be torqued in accordance with manufacturer's standards. 12.Surface-mounted panels shall be mounted on a 314”plywood backboard.Floor-mounted panels shall be mounted on a 4" high concrete pad. B.Panelboards 1.Panelboards shall be enclosed dead front safety type with features and ratings as scheduled on the drawings. 2.Panels known as "load centers" are unacceptable. 3.Molded case circuit breakers shall be as scheduled on the drawings and specified in this division. 4.All bus bar shall be rectangular solid copper. 5.Space,where shown in panel schedules,designates space for future protective devices and shall include bus and support. 6.Install cabinets so that center of the top breaker does not exceed 6'-6" above the finished floor. 7.Entries on directory cards shall be typed, complete and accurate. 8.All bolted connections shall be torqued in accordance with manufacturer's standards. 9.Electrical contractor shall arrange circuits as near as possible to circuit numbers on the drawings.At completion of job, electrical contractor shall take current reading checks of respective phases.A minimum of circuit connections shall be rearranged to balance, as closely as possible, the load in the panel. 10.All breakers shall be bolt-on type. 11.Provide (3) spare 1" conduits into accessible ceiling space where panels are flush-mounted. 12.Manufacturer shall be Square D, Siemens, G.E., or Cutler-Hammer. Section 262726 - Wiring Devices A.Wiring device color shall be selected by architect, unless otherwise indicated. B.Provide totally enclosed, 20 ampere, 120/277 volt, quiet NC general use snap switches. C.Switches shall be specification grade as manufactured by Hubbel, P&S, or Leviton. D.Provide NEMA configuration 5-20R Duplex 125 volt grounding type receptacles rated for 20 amperes unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E.Receptacles shall be specification grade as manufactured by Hubbell, P&S, or Leviton. F.Receptacles requiring amperages,voltages,or configurations different from the duplex convenience receptacles above shall be as indicated on the drawings. G.Provide other receptacles of a quality, material, and workmanship equal to that specified for duplex convenience receptacles. Provide cover or device plates for outlet boxes as follows unless otherwise noted: Provide other receptacles of a quality, material, and workmanship equal to that specified for duplex convenience receptacles. H.Provide cover or device plates for outlet boxes as follows unless otherwise noted: 1.Finished areas: Thermoplastic - color to match device. 2.Unfinished areas: Zinc coated sheet metal, aluminum, or cast metal as appropriate for the type of box. 3.Exterior areas:Copper free aluminum with gray,powder epoxy finish,gasket,weatherproof,Crouse-Hinds "WLRD"for duplex receptacles and WLRS for single receptacles or equal. 4.Telephone,communication,and signal outlet plates,shall match those used for receptacles and switches.All outlet and/or junction boxes shall be complete with a cover plate by this contractor. 5.Where devices are ganged, they shall be installed under a common coverplate. I.Locate the switches approximately 4'-0"above the finished floor elevation or nearest block course (within ADA requirements), unless otherwise indicated. The long dimension of the switches shall be vertical. J.Locate receptacles approximately 1'-6"above the finished floor elevation or nearest block course (within ADA requirements), unless noted otherwise. The long dimension of receptacles shall be vertical. Section 262813 - Fuses A.The contractor shall furnish a complete set of fuses for all switches,plus fusible equipment furnished by other trades.Unless indicated otherwise on plans, the fuses shall be of the following types: 1.Fuses 601 to 6000 amps shall be UL class. Trade type shall be KRP-C as manufactured by Bussmann Company. 2.Fuses 1/10 to 600 amps shall be UL class RK1.Trade type shall be low peak LPS-RK (600V)and LPN-RK (250V)as manufactured by Bussmann Company. 3.All other fuses shall be dual-element current-limiting type with 200,000 amperes symmetrical interrupting capacity. B.Fuses shall be manufactured by Bussman, Gould-Shawmut, or Reliance. C.Spare fuses amounting to a duplicate set of each size installed shall be turned over to the owner upon completion of the project. Provide and place in a spare fuse cabinet similar to Bussman # SFC. D.This contractor shall replace all fuses blown during construction. Section 262816 - Safety Switches A.Safety switches shall be the enclosed heavy-duty type (type HD)with quick-make,quick-break mechanism,and external pad lockable operating handle. B.Safety switches shall be rated for 240 or 600 volts as applicable. They shall be horsepower rated when used in motor circuits. C.Safety switches shall be fusible or non-fusible 2, 3, or 4 pole as indicated on the drawings. D.Safety switches shall be single throw unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E.Enclosures shall be NEMA 1 indoors and NEMA 3R outdoors unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. F.Manufacturer shall be Square D, Siemens, G.E., or Cutler-Hammer. All safety switches shall be by one manufacturer. G.Mount the safety switches securely between 3' X 6' levels above the floor unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. H.Switches on block walls shall be mounted on a 3/4" plywood backboard, where located indoors. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICALSPECIFICATIONS E-400 Section 260010 (cont.)Section 260519 (cont.) WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET Section 262726 (cont.) \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 E - 4 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 0 : 5 3 A M TITLE 24CALCULATIONS E-500 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 E - 5 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 1 : 1 2 A M TITLE 24CALCULATIONS E-501 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 E - 5 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 1 : 2 5 A M TITLE 24CALCULATIONS E-502 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 1 \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 E - 5 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 1 : 3 8 A M COORDINATE LOCATION OF SINK WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 1 1/4" = 1'-0" DOMESTIC WATER PLUMBING PLAN GENERAL NOTES: (PLUMBING) 1.THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL EXTENT OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION AND PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTING STEEL ETC. FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4.PIPING SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN ELECTRICAL ROOMS OR OVER THE TOP OF ANY ELECTRICAL PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. 5.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE PRIOR TO CUTTING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR CUT A STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB THICKER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENGINEER OF RECORD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY SLAB THICKNESS GREATER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY SAW CUTTING. CW SAN V CO CLEANOUT WH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SANITARY SEWER PIPING VENT PIPING DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING POINT OF CONNECTION SK SINK TPV TRAP PRIMER VALVE EXISTING PIPING SK-1 MARK SINK FIXTURE MFR. & MODEL NO. 1/2" CW 1/2" HW 2" WASTE 1-1/2" TRAP REMARKS CUSTOM SINK PROVIDED BY L'OCCITANE INSTALLED BY GC. TWO (2) FAUCETS - KINGSTON BRASS WIDESPREAD LAVATORY FAUCET WITH RETAIL POP-UP (FSC1970). BRUSHED BRASS FINISH. BRISTRO (RH-5300) ONE (1) FAUCET - MODEL TO BE DETERMINED BY CLIENT. FAUCET TO BE BRUSHED BRASS WITH SINGLE MOUNTING HOLE AND SINGLE LEVER. BRUSHED BRASS FINISH. FURNISH ALL FAUCETS WITH B-0199-06-F12 1.2 GPM VANDAL RESISTANT AERATOR. SINK PER ARCHITECT (E) PIPING BELOW FLOOR HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING PIPE CAP 4 NTS PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES CO-1 CLEAN OUT PLUG J.R. SMITH 4475 3"---CAST BRONZE TAPER THREAD PLUG PLUMBING SCHEDULES2 NTS PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PLUMBING LEGEND3 NTS N A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE S ADJACENT TENANT ADJACENT TENANT CONNECT NEW 1/2" CW AND HW TO EXISTING CW AND HW FROM DEMO'D SINK IN THIS AREA CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SK-1 EXISTING PLUMBING TO REMAIN. SANITARY DRAINAGE & VENT (ABOVE GRADE) PLUMBING SYSTEM S, SAN OR V ABBREVIATION PIPING MATERIAL HUBLESS CAST IRON SANITARY DRAINAGE & VENT (BELOW GRADE)S, SAN OR V SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PLUMBING PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE POTABLE WATER (ABOVE GRADE)CW, HW OR HWR TYPE L HARD DRAWN COPPER CONDENSATE DRAIN - 1" & SMALLER CD TYPE M HARD DRAWN COPPER REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FITTINGS, INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND FURTHER INFORMATION. 1 PLUMBINGPLAN P-100 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 P - 1 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 0 : 1 4 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 A B X2 X1 XB XA 2 1 MALL CONCOURSE MALL CONCOURSE S ADJACENT TENANT ADJACENT TENANT 1 1/4" = 1'-0" SANITARY AND VENT PLAN GENERAL NOTES: (PLUMBING) 1.THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL EXTENT OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION AND PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTING STEEL ETC. FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4.PIPING SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN ELECTRICAL ROOMS OR OVER THE TOP OF ANY ELECTRICAL PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. 5.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE PRIOR TO CUTTING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR CUT A STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB THICKER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENGINEER OF RECORD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY SLAB THICKNESS GREATER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY SAW CUTTING. 4 NTS PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES N CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. TRENCH FLOOR AS NECESSARY, PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TRENCHING LOCATION. SK-1 COEXISTING SINK TO BE REPLACED BY NEW SINK IN SAME LOCATION. CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT TO EXISTING ISLAND VENT AS REQUIRED. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. 3PLUMBING LEGEND NTS CW PLUMBING LEGEND SAN V CO CLEANOUT WH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SANITARY SEWER PIPING VENT PIPING DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING POINT OF CONNECTION SK SINK TPV TRAP PRIMER VALVE EXISTING PIPING(E) PIPING BELOW FLOOR HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING PIPE CAP FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUT DETAIL N.T.S. SANITARY PIPING UP TO SK-1 FERRULE SLOTTED HEAD TAPPED PLUG 2PLUMBING DETAILS NTS EXISTING PLUMBING TO REMAIN. FLOOR SANITARY DRAIN LINE IS TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF 2% SLOPE. 1 NEAREST WALL 1-1/2" CLEANOUT 3" 1-1/2" LONG TURN BELOW FIXTURE FLOOR RIM SLOPE OF 1/4" PER FOOT COMBOS 1-1/2" LONG TURN 45° DEG TO SINK CO EXISTING ISLAND VENT DETAIL N.T.S. 1 1 1 SANITARY &VENT PLANS P-200 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: TBA PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: TBA ISSUEDATE 01/22/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Phone(330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker +Associates C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS 03/26/25 PERMIT SET \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ 2 0 2 5 - 0 1 2 7 P - 2 0 0 . d w g , 4 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 5 0 : 3 1 A M EXPIRES: 6/30/2025 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HOLD PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER EXECUTION OF, THE CONTRACT TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CHANGE ORDERS NEED TO BE APPROVED BY L'OCCITANE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ISSUES ARISING FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: DATE REVISION LOCATION: PROJECT INFORMATION: TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: SEAL: SANTA ANITA FASHION PARK 400 SOUTH BALDWIND AVE. SUITE C4 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91007 DATE: 01/22/25 AREA: 1,109 SQ. FT. REVIEWED BY: CS PROJECT NUMBER: 12410-25 DRAWN BY: MA ISSUEDATE 02/12/25 ISSUED TO LL/BID 03/17/25 CLIENT / LL SET ISSUE 03/26/25 PERMIT SET 04/25/25 REISSUED PERMIT SET 04/25/25 BUILDING COMMENTS L'OCCITANE EN PROVENCE CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT structural engineers 1215 West Rio Salado Parkway Suite 200 Tempe, Arizona 85281 (480) 774-1700 www.ctsaz.com S101 PLAN. G.S.N AND DETAIL GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES 1/4" = 1'-0"SCALE: S TATE OF CA L I F O R NIA R EGISTER E D P R O FESSIONA L E N G I NEER STRUCT U R AL SA N D R A J. HE R D S 4080 05-01-25